[{"content":"","date":"20 August 2026","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Categories","type":"categories"},{"content":"","date":"20 August 2026","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"","title":"FoodCook : easy recipes","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"20 August 2026","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/kitchen/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Kitchen","type":"categories"},{"content":"","date":"20 August 2026","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/robot/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Robot","type":"tags"},{"content":"","date":"20 August 2026","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Tags","type":"tags"},{"content":"","date":"20 August 2026","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/thermomix/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Thermomix","type":"tags"},{"content":"The Thermomix TM7 is on sale in the UK and Ireland. It keeps the 2.2-litre mixing bowl used by the TM5 and TM6, while adding a 10-inch touchscreen, a quieter motor, an insulated bowl and a larger Varoma. It should no longer be described as a future product or a speculative replacement for TM6.\nConfirmed Thermomix TM7 specifications # Vorwerk lists the following features for the TM7:\na 10-inch multi-touch display; a stainless-steel mixing bowl with a maximum capacity of 2.2 litres; an insulated bowl cover designed for safer handling; Wi-Fi access to Cookidoo and Guided Cooking; more than 20 cooking modes, including Open Cooking and Browning; a motor speed ranging from 40 to 10,700 revolutions per minute; a redesigned Varoma with a total capacity of 6.8 litres including the tray, up to 45% more than the TM6 depending on configuration. The bowl is not larger than the TM6 bowl. Vorwerk says retaining the 2.2-litre capacity helps preserve compatibility with TM5 and TM6 recipes.\nWhat comes in the box # The standard package includes the TM7 base, mixing bowl, mixing knife, lid, Varoma, spatula, simmering basket and butterfly whisk. Cookidoo access is offered under terms that can change by market and promotion.\nCutting and spiralising accessories should not be presented as built-in functions. Buyers should check the exact package and price of any optional accessory before ordering.\nPractical changes from TM6 # The 10-inch screen provides substantially more display space for Guided Cooking. The motor is designed to operate more quietly, while the bowl\u0026rsquo;s insulation protects users from direct contact with hot stainless steel.\nThe larger Varoma is the clearest capacity increase. It gives more room for multi-level steaming, but it does not change the amount that fits in the main mixing bowl.\nOpen Cooking works without lid locking or knife rotation for suitable low-speed preparations. Browning is also available for manual cooking. High-temperature operation remains controlled by the appliance\u0026rsquo;s supported modes and safety rules.\nIs it worth upgrading from TM6? # The TM7 offers meaningful improvements for cooks who value a larger screen, quieter operation, safer bowl handling, more steaming space and greater control over open cooking. Those changes may matter in a busy or open-plan kitchen.\nThe upgrade does not solve the TM6 bowl-size limitation. Anyone who needs more than 2.2 litres in the main bowl should compare other appliances instead of assuming the TM7 has increased it. TM6 owners should also separate included features from optional accessories when calculating the full cost.\nUK and Ireland price and sales channels # As of 20 August 2026, Vorwerk UK and Ireland lists different prices for purchases through an Advisor and direct online orders, with an additional processing charge applying online. Prices and promotional bundles can change, so the official product page should be checked at the time of purchase.\nVorwerk advises customers to use its official online shop or authorised Thermomix Advisors. It warns that listings on third-party marketplaces are not authorised sales channels.\nOfficial sources # Thermomix TM7 product page for the UK and Ireland TM7 technical specifications TM7 motor speed Official TM7 user manual ","date":"20 August 2026","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-tm7-vorwerk/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The Thermomix TM7 is on sale in the UK and Ireland. It keeps the 2.2-litre mixing bowl used by the TM5 and TM6, while adding a 10-inch touchscreen, a quieter motor, an insulated bowl and a larger Varoma. It should no longer be described as a future product or a speculative replacement for TM6.\n","title":"Thermomix TM7: specifications, price and differences from TM6","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"15 January 2023","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/black-friday/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Black Friday","type":"tags"},{"content":"Black Friday 2026 falls on Friday, November 27, 2026. Cyber Monday follows on Monday, November 30, 2026. Retailers may begin promotions earlier, but there is no universal start date for “Black Friday Week.” Each seller sets its own schedule and terms.\nThis guide will help you prepare for a Black Friday 2026 food processor or cooking robot deal. As of August 21, 2026, many late-November promotions have not been announced. We do not label an old price as a current deal. The page will be updated when verifiable 2026 offers are published.\nBlack Friday 2026 deal timeline # Stage Date What to do Shortlist September and October Choose the appliance type, two or three exact models, and a maximum budget. Price tracking From October 28 Record normal prices, included accessories, delivery, and membership requirements. Black Friday week November 23–29 Compare total prices and check stock and return terms. Black Friday Friday, November 27 Buy only when the offer improves on the price you tracked. Cyber Monday Monday, November 30 Check online-only offers without assuming they are automatically better. Black Friday is the Friday after US Thanksgiving. The 2026 calendar places it on November 27; Cyber Monday is the following Monday, November 30.\nWhich kitchen appliances should you watch? # Food processors # A food processor is designed to chop, slice, shred, grate, mix, and sometimes knead. Compare usable bowl capacity, feed-tube width, included discs and blades, storage, dishwasher-safe parts, and replacement-part availability. A higher wattage does not by itself guarantee better processing.\nIf you cook small batches, a compact chopper may be a better buy than a full-size machine. Our KitchenAid 3.5-cup food chopper review explains the trade-offs.\nCooking robots and all-in-one cookers # A cooking robot combines preparation and controlled heating. Check bowl capacity, temperature range, scales, steaming equipment, guided recipes, offline functions, and any subscription cost. The current market includes the Thermomix TM7, Magimix Cook Expert, and other all-in-one systems.\nUse our Thermomix TM7 guide and Magimix Cook Expert review to define the features that matter before the sales begin. Thermomix is sold through Vorwerk\u0026rsquo;s regional channels, so compare any marketplace listing with the official offer and warranty terms.\nStand mixers # For bread, cakes, and whipped mixtures, compare usable bowl size, stability under a heavy dough, low-speed control, noise, and the cost of attachments. KitchenAid and Kenwood offer several capacities. A bundle is valuable only when you will use the included tools.\nSee our KitchenAid Artisan 4.8 L review and Kenwood Cooking Chef Experience guide for two different approaches to mixing and cooking.\nMulti-cookers and air fryers # A multi-cooker or air fryer is not automatically a food processor: it cooks but may not chop, grate, or knead. Compare usable capacity per serving, cooking modes, counter space, cleaning, and the number of separate appliances it can realistically replace. Our Cookeo Touch guide and Ninja Foodi OL550EU review cover two examples.\nWhere to check Black Friday 2026 deals # Start with manufacturer pages, then compare established retailers. The following pages are useful checkpoints; they do not prove that a 2026 discount is already live:\nThermomix USA; KitchenAid countertop appliance sales; Cuisinart food processors; Walmart food processors; Amazon Black Friday. On a marketplace, identify the actual seller. A platform\u0026rsquo;s name does not guarantee that a third-party listing has the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s warranty, a complete accessory set, or the same return policy.\nHow to tell whether a deal is genuine # Record the exact model number. A suffix can indicate a different color, bowl size, voltage, or accessory bundle. Track the ordinary selling price. Save prices from several dates before November. Compare the deal with what the product normally costs, not only with a crossed-out list price. Calculate the total cost. Include delivery, tax, required accessories, recipe subscriptions, filters, liners, or other consumables. Read the return and warranty terms. Sale items and third-party sellers can have different conditions. Find out who pays return shipping and whether a restocking fee applies. Check parts and service. A replaceable bowl, seal, blade, or battery can matter more than a small extra discount. Save the evidence. Keep the product page, offer terms, order confirmation, and promised delivery date. The US Federal Trade Commission recommends comparing the full product details and total cost, reading return policies, checking the seller, and keeping purchase records when shopping online.\nBlack Friday food processor checklist # Does the appliance perform the tasks you actually need? Is its usable capacity suitable for your usual portions? Are the pictured blades, discs, bowls, and attachments included? Do essential functions work without a paid subscription? Is the final price lower than the prices you recorded in October and November? Is the voltage correct for the country where it will be used? Is the seller authorized, and are parts and repairs available locally? Can the order arrive on time, and can it be returned at a reasonable cost? Frequently asked questions # When does Black Friday 2026 start? # The central date is Friday, November 27, 2026. Some retailers will advertise earlier events, but “Black Friday Week” has no standard start date. Check each offer\u0026rsquo;s beginning, end, eligibility, and stock limits.\nIs Cyber Monday better for food processors? # Not necessarily. Cyber Monday on November 30 may introduce online-only deals or extend Friday\u0026rsquo;s pricing. Compare the final cost and return terms rather than waiting automatically.\nWill Thermomix have a Black Friday 2026 deal? # Do not treat a Thermomix discount as confirmed until Vorwerk or an authorized regional channel publishes it. Financing, accessory bundles, and recipe subscriptions should be valued separately from a reduction in the machine\u0026rsquo;s price.\nShould I buy an early Black Friday deal? # An early offer can be worthwhile if it covers the exact model you chose, beats the price you tracked, and has acceptable price-adjustment or return terms. Otherwise, keep your shortlist and compare through November 27.\nWhat is the difference between a food processor and a cooking robot? # A food processor mainly performs mechanical preparation such as chopping, slicing, and shredding. A cooking robot also heats and controls cooking steps. Some machines overlap, so compare included functions rather than relying on the category name.\nSources and planning references # US 2026 calendar: Black Friday on November 27 Cyber Monday 2026: Monday, November 30 FTC online shopping advice ","date":"15 January 2023","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/kitchen-black-friday/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Black Friday 2026 falls on Friday, November 27, 2026. Cyber Monday follows on Monday, November 30, 2026. Retailers may begin promotions earlier, but there is no universal start date for “Black Friday Week.” Each seller sets its own schedule and terms.\n","title":"Black Friday 2026 food processor and cooking robot deals","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"15 January 2023","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/cooking-robot/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Cooking Robot","type":"tags"},{"content":"","date":"15 January 2023","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/food-processor/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Food Processor","type":"tags"},{"content":"","date":"4 December 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/lidl/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Lidl","type":"tags"},{"content":"On December 5, 2022, Lidl is back in the spotlight with its multifunctional food processor: the Monsieur Cuisine Smart. This device took over from the Monsieur Cusine Connect launched in 2019.\nDon\u0026rsquo;t miss this offer in your Lidl stores from Monday, December 5, 2022 at the price of 429€. If you have the Lidl+ card, you will receive an immediate discount of 70€ on the device. The robot is therefore sold 359€ instead of 429€.\nA robot that benefits from the aura of its predecessor, the Monsieur Cuisine Connect # Launched for the very first time in the summer of 2019, the Monsieur Cuisine Connect food processor from SilverCrest and distributed exclusively by Lidl has created a fervor around multifunctional food processors. Once unaffordable, the Monsieur Cuisine Connect has greatly contributed to simplifying access to these products with much more accessible prices. With a huge national success, this model has since suffered the arrival of dozens of \u0026ldquo;cheap\u0026rdquo; multi-function food processors, all aiming to dethrone the undisputed market leader.\nIn order to preserve its leadership, the manufacturer wished to quickly replace its flagship product in order to offer more and more novelties and to improve the quality/price ratio of the robot. This model has preserved the qualities of its predecessor and contributed to the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s sales figures.\nThe aesthetic changes of the Monsieur Cuisine Smart # In terms of aesthetics, the Monsieur Cuisine Smart looks very similar to the Monsieur Cuisine Connect. The bowl, for example, is still standing above the engine block. The only notable physical difference is the handles, of which there are now 3. A central handle is now installed on the bowl to make it easier to handle the bowl when it is full.\nIf you are not used to the Mister Cuisine Connect, you will certainly not have noticed the enlargement of the screen from 7 to 8 inches. According to the manufacturer, the responsiveness of the screen has been improved. The navigation has been simplified with either automatic programs or recipes. The integrated videos help a lot to explain each step of the recipes.\nThe built-in scale of the Mister Cuisine Connect had some latency. The Monsieur Cuisine Smart scale is accurate to 5g and has a tare function. The latency has been improved with a faster display. The Thermomix TM6 competitor remains the best on the market with an accuracy to the gram.\nTechnical changes of the SilverCrest Robot # Inside the robot, the changes are more interesting. Indeed, the manufacturer has revised its copy and corrected some of the main defects of the Monsieur Cuisine Connect.\nOne of the main new features of the Monsieur Cuisine Smart is its significant increase in power. This new version is equipped with a new, more powerful motor with a maximum power consumption of 1200 W, including 1000 W for mixing. The previous version of the Monsieur Cuisine Connect was only 800 W. This allows it to knead twice as much dough, whereas the motor used to show signs of weakness for the same quantity. The Monsieur Cuisine Smart is close to the Thermomix TM6, which has a power of 1500 W.\nMoreover, a few automatic cooking programs are added to the final copy. Fermentation, simmering, egg cooking, boiling water, making smoothies and vacuum cooking are among the new automatic programs.\nThe programs will be accompanied by video-guided cooking for a certain selection of recipes. We can\u0026rsquo;t wait to test this feature that could be a real asset.\nRegarding the Google voice assistant, to avoid the controversy of the integrated microphone on the old model, SilverCrest has voluntarily decided not to reintegrate a microphone on the new model. Therefore, direct voice control will not be available on this robot. Instead, the Monsieur Cuisine Smart is equipped with a Google voice assistant that can be used with a compatible device such as the Google Home Mini to interface with the robot. Through this assistant, the user is able to effectively control the robot by voice.\nLidl Silvercrest Mister Kitchen Smart @Lidl](images/lidl-silvercrest-monsieur-cuisine-smart-google.jpg)\nAs far as accessories are concerned, the Monsieur Cuisine Smart comes with the classic accessories, namely inner and upper steam baskets, a flexible spatula and a beater. Nothing new on this side to make your recipes. On the other hand, these recipes can be personalized and adapted to your parameters. In addition, the creation of a shopping list and other features such as weekly planning or recipe suggestion will be possible directly on the robot.\nNew features at a very competitive price # Available for purchase at 429€, you can get a 70€ discount if you have the Lidl+ card. The re-release of Lidl\u0026rsquo;s Monsieur Cuisine Smart in 2022 is highly anticipated by customers. The release of the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s models since 2019 has not ceased to cause sometimes crazy scenes on the shelves. In March, a woman had been transported to hospital after a big scramble in the aisles of a store to get the robot.\nSo, on 2022, December 5, 500 supermarkets of the company are ready to welcome customers for the marketing of the star device. The manufacturer has already sold nearly 180,000 units of the Monsieur Cook Smart at the launch in 2021.\nAll in all, the Monsieur Cuisine Smart comes dangerously close to high-end food processors like the famous Thermomix TM6 from Vorwerk. Its new features mean that it can now be compared to the big boys. But in addition to its similar features, the Monsieur Smart Food Processor from Lidl has another great advantage, namely its price. Indeed, the robot is offered at a price three times lower despite the slight inflation it has experienced.\nWhile the Monsieur Cuisine Connect multifunctional food processor could already do almost everything, the Smart version will be even more complete. It is on these particular points that we appreciate the brand\u0026rsquo;s products. Indeed, SilverCrest is always trying to offer new products on the market with each new launch.\nThe Monsieur Cuisine Smart is well on its way to remaining the leader of the multifunctional food processor sector at affordable prices, not to say low cost. Indeed, the term low cost could be associated with a low-end product of poor quality, which is absolutely not the case with this food processor which, despite its very low price, offers some of the most efficient cooking results and programming on the market. In terms of quality-price ratio, this is without a doubt the most interesting food processor.\n","date":"4 December 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/lidl-silvercrest-monsieur-cuisine-smart/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"On December 5, 2022, Lidl is back in the spotlight with its multifunctional food processor: the Monsieur Cuisine Smart. This device took over from the Monsieur Cusine Connect launched in 2019.\nDon’t miss this offer in your Lidl stores from Monday, December 5, 2022 at the price of 429€. If you have the Lidl+ card, you will receive an immediate discount of 70€ on the device. The robot is therefore sold 359€ instead of 429€.\n","title":"Lidl SilverCrest Monsieur Cuisine Smart","type":"page"},{"content":"Lidl is offering a new edition of the Mister Kitchen Mini from December 5, 2022. Unlike its big brother Smart, the Mini is a toy. Children will be able to learn how to use a multi-functional food processor. We call this food processor a toy because only the mixing function is functional, the device cannot weigh or heat. The blade is made of plastic for safety reasons, the cutting and the power are limited. The toy is recommended for children from 3 years. Lidl\u0026rsquo;s multi-functional robot toy is guaranteed Bisphenol A (BPA) free and comes with a 3 year warranty.\nThe proposed price in December 2022 is €37.99 (the launch price was €34.99 in 2019).\nLidl has launched:\nthe Monsieur Cuisine Connect in 2019 the Monsieur Cuisine Mini in 2020 the Monsieur Cuisine Smart in 2021 The robot is supplied with four AA batteries, you cannot connect the toy to the mains. An indicator on the screen will alert you when the batteries have no more capacity.\nMany accessories are provided:\nmixing bowl with lid and filling opening steam cooking set with lid plastic blade blender spatula measuring glass The Monsieur Cuisine Mini has a safety device that stops the motor as soon as the lid is opened\nThe Monsieur Cuisine Mini has a non-touch color screen. Children can interact with the rotary knob. The screen is small, the steps of the recipes are detailed with icons, you have to take the manual to associate each icon to a preparation step.\nExamples of icons are:\nglass: chocolate milk mug: chocolate cake and cup round with lines: waffle batter glass with straw: raspberry yogurt bowl with spoon: vanilla yogurt Your children will be able to make five integrated recipes:\nchocolate milk waffle batter valinne cream dessert chocolate chip muffins raspberry yogurt You have access to many functions including :\ntime setting motor speed setting turbo mode right or left rotation temperature display (game function not functional) display of my weight (game function not working) dough kneading This product will make people happy under the Christmas tree and will make an educational gift for children. Learning will be interesting by giving method and explaining how to follow the steps step by step. It is necessary to first teach the children the cooking times, the safe cutting of food, and the assembling of food. This tool is therefore a complement to learning to cook by showing the contribution of a robot for the automation of tasks and home-machine interaction.\n","date":"4 December 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/lidl-silvercrest-monsieur-cuisine-mini/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Lidl is offering a new edition of the Mister Kitchen Mini from December 5, 2022. Unlike its big brother Smart, the Mini is a toy. Children will be able to learn how to use a multi-functional food processor. We call this food processor a toy because only the mixing function is functional, the device cannot weigh or heat. The blade is made of plastic for safety reasons, the cutting and the power are limited. The toy is recommended for children from 3 years. Lidl’s multi-functional robot toy is guaranteed Bisphenol A (BPA) free and comes with a 3 year warranty.\n","title":"Lidl Silvercrest Multi-Functional Food Processor test","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"4 December 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/silvercrest/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Silvercrest","type":"tags"},{"content":"","date":"4 December 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/ustensile/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Ustensile","type":"categories"},{"content":"","date":"6 July 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/grill/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Grill","type":"tags"},{"content":"Lidl will again offer this July 7 one of its best sellers for your summer grilling: the 3-in-1 200W grill.\nThe Lidl SILVERCREST 3-in-1 Grill allows for grilling and browning in three configurations: as a user-friendly table grill, contact grill or panini grill. The grill has a solid construction with a steel body. The removable aluminum plates have an ILAG non-stick coating. The top plate is adjustable in height in five levels. We recommend this appliance, which passed our tests with flying colors.\nThe height adjustment knob is simple. The top of the top plate can be swivelled, allowing the top plate to lie flat even with ingredients that are higher than 2 cm.\nThe Lidl SILVERCREST 3-in-1 grill comes standard with the following components:\nGrill with adjustable thermostat Grease collection tray Cleaning scraper 1 meter power cable Features:\nPower consumption: 2000 W Heating time : 2 to 4 minutes Closed dimension : 36,5 x 15,5 x 35,7 cm (L x h x d) Grill surface: 26 x 26 cm 3 functions: contact grill, panini grill and table grill Non-stick coating ILAG Cooking mode # You can choose to use this grill in 3 different ways:\nFully folded down, so that the hot plates can be used as a tabletop grill. You have to use the \u0026ldquo;180°\u0026rdquo; button on the side. with the movable upper hot plate as a contact grill, so that meat or fish can be grilled on both sides. with the fixed upper hot plate as a panini grill, so that you can grill baguettes for example. Cleaning # One of the major constraints of this type of appliance is the cleaning. SILVERCREST has simplified cleaning by providing a button for each plate that allows you to release the plate. You can soak them in water with dishwashing liquid. On our tests, the plates were easy to clean. If you want to do a more thorough wash, the plates are dishwasher safe.\nClean the removed hot plates with hot water and a little washing-up liquid. In case of stubborn incrustations, soak the hotplates 0 in the rinsing water for a while. Rinse the hot plates 0 with clean water after washing to remove any remaining washing-up liquid. Dry everything thoroughly. The hotplates 0 must be dry before they are put back into the appliance!\nTemperature control # The temperature control 6 allows you to adjust the temperature :\nCooking level 1: preheating level / low temperature Cooking level 2: medium temperature, e.g. cooking vegetables Cooking level 3: high temperature, e.g. cooking steak The appliance has two indicator lights: The first orange led \u0026ldquo;Power\u0026rdquo; indicates when the grill is on The second green led \u0026ldquo;Ready\u0026rdquo; indicates that the appliance is ready and at the right temperature. During the cooking process, the green \u0026ldquo;Ready\u0026rdquo; control light may go out again temporarily. This means that the set temperature has dropped below the set temperature and that the appliance is heating up again.\nConclusion # Compared to the older 1700W models, the SILVERCREST 3 in 1 2000W grill has a good power output which allows the plates to be heated up to 220°C. The rise in temperature is fast, about 3-4 minutes, and the cooking is homogeneous on both plates.\n","date":"6 July 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/lidl-silvercrest-grill-3-in-1-2000w/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Lidl will again offer this July 7 one of its best sellers for your summer grilling: the 3-in-1 200W grill.\nThe Lidl SILVERCREST 3-in-1 Grill allows for grilling and browning in three configurations: as a user-friendly table grill, contact grill or panini grill. The grill has a solid construction with a steel body. The removable aluminum plates have an ILAG non-stick coating. The top plate is adjustable in height in five levels. We recommend this appliance, which passed our tests with flying colors.\n","title":"Lidl SILVERCREST Grill 3 in 1 2000W","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"26 April 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/coffee/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Coffee","type":"tags"},{"content":"Delonghi returned to the forefront last October with its brand new series of automatic machines with grinders. The latter ensures \u0026ldquo;performance, commitment and simplicity\u0026rdquo; according to the manufacturer.\nPresentation of the Dinamica automatic coffee maker range from Delonghi # The Dinamica range from Delonghi offers an excellent compromise between the technological monster of the PrimaDonna Elite and the smallest model that represents the Autentica Cappucino. The Dinamica family offers 9 models with a price starting at 599€ for the automatic machine FEB 3535.SB. All the automatic machines in the range are equipped with a grinder. Moreover, from the entry-level model, the customer will be able to enjoy a fairly complete machine, with an easy-to-use control panel and access to the My Menu option to customize drinks. As they move up the range, customers will also be able to enjoy an LCD screen.\nThe rest of the features will depend on the model. For example, the pressure will vary between 15 bars for the most accessible models and 19 bars for the models costing 1000€ and more.\nOn the other hand, all the robots in the range weigh 9.5 kilos. Consequently, the water tank is also identical to all the products with a 1.8 liter tank. The same goes for the bean container, which has a capacity of 300 grams regardless of the automatic machine. We would have liked to have two bean containers rather than one to increase the variety of tastes, especially on the more expensive models. To choose the degree of fineness of the grind, it is possible to change it on several levels. What was a defect on the Saeco GranBaristo Avanti has since been corrected. Indeed, the adjustment wheel is easy to access because it is no longer necessary to remove the beans from the container to turn it.\nFinally, all models offer two dispensing nozzles to prepare two coffees simultaneously. The water tank is located on the right side of the machine. It is removed from the machine by sliding it gently towards you. It comes with a filter cartridge, which purists will appreciate since limescale can negatively influence the taste of coffee.\nA similar design with an emphasis on simplicity # In terms of design, the 9 models are almost identical with similar material choices. The matte plastic finish is really attractive and robust, especially since the materials are not subject to fingerprints. The least we can say is that it gives a feeling of robustness and quality through time.\nThe ergonomics of the range are perfectly well thought out. Unlike some machines that require space to access the different sections of the machine, here it will be much easier. For example, by moving the cup holder to the front, you can quickly remove the coffee grounds collection tray and the drip tray. The on/off button is also positioned on the face of the top of the machine, rather than the back, which is more convenient and a positive.\nThe front panel is relatively uncluttered, highlighting the touch control panel and touch screen if the machine has one. Moreover, the icons of the keys are immediately recognizable, as on all automatic machines.\nRich programs # The buttons on the front panel allow the user to choose from several coffee varieties including espresso, traditional coffee, long coffee and doppio+. It is also worth noting that the coffee temperature can be set to different levels directly in the machine\u0026rsquo;s settings. Coffee purists, on the other hand, will have to settle for a single temperature for all procedures. The customization options of this machine are therefore quite rich but still seem a bit more limited than those of the Delonghi PrimaDonna Elite, which allows you to customize recipes according to distinct profiles.\nMilk lovers may be disappointed by the entry-level model because it lacks an insulated milk carafe and a cup-warmer tray. On the other hand, it does have a steam nozzle that can be dipped into a container of milk to boil it and create foam.\nThis approach is much less practical than a specific carafe-type milk container. In fact, it only allows you to prepare milk drinks on rare occasions. Therefore, we do not recommend Dinamica\u0026rsquo;s entry-level machines to milk drink enthusiasts.\nVery simple maintenance # The maintenance of the different models of the range are automated and the user is guided through each step. The LCD panel is useful for the maintenance of the machine because it alerts the user when it is time to descale the machine, change the filter cartridge or empty the coffee grounds container, among others. In addition, the nozzles are rinsed as soon as the machine is turned on, which is more than convenient.\nThe removable parts (cup tray, water tank and coffee grounds container) are easy to disassemble and reassemble. While all of these components are dishwasher safe, hand washing is recommended to prolong their life.\nOverall, the Delonghi Dinamica range does not disappoint and is recommended, with a very good quality of service and better preparation times than most of the competitors\u0026rsquo; products. Starting the machine, preheating, rinsing the nozzles and pouring the coffee take a little less than 1 minute and 30 seconds. Removing the steps specific to the first cup, it takes just 30 seconds to prepare the second coffee.\nMoreover, the models in the range are very quiet, with one of the quietest coffee machines never exceeding 70 db.\nHowever, we do not recommend the entry-level model to milk lovers, for whom the machine will not be fully adapted to the needs of customers.\n","date":"26 April 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/delonghi-dinamica/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Delonghi returned to the forefront last October with its brand new series of automatic machines with grinders. The latter ensures “performance, commitment and simplicity” according to the manufacturer.\nPresentation of the Dinamica automatic coffee maker range from Delonghi # The Dinamica range from Delonghi offers an excellent compromise between the technological monster of the PrimaDonna Elite and the smallest model that represents the Autentica Cappucino. The Dinamica family offers 9 models with a price starting at 599€ for the automatic machine FEB 3535.SB. All the automatic machines in the range are equipped with a grinder. Moreover, from the entry-level model, the customer will be able to enjoy a fairly complete machine, with an easy-to-use control panel and access to the My Menu option to customize drinks. As they move up the range, customers will also be able to enjoy an LCD screen.\n","title":"Delonghi Dinamica automatic coffee maker: full review","type":"page"},{"content":"Back in the Lidl catalog, the SilverCrest Ice Maker, 105 W is the machine of the summer. Small review of the product from Lidl.\nPresentation of the SilverCrest Ice Maker # The SilverCrest Ice Maker, 105 W is 24.7 cm long, 29.3 cm high and 34.9 cm deep. Its volume is quite dominant and allows the integration of a water tank of 1.8 liters. The machine is very easy to use thanks to the \u0026ldquo;soft-touch\u0026rdquo; control panel. The SilverCrest 105W Ice Maker comes with an ice scoop to collect the ice cubes from the ice tray and put them in another container. The machine also comes with an ice cube tray with a capacity of about 800 grams that can be removed from the machine. Moreover, this tray is pierced on the bottom to let the ice cubes pass through and melt as they come out. These melted ice cubes are recovered in a water tank which will reuse this water to make ice cubes again.\nFinally, the power cable is immediately connected to the machine, which is convenient not to lose it but also bulky when you want to store it since it is still 180 cm.\nThe test of the ice machine # Before starting the machine, it will be necessary to fill the water tank. To do this, a small physical marker in the water tank will tell you how much to fill. After several uses, a small add water light will come on when the machine runs out of water. The maximum tank capacity is 1.8 liters. The small rods freezing the water are installed at the bottom of the tank. In theory the machine produces 9 ice cubes every 8 minutes. And at start-up, it produces the first ice cubes between 7 and 15 minutes depending on the temperature of the water inserted in the tank. In continuous production, the machine produces between 11 and 12 kilos of ice cubes per day. This statistic is absolutely useless for occasional use, but it does give the full production capacity of the SilverCrest ice maker. Finally, on the consumption side, the machine is rather economical with a power of 105 W.\nDuring our test, the first ice cubes were created in about 9 minutes. Their size was also smaller than the next ones, much thicker. The next ones were indeed within the performance range announced by the manufacturer. In our opinion, the ice cubes are consistent and last for a long time in the open air. On the other hand, the machine is slightly noisy which can be disturbing.\nThe frozen water transformed into ice cubes then flows into a small cup that will pour them into the ice cube tray, when they are definitely ready.\nIf you decide to make the ice cubes ahead of time, the batches can be stored in the tray if the machine is on. Otherwise, you can always store them in your refrigerator.\nMaintenance of the machine # To avoid damaging the machine, the manufacturer recommends filling the tank with water between 8° C and 30° C. In other words, do not use water from the refrigerator, but rather running water around 10°C. The manufacturer also recommends not to start the machine directly after moving it, like a refrigerator. Indeed, it will take about 2 hours after several movements and handling to restart the machine safely, without risk of damage. For regular use, it is therefore recommended to install it permanently on the work surface and not to move it.\nNote that in case of defects, the product is guaranteed 3 years by the manufacturer. The manufacturer will repair or replace the product. Remember to keep your receipt.\nThe machine also has a cleaning program. You will have to press for 10 seconds on the switch on button to start it. This self-cleaning process takes about 15 minutes. Afterwards, it will be enough to empty the dirty water from the tank by removing the cap and dry the inside of the water tank. This small plug is located on the bottom of the machine to drain the water, and empty the tank when it is removed.\nAll in all, the machine is quite efficient, but the ice creation time is insufficient in some situations. Indeed, one of the main advantages of this type of machine is to be able to create ice cubes when you forget to fill the ice tray of the fridge. In this sense, the time is a very important parameter to satisfy the guests as during an unexpected aperitif for example.\nThe machine is more adapted to a situation where we anticipate a future event and we launch the production of ice cubes half an hour or even an hour before, depending on the number of guests.\n","date":"21 March 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/lidl-silvercrest-ice-maker/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Back in the Lidl catalog, the SilverCrest Ice Maker, 105 W is the machine of the summer. Small review of the product from Lidl.\nPresentation of the SilverCrest Ice Maker # The SilverCrest Ice Maker, 105 W is 24.7 cm long, 29.3 cm high and 34.9 cm deep. Its volume is quite dominant and allows the integration of a water tank of 1.8 liters. The machine is very easy to use thanks to the “soft-touch” control panel. The SilverCrest 105W Ice Maker comes with an ice scoop to collect the ice cubes from the ice tray and put them in another container. The machine also comes with an ice cube tray with a capacity of about 800 grams that can be removed from the machine. Moreover, this tray is pierced on the bottom to let the ice cubes pass through and melt as they come out. These melted ice cubes are recovered in a water tank which will reuse this water to make ice cubes again.\n","title":"Test Lidl SilverCrest Kitchen Tools Ice Maker 105 W","type":"page"},{"content":"Vorwerk\u0026rsquo;s highly acclaimed Thermomix TM6 multi-function food processor is now available in a new color, called \u0026ldquo;Black Limited Edition\u0026rdquo;. Available for sale from mid-February until the end of March 2022, there is no doubt that this food processor will quickly find buyers. So, is it only a question of color? That\u0026rsquo;s what we will see in this article.\nWhat\u0026rsquo;s new in the Black Limited Edition Thermomix TM6 # The most famous food processor is getting a brand new version called Black Limited Edition, and will be sold in limited edition until the end of March. Already available for sale, the multi-function food processor will indeed remain on the shelves until March 31.\nOver the years, the thermomix has become a true kitchen companion and is an iconic model in the world of food processors. Able to replace up to twenty appliances and utensils, the robot has been a reference in the field for over 50 years. In France, the food processor has already attracted more than 11 million customers, making it one of the national best sellers.\nNevertheless, the brand has seen a large number of competitors arrive, much less expensive, without degrading the services they offer. As a result, the market share of the manufacturer has decreased over the years.\nIndeed, the brand has relied heavily on its achievements with the release of the TM6, which has brought very little novelty compared to its predecessor (very successful by the way), the TM5. When it was released in 2019, the TM6 replaced the very successful TM5. Thanks to its predecessor\u0026rsquo;s insolent success and its excellent reputation, the TM6 was already at the top of the bill. But this was without counting on the disappointment of customers who noticed that this robot had not created a real break with its little brother. Worse still, the robot\u0026rsquo;s style remained virtually unchanged, despite the 5 years that separated them.\nThis is why Vorwerk has just launched its latest model in a new version, the \u0026ldquo;Black Limited Edition\u0026rdquo;, to change the classic and usual white and charcoal gray colors that have equipped a large part of the kitchens over the past decades. With this model, the manufacturer wanted to rectify the situation by breaking the codes that have been in place for over 50 years.\nAnd it is rather successful! Indeed, in its black color, the robot is very elegant while remaining sober. More than any other model of the brand, the TM6 Black Limited Edition will perfectly match your kitchen decor. But the novelties stop there\u0026hellip;\nNew recipes to accompany Black Limited Edition # As far as new products are concerned, there\u0026rsquo;s not much to get excited about. To mark the occasion, the Cookidoo platform that accompanies the robot also includes new recipes in the theme of the color.\nThese new recipes in the \u0026ldquo;dark\u0026rdquo; theme, such as the chocolate crousti with licorice cream, the coal bread or the black olive and prune tapenade, are added to an already long list of recipes. Apart from that, there is nothing new on the device itself in terms of accessories or features. The manufacturer considers that it is not necessary to propose an update on the device itself. We therefore regret this choice made by the brand, as new products creating a breakthrough are long overdue at Vorwerk.\nIf you want to take advantage of this new model, you will have to hurry to the point of sale. Indeed, the robot is only available for a few weeks. The black-clad kitchen appliance is available through the brand\u0026rsquo;s usual sales channels, i.e. official stores, workshops with a thermomix advisor or the e-shop.\nNo new features for this food processor which is logically sold at the same price as the traditional model, i.e. 1359€.\nOur verdict on the TM6 Black Limited Edition from Vorwerk # There is no need to go through 4 paths to immediately understand the strategy of Vorwerk behind this limited edition. Indeed, the manufacturer wants to give a boost to the sales of its robot by releasing a new version of its flagship product and by making a strong communication around the product, despite the lack of novelties.\nIndeed, the color is very successful and underlines the chic and sober design of the device. But apart from a very elegant design and some new recipes in the graphic theme of the robot (which all thermomix owners will enjoy), there is absolutely no other technical novelty.\nThe manufacturer is struggling to renew itself and risks seeing its leadership diminish over time. Nevertheless, the TM6 remains one of the best multi-function food processors on the market with very successful results. We invite you to read the tests we have already done on this subject. This is why there is no doubt that this new version of the food processor will be a great commercial success.\n","date":"19 March 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-tm6-black-limited-edition/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Vorwerk’s highly acclaimed Thermomix TM6 multi-function food processor is now available in a new color, called “Black Limited Edition”. Available for sale from mid-February until the end of March 2022, there is no doubt that this food processor will quickly find buyers. So, is it only a question of color? That’s what we will see in this article.\n","title":"Black Limited Edition Thermomix TM6","type":"page"},{"content":"SilverCrest already markets an oil fryer that has been a great commercial success. This year, the brand is back with a miniature version of the same fryer. As its name indicates, this appliance, designed for people living alone or with two people, offers the same services, at a reduced size and price. Here is our full review of the SilverCrest 850W Mini Fryer.\nPresentation of the Mini Deep Fat Fryer # The miniature version of the SilverCrest fryer is a rather compact appliance with dimensions of 25.5 cm wide by 24.3 cm high and 20.9 cm deep. The mini fryer does not take up much space on your work surface. This can be seen on its weight since the device is very light. It is therefore necessary to be careful when the appliance is in use and to install it out of reach of children.\nThe Mini Deep Fat Fryer is a compact device and this reduced size is directly reflected in the oil tank which is limited to only 1.2 liters. The motor power is 850 W.\nWhat is the Silvercrest Mini Deep Fat Fryer worth? # The SilverCrest Mini Deep Fat Fryer is an appliance that can be used to cook all types of food based on oil frying. Here is a non-exhaustive list of recipes that can be made with the device:\nFrench fries; all types of fried fish; nuggets; Seafood; breaded meat; fritters, bricks and samoussa. To adapt to all these recipes, the thermostat of the Mini Deep Fat Fryer can be adjusted. Indeed, the thermostat of the device is adjustable over a temperature range from 90 ° C to 190 ° C. Note that this temperature is continuously adjustable up to 190 ° C which is appreciable.\nA device faithful to the values of the brand ? # Like most of the brand\u0026rsquo;s appliances, the SilverCrest Mini Deep Fat Fryer, 850 W is very easy to use. Indeed, you will not encounter any difficulty in starting the device before using it. All you have to do is\nPlug in the appliance; start the fryer using the on/off button; fill the pan with oil; and set the desired temperature. A green light will come on when the temperature is reached. However, be careful to measure out the oil before starting the appliance to avoid adding more oil once the fryer is running.\nThe simplicity of the device does not prevent it from being efficient. Thus, the cookings are well respected in spite of a relatively long time of heating. Indeed, it will take on average more than 7 minutes to heat up when competitors offer the same service for less than 5 minutes.\nMoreover, when the SilverCrest 850 watt Mini Deep Fat Fryer is on, a condensation phenomenon is created at the lid level. You will have to be careful when you open the lid, as water may flow onto your work surface.\nOn the other hand, cleaning is not very easy. For example, there is a lot of oil on the edges of the fryer that you will unfortunately have to clean with a cloth and repeat several times for the grease to be completely removed. Moreover, it is impossible to clean the inside of the tank with water. You will have to clean it with a damp cloth as well. Fortunately, the frying basket is dishwasher safe.\nFinally, note that the lid with window and grease filter is removable.\nAccessories # The SilverCrest Mini Deep Fat Fryer comes with two accessories by default.\nFrying basket Handle You can find some Mini Deep Fat Fryer with fondue set.\nOur opinion on the Mini Deep Fat Fryer 850 W of SilverCrest # Sold for the modest sum of 24,99€, it is difficult to find better value for money on the new market. In spite of the quality of the materials which do not transpire quality and which seems to us perfectible, the device assures all the same a good level of performance during its use. The cooking temperatures are respected.\nAs its name indicates, the appliance has a small capacity. It is therefore not suitable for large families and should appeal more to households consisting of one or two people at most. However, its ease of use and compactness make it a great device for the general public.\nThe only real negative point raised during this test concerns its maintenance, which is rather constraining and which should slow down many people. The manufacturer SilverCrest would gain by making all the elements of the fryer compatible with a dishwasher for obvious reasons of time saving and comfort.\n","date":"19 March 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/lidl-silvercrest-mini-deep-fat-fryer/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"SilverCrest already markets an oil fryer that has been a great commercial success. This year, the brand is back with a miniature version of the same fryer. As its name indicates, this appliance, designed for people living alone or with two people, offers the same services, at a reduced size and price. Here is our full review of the SilverCrest 850W Mini Fryer.\n","title":"Test Lidl SilverCrest Mini Deep Fat Fryer 850 W","type":"page"},{"content":"Lidl continues its aggressive price positioning policy on multi-functional food processors by offering its brand new food processor for less than 60€. Always with the aim of seducing a clientele looking for good deals, the new multi-functional food processor will try to do as well as its big brother, the Monsieur Cuisine Connect.\nA new food processor in the Silvercrest family from Lidl # Food processors are a real hit with consumers. Indeed, they represent a precious time-saver and a guarantee of success for the recipes cooked. Nevertheless, the sometimes expensive cost of these appliances can slow down many customers. This is why Lidl recently entered this market by offering its multiple food processors at very low cost. Since then, their reputation is well established and there are now tens of thousands of customers who impatiently wait for the brand new household appliances from Lidl, as shown by the empty shelves at each product launch. The reason is simple: the quality-price ratio is practically unbeatable in the small appliance market. Available for sale since September 16th, the multi-functional food processor from Silvercrest is a great success as the shelves are being emptied. In fact, the food processor is only available in very limited quantities and is on sale for a few days in the brand\u0026rsquo;s stores. At its release, the multi-functional food processor from Lidl was offered in several colors subject to availability. Thus, you will have the choice between 4 colors: black, blue, pink and white.\nHonorable features # The multi-functional food processor from Lidl is a kneading, mixing and blending machine. When we unpacked the box, one of the first things that caught our attention was the weight of the Food Processor. To our surprise the robot is very light which is a change from its direct competitors who are much heavier. Therefore, the Food Processor is easily movable which gives it a very good practical point. Moreover, the robot is stable during its use since it is placed on suction cups in order to be maintained when there are powerful mixes or when the Food Processor mixes at higher speeds.\nWith a power of 600w, the robot is fully capable of performing the most demanding functions such as kneading, mixing and blending of thick culinary preparations. Everything will be prepared in a removable stainless steel bowl of more or less 5 liters. To carry out these operations, the device from Lidl is delivered with several accessories. Indeed, the accessories delivered with the multi-functional food processor from Lidl are three in number:\nA flat beater: the flat beater is the main accessory of this Food Processor since it will give you the possibility to mix all kinds of preparations including those with a rather thick consistency. A whisk : this accessory will allow to aerate the preparation. It will be very useful if you want to whip cream or egg whites. The whisk will efficiently incorporate the air in your preparation for a bluffing result. A dough hook : finally, this last accessory will allow you to knead the dough. No matter how long you knead, this food processor will satisfy you. A lid: the Food Processor is supplied with an anti-projection lid. This lid is associated with a filling opening which allows you to pour the ingredients directly into the robot while it mixes or kneads. We will also appreciate the solidity of the plastic which seems to us sufficiently robust. An inexpensive and practical everyday food processor # The Silvercrest multi-functional food processor is equipped with a planetary mixing system, ideal for high quality mixing or kneading. The speed can be set and is continuously adjustable, with an additional turbo function. However, beware of preparations that require slow kneading, and for which you should not hesitate to stop the Food Processor to gather all the dough at the bottom of the bowl. For this purpose, we regret the absence of a spatula.\nAlso, this Food Processor is practical since the swivel arm ensures an easy unlocking of the Food Processor to easily change accessories. Just press the button and it will unlock. Then to remove the bowl, you just have to rotate it to the right. This also makes it easy to change accessories.\nConclusion # This Food Processor attracts attention on several aspects. First of all its price, since it is proposed at less than 60 euros. At this price, it is almost impossible to do better, or to find a similar device cheaper. Indeed, despite the aggressive price, quality is not left aside. The Food Processor performs its main functions with satisfactory results without excelling in precision. But at this price level, it is difficult to demand the best on the market. Finally, we very much appreciate the 3-year warranty that comes standard with the Food Processor.\n","date":"18 March 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/lidl-silvercrest-multi-functional-food-processor/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Lidl continues its aggressive price positioning policy on multi-functional food processors by offering its brand new food processor for less than 60€. Always with the aim of seducing a clientele looking for good deals, the new multi-functional food processor will try to do as well as its big brother, the Monsieur Cuisine Connect.\n","title":"Lidl Silvercrest Multi-Functional Food Processor test","type":"page"},{"content":"Silvercrest\u0026rsquo;s reputation in the small appliance market is well established as its products are best-sellers. This is justified by the very competitive price/quality ratio of the products. But this does not explain everything. Indeed, the manufacturer is a master in communication by creating interest around its many products. Thus, practically no device is offered continuously. Instead, it favors short-term commercial operations to create excitement. Today, among all the appliances of the brand, it is the Kitchen Tools Silvercrest Lidl bread machine that we have tested.\nPresentation of the Kitchen Tools Machine # The Kitchen Tools Bread Machine is a rather bulky device considering its features with dimensions of 27cm * 30cm * 40cm including the handles. This is reflected on its weight which is rather high with 5,8 kilos displayed on the scale. The machine is therefore rather bulky. It will be necessary to keep it a definite place on the work plan.\nThis small appliance has a motor power of 100 watts rather quiet when it is running as well as a heating power of 850 watts. The machine is made of stainless steel and the bowl and blades are made of non-stick coating.\nAn appliance designed for bread\u0026hellip; but not only # The Kitchen Tools Bread Machine is, as its name suggests, a machine capable of making bread. Every year, the brand relaunches the marketing of this appliance at a low price. This bread machine does not stop at simply making bread. The Kitchen Tools Machine is also capable of mixing, leavening and kneading. The Kitchen Tools Machine is also able to perform some special programs such as baking gluten-free bread as well as fresh dough or pizza dough. Finally, the machine has a specific program for making jam and yogurt, all sold by Lild for just 49.99€. To ensure all these programs, the kitchens Tool machine from Silvercrest comes with :\na measuring glass ; a measuring spoon; a hook to remove the bowl; two paddles ; an instruction manual; and finally, a recipe book Note that the robot has 3 degrees of browning and 16 customizable programs. The Kitchen Tools Machine also integrate a timer, to warn you during preparations so that you can add the desired condiments. The maintenance of the Silvercrest Kitchen Tools Bread Machine 850 W is very simple. But for this, avoid the ingredients to harden in the bowl. Therefore, it is recommended to wash it directly after use. The other accessories can be cleaned in the dishwasher. Finally, it is worth mentioning that this machine is guaranteed for 3 years by the manufacturer. So be sure to keep the receipt.\nWhat is the Silvercrest bread maker worth in everyday use? # The use of the bread machine is rather simple. First of all you will need to initially set up the bowl and put on the paddles before inserting your ingredients and choosing the program you want to run. However, remember to insert your liquid ingredients (milk, water etc.) first, before inserting the dry ingredients.\nWhen running the programs, the machine is very efficient as it produces very good results for breads and buns. When testing the brioche, we chose the medium browning level. The result was true to what we wanted but the gilding is uneven with a more pronounced gilding on the sides than on the top of the brioche. On the other hand, the brioche inside is well baked and the taste is quite faithful to the original recipe if you follow the instructions in the recipe book. The machine perfectly controls the process of making the different doughs, right up to the baking. A small remark concerning the start-up: the robot will not start until the preheating system has reached the right temperature.\nWe particularly appreciate the fact that it is possible to add a few extra ingredients in the middle of a program to make bread. The selection of the degree of browning of the crust in 3 levels is also a plus.\nAll in all, this machine offers very satisfactory results, which makes it one of the most interesting machines on the market. This product sold for less than 50€ offers a lot of quality features. So you get a lot of value for your money. Unfortunately, the robot is not sold in stores all year round. That\u0026rsquo;s why we advise you to go to one of our partner stores to get your hands on the Silvercrest Kitchen Tools 850W bread maker.\n","date":"17 March 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/lidl-silvercrest-kitchen-tools-bread-maker/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Silvercrest’s reputation in the small appliance market is well established as its products are best-sellers. This is justified by the very competitive price/quality ratio of the products. But this does not explain everything. Indeed, the manufacturer is a master in communication by creating interest around its many products. Thus, practically no device is offered continuously. Instead, it favors short-term commercial operations to create excitement. Today, among all the appliances of the brand, it is the Kitchen Tools Silvercrest Lidl bread machine that we have tested.\n","title":"Lidl Silvercrest Kitchen Tools bread maker 850 W test","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"17 March 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/ninja/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Ninja","type":"tags"},{"content":"Ninja\u0026rsquo;s latest food processor, the Foodi OL550EU, is an 11-in-1 multi-cooker that is also the most affordable of the Ninja family with a price tag of less than 250€, without being the least complete. This model is dedicated to the European market and has a different interface than the US Ninja Foodi 11-in-1 6.5-qt Pro Pressure Cooker \u0026amp; Air Fryer FD302.\nProduct presentation # In terms of design, we find the same codes as its big brother, the OL750EU, despite a lower quality finish. On the other hand, the manufacturer abandons the sensitive keys of the big brother for physical keys. Less bulky than its big brother, the Ninja Foodi OL550EU SmartLid still has a 6 l tank.\nThe robot comes with a few accessories including : a crousti basket as well as its detachable base for frying. This basket has a capacity of 3.7l, which corresponds to approximately 1.1 kilo of fries, according to the manufacturer. and a grid of elevation: this grid can raise the preparations to be able to cook on 2 levels.\nThe cooking programs are less complete, but there are still special features such as pressure cooking, oil-free frying and the grill function. With the new Smartlid, it is even possible to combine steam and pulsed heat with the Combi-steam programs.\nOverall, the Ninja OL550EU offers 11 programs, which is quite good in the market of food processors under 300 euros.\nIn order to select a program, you will have to use the cursor and the wheel. The different programs will appear on the display. With the left arrow, you can adjust the temperature while with the right arrow, you can adjust the cooking time. This will be adapted to the selected cooking mode. For simmering, the duration will vary between 4 and 12 hours. For frying, it will vary between 1 minute and 1 hour, etc.\nThe food processor has enough capacity to satisfy a small family with its large 6 l tank, which should not be filled beyond 4.5 l, or even 4 l for pressure cooking. With its large diameter (24 cm), the bowl can accommodate any target food, including the largest pieces. However, avoid using metal utensils that could damage the non-stick coating of the bowl.\nFinally, the food processor can be easily cleaned from the outside with a damp cloth. As for the bowl and the accessories, the manufacturer indicates that they can be cleaned in the dishwasher.\nNinja OL550EU: a robot that would gain in intuitiveness # In use, the food processor is intuitive even if the absence of a real digital screen is felt. Indeed, the panel gives some information on the programs, but it is impossible to display recipes as you would find with many competitors.\nTo start a preparation, nothing could be simpler: you just have to add all the food in the recipe, then select the right cooking program. As soon as the timer runs out, the meal is ready. However, we regret the absence of a language setting for the robot. Unfortunately, it is only configured in English. You will have to turn to the user manual if you want to get translations.\nThe robot has two heating elements and 11 cooking programs that make it one of the most complete multicookers on the market. Here is the complete list of the Ninja OL550EU\u0026rsquo;s cooking programs:\nPressure cooking Frying without oil Simmering Steaming Baking Searing/Sauteing Grilling Dehydrating Yogurt/Keeping warm Frying and steaming Baking and steaming A lack of precision compensated by a wide temperature range # When testing the different cooking programs, the results are guaranteed without being perfect. The robot sometimes lacks precision with a not very homogeneous heating. For example, the temperature at the bottom of the bowl can vary by several dozen degrees in some cases, which can distort your cooking results. But thanks to its wide temperature range, you only need to have the knack to master your recipes. Nevertheless, it will satisfy your needs.\nFinally, for daily use, we regret the lack of recipes accompanying the robot since only fifteen recipes are proposed. However, the cooking chart indicating how to cook a food precisely can give you new recipe ideas.\nIn addition, Cooking Circle, a site powered by the Ninja community, is offered as a complement to the robot. But the platform does not yet have many recipes saved for the Ninja OL550EU food processor.\nAll in all, for 250€, it will be very difficult to do better. This food processor is very complete while guaranteeing a good level of performance. Thanks to the combination of 11 programs, the food processor will save you a lot of space on your work surface.\nAmong the strong points of the Ninja OL550EU, we particularly appreciate the integration of hot air and pressure cooking in the same robot. We also like the large capacity of the bowl as well as the grid that allows you to cook food on 2 levels.\nOn the other hand, there are a few shortcomings, including a relatively long frying time compared to a classic fryer, a poorly developed recipe book and a community site that is still in its infancy. Moreover, the robot is designed entirely in English and has some slightly noisy modes like the Grill mode.\n","date":"17 March 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/ninja-foodi-ol550eu/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Ninja’s latest food processor, the Foodi OL550EU, is an 11-in-1 multi-cooker that is also the most affordable of the Ninja family with a price tag of less than 250€, without being the least complete. This model is dedicated to the European market and has a different interface than the US Ninja Foodi 11-in-1 6.5-qt Pro Pressure Cooker \u0026 Air Fryer FD302.\n","title":"Ninja Foodi pressure Cooker Steam Fryer OL550EU with SmartLid test","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"14 March 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/cooker/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Cooker","type":"tags"},{"content":"","date":"14 March 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/kitche/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Kitche","type":"categories"},{"content":"Silvercrest wants to come back to the forefront with two operations in a row. Firstly, the brand has re-launched its flagship product, the multi-functional food processor Mr. Kitchen Edition Plus, on Thursday 10 March 2022. The next day, a second appliance was added, the 2022 version of the Lidl Silvercrest electric multicooker.\nPresentation of the electric multicooker # Since this Friday, March 11, 2022, Lidl offers its new appliance, the electric multicooker SilverCrest. In terms of design, the resemblance with the Instant Pot is disturbing as the 2 appliances from two different brands look alike. Apart from that, the multi-cooker has a rather sober design and an average size. When using it, apart from a few beeps when you press the keys, or when you wait for the end of cooking, or when the temperature is reached, the robot is rather discreet. This multi-cooker is presented as an all-in-one cooking appliance with many features. This 1000 watt appliance has preset cooking programs and a timer function to start your cooking at a later time.\nIn total, the SilverCrest electric multi-cooker offers no less than 12 programs that allow you to prepare sweet and savory recipes including :\nrice ; yogurt; beef and meat; poultry; stew ; soup; simmer; cake; fish; steaming and vegetables; beans and red peppers; multi-cereal; In addition to these functions, the robot also offers searing and stir-frying, keeping hot, or changing the pressure level.\nAn easy to use food processor # The Silvercrest multi-cooker is very intuitive and easy to use. To use it, you will need to prepare the ingredients for the recipe beforehand, then pour everything into the bowl. Then, you will just have to choose your program through the integrated control panel and the robot will start. It\u0026rsquo;s child\u0026rsquo;s play. In most cases, it will not be necessary to monitor the robot while it is running. However, if your preparation requires you to fry ingredients, you will need to stay close to the food processor.\nUpon purchase, the Silvercrest food processor comes with :\na steam basket with integrated handles; a drip tray to collect the condensation water; the measuring glass; the soup spoon; the rice spoon; and finally, a recipe book to give you original ideas for meals; All the accessories are dishwasher safe. Cleaning the food processor is quite easy since its bowl is light and removable. In addition, the seal of the multi-cooker can be easily removed from the lid, which makes it easy to clean. Also remember to regularly empty the condensed water tank.\nHow does this food processor perform in use? # We tried a few recipes directly from the book that came with the Silvercrest electric multi-cooker: The soup was a great success with a perfect texture and a good taste in the mouth. The beef bourguignon is faithful to the original recipe, although you have to be careful with the amount of water the processor gives you. Finally, for the brownie, the result was less satisfactory, as the bottom of the cake was burned.\nOffered at less than 65€, it is even possible to get an additional 15€ discount by downloading the free Lidl+ application. At this price, it goes without saying that this food processor offers services at an unbeatable price, if we compare it with its main competitors, including the very famous Cookeo from Moulinex, which is offered at a price 3 times higher. All in all, the food processor fully fulfills its function. But you should not be very demanding on the details or on the appearance of your preparations. Moreover, the timer that allows you to start a preparation up to 24 hours later is a real asset for this robot. There are no major flaws with this food processor, but it is good to note that the overall quality of the appliance leaves something to be desired. But we can still cover ourselves thanks to the 3-year warranty that comes with the device. Thus, the performance of the robot coupled with the exceptional discount should certainly attract a large number of customers. That\u0026rsquo;s why we advise you to go to the store quickly if you want to buy this new device and avoid the stock shortage as for the 3 in 1 multifunction food processor.\n","date":"14 March 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/lidl-silvercrest-multi-functional-pressure-cooker/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Silvercrest wants to come back to the forefront with two operations in a row. Firstly, the brand has re-launched its flagship product, the multi-functional food processor Mr. Kitchen Edition Plus, on Thursday 10 March 2022. The next day, a second appliance was added, the 2022 version of the Lidl Silvercrest electric multicooker.\n","title":"Lidl Sivercrest Multi-Functional pressure cooker Kitchen Tools test","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"23 February 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/cecotec/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Cecotec","type":"tags"},{"content":"The Spanish brand Cecotec intends to establish itself in the All-In-One kitchen appliances market with its Mambo 10090 food processor. Sold at less than 350€, will this robot be able to meet the expectations of its customers? This is what we will see during this test.\nThe Mambo 10090 from Cecotec: presentation # Cecotec is a company specialized in small household appliances. Still little known, the brand is very successful in Spain where it enjoys a strong reputation as an innovative brand.\nWhen unpacking, the robot impresses. In view of its rather imposing size, with dimensions of 40 x 25 x 33 cm and a weight slightly exceeding 8 kilos, you will have to find a permanent place for it on your work surface. In addition, the brand offers a range of accessories to complement the robot:\na special MamboMix spoon; two bowls, one of which is made of stainless steel and the other has a non-stick ceramic coating. The bowls have a useful capacity of 3.3 liters and are dishwasher-safe; a basket for boiling your food. It allows you to prepare up to 4 preparations at the same time; a butterfly accessory that allows you to beat eggs. It has a silicone reinforcement to be able to recover all the remains of the preparation; a steam cooking tray on 2 levels for cooking vegetables or meat for example; a spatula; a book with a wide variety of recipes; and an instruction manual. The mambo 10090 has a large digital display with a touch screen control panel that is very intuitive to use. It is also equipped with a motor with a double gear. This allows for optimal performance at both low and high speeds.\nA connected device, but not only! # The Mambo 10090 robot from Cecotec is a connected device. It is indeed capable of providing recipes in automatic. All you have to do is configure the settings for the different stages of the recipe, such as the speed of the mixer, the temperature or the preparation time, and the robot will take care of the rest. Of course, your presence will also be necessary to add ingredients during the preparation. The recipes on the mobile application follow steps that indicate the ingredients to be placed in the robot and the necessary configuration. You will then have to start the program and wait for the countdown. When the countdown reaches zero, you will be warned by a sound signal that will indicate that you have to go to the next step.\nIn addition to this automatic mode, the food processor is fully manageable remotely from your smartphone. Thus, you can prepare your dishes while sitting on your sofa. The application will send you push notifications during the preparation of your recipes.\nThe robot also gives the user the opportunity to use it in manual operation. All you have to do is make your own settings, select the function you want to use, and you\u0026rsquo;re done.\nFeatures of the Mambo 10090 connected food processor by Cecotec # The robot hosts 30 cooking and preparation programs. Thus, the robot can cut, chop, mix, grind, fry, grind, pulverize, grate \u0026hellip; In short, it can do almost everything on paper. The robot is fully customizable on all parameters. Indeed, the Mambo 10090 offers a multitude of possibilities with an adjustable speed from 0 to 10, a cooking temperature ranging from 37°C to 120°C, a Turbo function etc.\nThe brand has made the practicality and intuitiveness its main objective. Moreover, the fact that there are two bowls is very practical for everyday use, as it will be useful to be able to make several recipes at the same time. To accompany this slew of features, the robot is linked to the Mambo smartphone application in which you will have unlimited access to recipes and step-by-step guidance program. Here again, you will have access to a multitude of diverse recipes. To find your recipe, there are 2 possibilities: The first one which consists in browsing the different food categories of the robot (desserts, soups and cream, etc.). the second one which consists in doing your search by keyword directly.\nThe preparations are rather successful but for a food processor at this price, you should not expect an ultra perfect result. Nevertheless, it provides more than the essentials and on a daily basis, it will largely do the job. We particularly appreciate the zero function that allows you to cook without the lid. Indeed, this function avoids any risk of projection, by simulating the use of a traditional pan or pot. On the other hand, you will be in control of the cooking of your food ingredients from start to finish since the zero function implies regular stirring of the ingredients.\nOur final verdict on the Mambo 10090 from Cecotec # The Cecotec Mambo 10090 food processor is a versatile and complete device. The manufacturer has designed a successful device with simple and intuitive programs. The Mambo application considerably expands your choice of recipes with over 200 integrated recipes. The product\u0026rsquo;s sophistication even goes as far as integrating the scale to ensure the robot\u0026rsquo;s practicality. Rarely seen in the competition, the manufacturer offers 2 bowls as standard, which is also very practical, especially when you want to make starters and dishes in one go with the robot.\nFinally, the food processor can easily replace the vast majority of all kitchen utensils. However, we regret that the recipes are sometimes badly translated, or that the appliance is slightly noisy, but nothing to worry about. Sold for less than 350€, this food processor offers an excellent quality/price ratio and we recommend it. Moreover, with the purchase of the device, you will benefit from the 2-year manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s warranty.\n","date":"23 February 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/cecotec-mambo-10090/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The Spanish brand Cecotec intends to establish itself in the All-In-One kitchen appliances market with its Mambo 10090 food processor. Sold at less than 350€, will this robot be able to meet the expectations of its customers? This is what we will see during this test.\n","title":"The connected food processor Mambo 10090 from Cecotec","type":"page"},{"content":"The KitchenAid Artisan 5KSM food processor is the brand\u0026rsquo;s top-of-the-line processor. This food processor, sold at 749€, tries to keep all its promises in a hyper competitive context. Here is our full review of the brand\u0026rsquo;s flagship appliance.\nPresentation of the appliance # The KitchenAid Artisan 5KSM food processor is a multifunctional food processor that is already well known to customers as it has been a best-seller for a few years now for the American brand KitchenAid.\nThe Artisan 5KSM195PSEBE (beet) by KitchenAid is above all a refined design with customizable lines and retro design, which gives it an undeniable advantage. In fact, at first glance, this appliance with its faithful design gives a feeling of quality conception as the materials make a good impression. Moreover, KitchenAid has thought of the practical side by integrating a hanging system to attach additional accessories to the robot.\nThe dimensions of the robot are 36 cm x 24 cm x 37 cm for an empty weight of 11.1 kg. Its imposing dimensions give it robustness and stability, even when the robot is tested at full capacity. Note that there are several versions of this same robot offered in several colors, including a mini version.\nWhen you unpack the box, you will find the following accessories as standard with the food processor:\nA 4.8 L bowl with a handle; A flat beater; A 6 wire whisk; A dough hook; and the instructions for use of the food processor. In some versions of the food processor, you will also have a pouring/protective lid. This will be useful for inserting ingredients into the food processor during preparation without the risk of splashing. Finally, we appreciate the presence of an adjustable screw located under the mixing head that allows you to adjust the height of the beater so that it reaches the bottom of the bowl and ensures that the entire preparation is worked and that the results are perfectly homogeneous.\nThe features of the Artisan 5KSM food processor # The Artisan 5KSM food processor comes standard with a whisk, a flat beater and a dough hook. With these accessories, the food processor can whip or mix food, beat eggs, mashed potato potatoes and knead bread or pie dough.\nAs you can see, it has multiple uses. This is possible thanks to the 10 speeds integrated in the robot. You will be able to obtain quality results with a food processor that ensures speed and precision in your preparations.\nIn addition, the robot has the particularity of planetary motion mixing. This means that the mixer moves in one direction and the whisk in the other direction to bring the ingredients to the center of the bowl more efficiently and obtain homogeneous results.\nThe 325 watt direct drive motor more than lives up to customers\u0026rsquo; expectations and does not lose power during the entire preparation process. The results are more than satisfactory since the robot works very quickly, no matter what the type of preparation.\nA versatile and practical food processor for everyday use # The KitchenAid food processor has a handle on the bowl that makes it very easy to handle, which improves its practicality on a daily basis.\nNote also that the robot incorporates a fastening system that allows you to attach additional accessories. To do this, you will have to go through the purchase process since they are sold separately by the brand. The robot can then integrate new functionalities thanks to the accessories sold by KitchenAid. In fact, the range of accessories is quite extensive, which will considerably improve the versatility of the food processor. We are thinking in particular of the grater, the slicer, the chopper, the juicer and many other accessories that will take the food processor out of its working environment dedicated to pastry making. However, beware of the price of these accessories, which can quickly add up. However, you can take advantage of online promotional offers to obtain these same accessories at a lower price. Other generic accessories can also do the trick at much cheaper prices.\nFor the maintenance of the KitchenAid food processor, you won\u0026rsquo;t have to make much effort. Indeed, its maintenance is rather simple since the stainless steel bowl can be washed directly in the dishwasher. The same goes for the 3 accessories as well as the anti-splash lid which are also dishwasher safe. Be careful with the 3 accessories, as the brand recommends placing them in the upper rack of your dishwasher to improve the durability of the products.\nComparison with other models of the brand # THE 5KSM195PSEBE is well equipped with accessories, if you have enough space in your kitchen, this is the model we recommend.\nHere are the features of the three models in order of size and price:\nModel Volume Power Diameter Cupcakes Price 5KSM3311X 3,3 l 250W 31,2cm 8 529€ 5KSM195PSEBE 4,8 l 325W 36,0cm 16 749€ 5KSM7580X 6.9 l 500W 41,9cm 24 1019€ Accessories included # 4.8 L stainless steel bowl # Stainless steel bowl with brushed effect and polished rim, unlike the Mini model, the bowl has an ergonomic handle that is very useful for emptying liquids and carrying the bowl well loaded. 3 L stainless steel bowl # This extra bowl allows you to continue your preps without emptying the main bowl. Made of stainless steel, without handle. Pourer/protector # This adjustable pourer/protector prevents splashing. The pouring spout allows you to add ingredients smoothly while mixing. Wire Whisk # The stainless steel wire whisk is elliptical in shape, allowing for greater surface coverage of the bowl. Designed to incorporate air into the ingredients. Silver dough hook # Use to mix and knead different types of dough, including bread dough, pizza dough and fresh dough. Silver Pastry Mixer # Easily crushes butter into light, even pastries so you can cut it without having to melt it. Also allows you to puree and grind. Silver Flexible Edge Mixer # Designed to allow for faster mixing without the need to stop and scrape the edges. Metal liner with a silicone side. Spatula # Handy tool for easy cleaning of the mixer. Our opinion on the KitchenAid artisan food processor 5KSM195PSEBE # The tilting head food processor is powerful, functional and efficient. With almost impeccable results in all tests, the KitchenAid Artisan 5KSM food processor meets all our expectations.\nThe only small hitch could be the lack of an automatic protection in case of engine overheating. However, this only concerns a small number of customers who have been using it for years, which might suggest that these are isolated cases. The robot is also intended to be qualitative. The customer reviews after years of use are very positive on this subject and all converge towards the observation of a very slow wear of the materials. The same goes for the motor, which does not show any decrease in power after hundreds of hours of use.\nThanks to the multiple accessories sold in addition to the robot, the 5KSM195PSEBE could even compete with some multifunctional robots.\nFinally, we appreciate the effort of the brand for the personalization of the robot which comes in 19 colors including the beautiful beet color that we tried.\nAccessories to buy as an option on the 5KSM 4.8 l range # Spiralizer 5KSM1APC # Spiralizer vegetable cutting accessory for your vegetables. Up to thirteen combinations with the spiralizer. Pasta machine 5KSMPRA # From spaghetti to linguine to fettuccine, this accessory makes it easy to make multiple types of pasta. traditionnelles régulières à la maison. Meat Mincer with Sausage Pusher 5KSMMGA # Slice, chop or grate, and process ingredients for fresh recipes. Chop fresh meat to make sausages and ground steaks, grate hard cheeses, crumble bread or breadcrumbs, etc. Can be pre-chilled in the refrigerator or freezer to maintain a sufficiently cold temperature during the chopping function for a cleaner result when preparing meat. Whisk for food processor 5K452WW # Whisk used to incorporate air into eggs, cream, egg whites and desserts. Whisk is compatible with 4.3L or 4.8L tilting head multi-function food processors. 5KSM1JA Juicer # Original slow extraction technology that keeps the nutrients of fruits and vegetables intact. Scale and sieve 5KSMSFTA # Cook hands-free by gradually incorporating sifted and weighed ingredients into the food processor bowl. Multifunctional grater, three drums 5KSMVSA # Versatile vegetable slicer and grater, you can prepare ingredients like carrots or chocolate with this optional accessory. ","date":"20 February 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/kitchenaid-artisan-5ksm-4-8-l/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The KitchenAid Artisan 5KSM food processor is the brand’s top-of-the-line processor. This food processor, sold at 749€, tries to keep all its promises in a hyper competitive context. Here is our full review of the brand’s flagship appliance.\n","title":"KitchenAid Artisan 5KSM195PSEBE, Artisan Mini Mixer/Standmixer 4,8 l beetroot","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"20 February 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/standmixer/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Standmixer","type":"tags"},{"content":"","date":"20 February 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/tool/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Tool","type":"categories"},{"content":"The little brother of KitchenAid\u0026rsquo;s highly regarded Artisan 5KSM175 pastry blender, which has just been put on sale, hopes to attract a slightly less demanding clientele of pastry lovers. Here is our complete test of this Artisan Mini 5KSM3311X.\nPresentation of the Artisan Mini 5KSM3311X food processor # The Artisan Mini 5KSM3311X is the latest food processor from KitchenAid. This model has been specifically designed to cater to cramped kitchens, so the brand offers models that satisfy most customers. Indeed, the Artisan Mini is smaller than the Artisan 5KSM175. At the same time, it is also offered at a more affordable price, since it is sold at about 529 €. At this price, it includes a 3.3-liter capacity bowl and a 250W direct drive motor. Nevertheless, the manufacturer assures that this robot will offer the same versatility as the robot that heads the range thanks to the many accessories it offers.\nComparison with other models of the brand # Despite everything, the Artisan Mini is not as well equipped as its big brother. For example, we notice the absence of handles on the stainless steel bowl. Indeed, this stainless steel bowl does not include a handle to facilitate handling. Furthermore, KitchenAid did not deem it necessary to provide an anti-splash cover. Instead of this accessory, the robot offers a half-speed to avoid any risk of splashing. But this will not replace the anti-spattering lid.\nHere are the features of the three models in order of size and price:\nModèle Volume Puissance Diamètre Cupcakes Prix 5KSM3311X (Mini) 3,3 l 250W 31,2cm 8 529€ 5KSM125 4,8 l 300W 36,0cm 16 699€ 5KSM7580X 6.9 l 500W 41,9cm 24 1019€ Accessories # The artisan Mini food processor comes standard with a whisk, a flat beater and a hook.\nStainless steel bowl 3.3 liters # The stainless steel bowl is made of brushed stainless steel and has no handle. The bowl is dishwasher safe. Flat beater # The mixer can be used for normal to thick mixes such as cakes, icings, cookies and mashed potatoes. The flat beater is aluminum with a non-stick nylon coating. The mixer is dishwasher safe. Wire Whisk # This six wire stainless steel whisk is elliptical in shape. The whisk covers the entire surface of the bowl and allows you to whisk large quantities easily. Dough hook # The hook can be used to mix and knead different types of dough, including bread, pizza and fresh dough. The hook is made of aluminum with a non-stick nylon coating. The hook is dishwasher safe. A robot faithful to the brand\u0026rsquo;s style # In terms of design, the Artisan Mini follows exactly the same stylistic codes as its big brother, although its dimensions are reduced. Indeed, the Artisan Mini measures a little less than 20 cm wide against 41cm height when the head is raised and 31cm depth. It will be able to fit on small worktops without hindrance. The level of finish remains more or less the same as its big brother, with metal handles.\nNevertheless, its weight is quite high considering the size of the robot with a scale that shows almost 7 kg.\nOffered in several colors, including matte black which particularly caught our attention as it gives an impression of quality, this food processor is therefore versatile and practical in several aspects.\nA discreet and easy to maintain robot # In daily use, the Artisan Mini is one of the quietest food processors on the market. The direct drive motor never emitted more than 64 dB during the various tests.\nFor the maintenance of the food processor, KitchenAid has proposed accessories that are compatible with a dishwasher except for the whisk. The robot is rather well designed, which considerably reduces the difficult to clean areas. The corners that are often difficult to clean are mainly around the attachment system of the accessories that are located under the head of the food processor. But here again, a simple wipe with a damp cloth is necessary to remove the dirt. To do this, however, it will be necessary to ensure that the residue does not dry in these hard-to-reach areas.\nTesting the features of the Artisan Mini # The Artisan Mini has a 250 watt motor, compared to 300 for its big brother. In use, this robot offers a choice of 10 speeds that will allow you to perform several operations:\nThe rise of the Whites in snow: the pastry robot Artisan Mini will be your best ally to make whites in snow. Thanks to its whisk, the Artisan Mini can whip up egg whites in about a minute. This result is very good, although its big brother does the same operation in half the time. The result is impeccable. Making sponge cake: This test gave the robot a few sweats, especially during the step of integrating the flour with the sheet. Indeed, a thick dough forms at the bottom of the bowl after a few seconds of work. The robot unfortunately did not manage to integrate the flour perfectly during the preparation. The technique has been mastered by the manufacturer KitchenAid, which, through the intermediary of the big brothers of the mini craftsman, manages to carry out this stage without any great difficulty. Shortcrust pastry: the test of the shortcrust pastry went well, despite a relatively slow preparation time (about 2 min). The bread: finally, for the bread test, the robot also responds well. Despite a low power motor, the robot did not falter. No slowdown was observed. A robot with many accessories\u0026hellip; optional # The Artisan Mini is delivered with very few accessories. On the other hand, the manufacturer has thought of offering some as options. We are thinking in particular of the anti-splash cover which seems to us indispensable. Moreover, different bowls are also available in option.\nKitchAid thought of including a motor exit on the front of the robot to give access to the same extensions as its big brothers. The robot will gain in versatility since it will be able to grate, slice, chop and make pasta.\nBeware of the cost of accessories, which will quickly inflate the bill. Indeed, some extensions are worth several hundred euros. To save money, you\u0026rsquo;ll have to go through manufacturers of low-cost accessories that are compatible with the Artisan Mini.\nSober and efficient, the robot provides the essential in a disconcerting calm. The robot is relatively satisfactory despite some shortcomings. Indeed, its capacity of 3.3 l is rather limiting and makes it one of the smallest on the market. In addition, the design of the sheet limits its dough homogenization capabilities due to a poor integration of the flour. Nevertheless, it remains a good robot that we recommend if you are not expecting a result equivalent to a pastry chef\u0026rsquo;s service.\n","date":"19 February 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/kitchenaid-artisan-mini-5ksm3311x-3-3-l/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The little brother of KitchenAid’s highly regarded Artisan 5KSM175 pastry blender, which has just been put on sale, hopes to attract a slightly less demanding clientele of pastry lovers. Here is our complete test of this Artisan Mini 5KSM3311X.\n","title":"KitchenAid 3.3L Artisan Mini Mixer/Standmixer 5KSM3311X","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"12 February 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/batch-cooking/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Batch Cooking","type":"tags"},{"content":"Vorwerk has just launched its brand new compact connected robot, the Thermomix Friend. This multifunctional robot is an extension connected via Bluetooth to the Thermomix TM6. This gives you the opportunity to expand your culinary horizons by preparing food in parallel. Small focus on this new robot.\nThe Thermomix Friend : What does it bring more than the TM6? # The Thermomix Friend comes on the ultra-competitive market of food processors with reduced functionality and features. So of course we spontaneously ask ourselves what it can offer more than its big brother, which is already ultra complete for daily use.\nIn reality, this is not a low-cost version of the TM6. Indeed, this robot cannot be self-sufficient. In fact, it was presented by Worwerk as a complement to the TM6, since the Thermomix Friend works simultaneously with the latter.\nThe complementarity of the two robots can be explained on several points. First of all, this robot will allow you to produce dishes simultaneously or even double the quantities when you receive a large number of people. Another usefulness of this multi-function robot lies in the fact that it can make in parallel certain recipes requiring two specific preparations. For example, we think of a recipe combining custard and chocolate fondant for which you will no longer need to carry out the operations successively but at the same time. In addition, the Thermomix Friend can also be used to keep a dish warm when another dish is being prepared in parallel with the main multi-cooker.\nLowered features # Although it is capable of cooking, mixing, simmering, steaming and keeping warm, the Thermomix Friend\u0026rsquo;s functionality is still more basic than that of the TM6.\nFirst of all, it is important to point out that it is unable to work completely autonomously since it only works when connected via Bluetooth to a TM6. In fact, it is the big brother that sends the cooking programs to the Thermomix Friend. Note that this robot is also compatible with the TM5 although it does not have Bluetooth functionality. The user will then have to enter the cooking programs manually.\nAlso note that this robot cannot mix. It focuses only on steaming or simmering. However, if the recipe requires you to mix the preparation, you will have to install the bowl on the TM5 or TM6 to ensure mixing. Moreover, the companion food processor only offers 2 speeds of blade rotation, and only in the opposite direction. Therefore, it is impossible to make snow white or to stir the pancake batter.\nThe Thermomix Friend offers cooking temperatures between 37°C and 120°C, making certain preparations such as caramel impossible. Recipes suitable for the Friend robot are all available on the recipe platform managed by Vorwerk, Cookidoo. At launch, almost 40 recipes are already available and the list will continue to grow. All of these recipes start from the main robot, making it impossible to use the companion as a cooker robot on its own.\nIn terms of design, the Thermomix Friend is a small, compact robot. However, even though it is smaller, it is capable of accommodating a large bowl up to the capacity of its big brother, the Thermomix TM6. Note however that this bowl will not be supplied with Thermomix Friend. The base of the robot is less elaborate than that of its big brother. However, it is still equipped with a wheel and a non-touch digital screen. The base has a thermal sensor and a heating system.\nOur opinion on the Thermomix Friend # Beyond the strong reputation of the German leader, the strength of Thermomix lies in its ability to produce complex dishes to perfection. The Thermomix friend consolidates this asset by widening the range of possible recipes that can be created with the help of a multi-cooker robot. Offered at its launch in 2 versions, the Thermomix friend is sold at 399€ without including the base. This offer is intended for users with an additional bowl. The 2nd offer includes an additional bowl for 499€.\nAt this price, it is obvious that this robot cannot have the same characteristics as the TM6. For example, the motor is limited to 200 rpm which is not enough to be able to mix.\nThe Thermomix Friend can also be purchased with the sole purpose of increasing the capacity of the bowl. Indeed, many users regularly complain about the lack of capacity of the bowl, although it is one of the largest on the market. In this sense, the preparations will be suitable for families of more than 5 people. Some recipes are even suitable for up to 10 people.\nOverall, we appreciate the ease of use offered by this multi-cooker robot thanks to its guided cooking. The ergonomics of the robot makes its use very intuitive. In addition, the Bluetooth connection with the Thermomix TM6 is very efficient since it allows us to save precious time that can go as far as making dishes in half the time. Finally, we also appreciate the fact that all the utensils of the TM6 are compatible with the companion. The harmony between the two is therefore ideal to facilitate the cooking experience.\nHowever, we regret that the Thermomix Friend cannot manage automatic programs. The screen is also too small, making it impossible to integrate the guided kitchen, which can only be viewed on the main robot. We also regret the lack of availability of the Thermomix Friend since it is very limited. Indeed, it is only offered for sale by Thermomix advisers. It is therefore impossible to buy one in supermarkets. However, if you get in touch with a Thermomix advisor, you will have the opportunity to attend a live demonstration to learn how to use the device and thus validate your final choice.\nAs you will have understood, this is not a mini Thermomix, but rather an extension of the TM6, capable of cooking, mixing, simmering, steaming and keeping warm. The mixing functions will remain the responsibility of the main robot.\nNot a full-fledged multifunctional food processor, the new Vorwerk appliance will act as a duo, allowing you to prepare both classic and festive meals in less than half the time.\n","date":"12 February 2022","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-friend-vorwerk/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Vorwerk has just launched its brand new compact connected robot, the Thermomix Friend. This multifunctional robot is an extension connected via Bluetooth to the Thermomix TM6. This gives you the opportunity to expand your culinary horizons by preparing food in parallel. Small focus on this new robot.\n","title":"Thermomix Friend enters the food processor market","type":"page"},{"content":"Long criticized for the absence of a peeler, the Thermomix now welcomes this accessory sold alongside the robot. The Mixcover veggi peeler and the Thermomix peeler blade cover are the two leading peeling products for the Thermomix robot. Here is a small comparison between the 2 leading accessories.\nThe Veggi Peeler Mixcover # Initially intended only for the German market, access to the Veggi Peeler Mixcover has since been extended to other countries including France. The accessory is available for less than $30 on online sales platforms such as Amazon. This accessory proposed by a third party manufacturer aims above all to simplify the daily life of users with a considerable time saving during the preparation of recipes.\nCapable of peeling several kinds of fruits and vegetables, the utensil ensures a satisfactory result during the various tests. However, beware of food with a loose skin. Indeed, Mixcover, the manufacturer, indicates that the accessory is not capable of peeling the skin of these foods. If you try this, you will end up with mushy fruit or vegetables.\nUsing the Veggi Mixcover Peeler is very simple. Simply place the accessory in the bowl of the multifunction food processor and add the fruit or vegetables and 300 ml of water. We also appreciate its design which prevents the user from injuring himself while positioning the disc in the robot. You will then have to activate the robot and follow the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s recommendations, i.e. to indicate 3 minutes to the robot at power 3. For an optimal result, the maximum weight not to be exceeded is about 1.8 lb. Beyond that, there is a risk of overloading the machine, which could degrade the quality of the peeling. If you want to prepare a larger quantity, you will have to do it in several sessions.\nThis plastic peeler is already available for purchase. It is compatible with the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s recent models, namely the TM5, TM6 and TM31. The accessory can also be cleaned in the dishwasher.\nVorwerk Thermomix peeler blade cover: the new accessory to mark 50 years of the Thermomix # As part of the celebration of the 50 years of the Thermomix, Vorverk too has released a dual-function peeler for its recent models, the TM5 and TM6. The Thermomix peeler blade cover is a versatile cutting accessory. Designed to make life easier for users, this stainless steel utensil can be used to peel fruits and vegetables. However, Vorwerk insists that the peeler is not compatible with all fruits and vegetables. Thus, only regular shaped, firm-fleshed foods such as potatoes, turnips, carrots can be peeled with the peeler blade cover. To do this, simply install the accessory on the blades of the multi-function food processor and activate the automatic \u0026ldquo;peeling\u0026rdquo; program on the Thermomix TM6. For the Thermomix TM5 you can use the \u0026lsquo;Manual\u0026rsquo; mode.\nOnce the blades are activated in the classic direction of rotation, the machine will be able to peel up to 1.8 lb of vegetables and 1.3 lb of water. The automatic program is a bit long, since it lasts 4 minutes, but the result is perfect and the food comes out completely peeled. A little tip: to avoid the creation of foam during the peeling process, add a few drops of oil and you\u0026rsquo;re done.\nThe peeler blade cover follows the standard direction of rotation for peeling fruits and vegetables. In the opposite direction, it ensures slow cooking and sous vide. It will then be positioned on the knives to protect the vacuum bags from contact with the blades during slow cooking or sous vide. The accessory is also dishwasher safe.\nSlight advantage for the Vorwerk Thermomix blade cover # Already ultra complete, the robot is equipped with this new accessory to ensure recipes from start to finish. The result is convincing with even more ease of use for the customer. Available from the first half of 2022, the accessory will be offered at a price of $35.\nOverall, the Vorwerk peeler blade cover is more versatile than its competitor the Mixcover veggi peeler. Indeed, although both provide a good quality of peeling, the blade cover is perfectly usable when cooking under vacuum for example while its competitor can not do so. The Blade Cover also gives a better impression of quality since it is made of stainless steel while the Mixcover is made of plastic. In the long run, the latter should therefore hold up better even if the Mixcover\u0026rsquo;s construction seems rather robust. Finally, the price of the 2 is about the same, about $5.\n","date":"1 December 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-blade-cover-peeler-vs-mixcover-peeler-veggi/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Long criticized for the absence of a peeler, the Thermomix now welcomes this accessory sold alongside the robot. The Mixcover veggi peeler and the Thermomix peeler blade cover are the two leading peeling products for the Thermomix robot. Here is a small comparison between the 2 leading accessories.\n","title":"Thermomix Blade Cover and Peeler VS Mixcover Potato Veggi Peeler","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"1 December 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/veggi/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Veggi","type":"tags"},{"content":"You\u0026rsquo;ve probably heard about theMonsieur Cuisine Connect self-cooker. It is a robot released by Silvercrest, the brand of Lidl. This appliance went on sale on 3 June 2019 in all Lidl stores. However, since this is a collaboration, stocks were very limited, which led to an almost immediate stockout, and even a rush in the majority of stores. It is in this sense that Lidl relaunched the fruitful collaboration at the end of December by offering the robot cooker at the price of 359€. What\u0026rsquo;s more, when you buy a Monsieur Cuisine Smart Cuisine Connect robot from Silvercrest, you will receive a cookbook with recipes. This is mainly a paper version as all the recipes are integrated into the digital menu of the robot and its large 7-inch touch screen. Small review in detail of the device.\nSommaire :\nMultifunction robot A daily practice to make good recipes The few negative points that won\u0026rsquo;t interfere with daily use Detail of the parts of the unit More on the Internet A multifunction robot # As its name suggests, this robot cooker is surprisingly versatile, offering almost all of the existing functions. In addition to the manual mode, with personalised management of the appliance, the robot offers 3 specific modes which are the kneading, seizing and steaming functions. For the latter mode, the robot is delivered with 2 steam bowls, one flat and one deep. The small tray will mainly be used for non-bulky food while the deep one could be used for bulky products such as potatoes. The capacity of the trays is designed for dishes of up to 6 people. Beyond that, you will have no choice but to perform the operation in 2 steps.\nIn addition to the 2 steam trays, the robot is delivered with several other accessories:\nA main cooking bowl : The main cooking bowl has a capacity of 4.5 litres and can be filled up to 3 litres. It is made of stainless steel, and is equipped with a chopper that can be removed using the system underneath the bowl. A steam basket: Intended to be placed above the cooking bowl, the steam basket can be handled with a spatula provided, to avoid any burning. A whisk and a spatula: Note that the spatula is slightly rigid, which makes any scraping operation less effective. A measuring cup: This has two functions: as a measuring cup and as a lid for the cooking bowl. The manufacturer has also installed a locking system on it to prevent it from coming off when you want to remove the lid. As you can see, the robot is complete, and it\u0026rsquo;s a real success. The product is relatively ergonomic although imposing. However, this can be explained by the container which has been revised upwards in order to be suitable for a family of 6 people.\nPracticality in everyday life in order to make good recipes # Sometimes we all wonder what to do with leftover ingredients in the fridge. With Silvercrest\u0026rsquo;s pressure cooker, there is a function where you can enter the name of the ingredient in question. The auto-cooker will automatically suggest a recipe accordingly. Another handy feature is the search function. Simply enter an ingredient name and the multi-function food processor will display a list of all the recipes you can make with the ingredient. Moreover, you will also be able to filter according to the type of dishes (starters, appetizers, dessert, main course, etc.) in order to better target your recipe search.\nIn addition, the robot is connected to wifi, which means that as soon as the manufacturer updates its recipes, you will immediately receive them on your multifunction robot. Indeed, they will all be integrated in the novelty section. So do not hesitate to consult the section in order to make new recipes.\nOn the cooking side, the robot also allows you to set the temperature as you wish. This option is very practical, especially for growing the dough and activating the baker\u0026rsquo;s yeast. For example, you can set the food processor directly to the recommended temperature to activate the properties of the yeast and put your dough in excellent conditions. Indeed, since it is closed, the robot can maintain the desired temperature, which allows you to obtain a perfect dough.\nAlso, the machine has a safety function that stops it immediately if it overheats or if elements are incorrectly installed. Ideal therefore to preserve the life of the machine, and to avoid any disaster in case of non-supervision. Finally, in addition to all of the above functions, you have an integrated scale. You will then be able to add the necessary quantities immediately with the robot. Indeed, each time you add an ingredient, you can reset your scale to 0 with the tare function. This option makes this robot even more complete than it is.\nIn short, in order to make your recipes, you only need to follow the recipes to the letter, and in particular the cooking times or quantities required. The robot has been designed to make your daily work easier.\nThe few negative points that won\u0026rsquo;t interfere with daily use # Although the balance sheet is very positive, there are still a few negative points to be noted. One example is the availability of spare parts. Indeed, the latter seem to be in short supply from the manufacturer.\nAs far as storage is concerned, its cumbersome nature can also hinder some users on a daily basis. This is why it is recommended that it be placed permanently on the worktop and not moved.\nDetail of the device # In order to better understand the functions of the device, here is an exploded view of the different parts of the robot: ","date":"27 November 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/monsieur-cuisine-connect-silvercrest/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"You’ve probably heard about theMonsieur Cuisine Connect self-cooker. It is a robot released by Silvercrest, the brand of Lidl. This appliance went on sale on 3 June 2019 in all Lidl stores. However, since this is a collaboration, stocks were very limited, which led to an almost immediate stockout, and even a rush in the majority of stores. It is in this sense that Lidl relaunched the fruitful collaboration at the end of December by offering the robot cooker at the price of 359€. What’s more, when you buy a Monsieur Cuisine Smart Cuisine Connect robot from Silvercrest, you will receive a cookbook with recipes. This is mainly a paper version as all the recipes are integrated into the digital menu of the robot and its large 7-inch touch screen. Small review in detail of the device.\n","title":"Lidl SilverCrest Monsieur Cuisine Connect","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"22 November 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/cuisinart/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Cuisinart","type":"tags"},{"content":"Cuisinart has been a household name since the 1970s. Known for its wide range of high quality products, Cuisinart is back in the spotlight with its new \u0026ldquo;14-cup\u0026rdquo; version. Offered for less than $249.95 on the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s website, this robot is one of the cheapest on the market. Is it able to guarantee a good level of performance for all that? This is what we will see.\nA robot with an imposing size # Cuisinart continues the tradition of the new CUSTOM 14™ 14 CUP FOOD PROCESSOR. With a design almost similar to its predecessors, the food processor doesn\u0026rsquo;t give us a new impression upon unpacking. Nevertheless, the style remains sober and elegant. We also appreciated the simplicity of the robot\u0026rsquo;s assembly. Indeed, its simplified design means that this robot is assembled very quickly. It consists of a motor, a disc and blades of your choice and a work bowl. An instruction manual will be delivered with the robot to help you in its assembly. The dimensions of the robot are quite imposing with almost 11.00\u0026quot; in length for 7.90\u0026quot; in width and almost 14.80\u0026quot; in height. This is immediately reflected in its weight, which is slightly over 8 kilos on the scale. Considering its imposing size, you will not be able to move it to your wishes.\nThe cuisinart 14 cup will be delivered with :\nA large 14 cup work bowl; An extra-large feeding tube for easy food preparation; All cutting discs: slicing disc, grating disc, chopping disc and dough blade. All discs are made of stainless steel. A recipe book and an instruction guide; A spatula. Note that all of the parts mentioned above are dishwasher safe, which makes them very practical for regular use.\nThe Cuisinart food processor is equipped with a large capacity bowl, hence its name 14-cup, which refers to a capacity of approximately 14 cups of coffee. This means you can make large batches of food, including complex foods such as pizza dough or cookies. Moreover, the large feeding tube that accompanies the food processor will also help you in the conception of recipes in large quantities by acting as a pusher. This food processor is designed for families of more than 4 people, because of its large size, which allows you to prepare large quantities in one go.\nSuccessful results despite some limitations # Despite its affordable price, the Cuisinart 14 cup is a very versatile device. With the help of the various discs, the Cuisinart 14 cup is able to perform 7 functions to achieve your preparations. The 720 watt motor is not a warrior, but it does the job. It is guaranteed for 5 years by the manufacturer. During the chopping test, the 14-cup performed quite well. Whether it was almonds or onions, we obtained consistent results in each of these tests without leaving any solid pieces. By the way, the blades stop immediately when you stop pushing the button, so you can precisely control the chopping of your food. If you choose the jerk chopping option, it will take less than 30 seconds to chop your onions. However, you\u0026rsquo;ll need to flip the onions in the container with the spatula to get an even result. On the other hand, we are rather disappointed with the result of the carrots for which the result was not quite up to our expectations with some badly chopped or even solid pieces. Moreover, the robot makes excellent pizza doughs despite its slow execution. The motor is indeed powerful enough to do the job properly. However, the mixing was less efficient when making mayonnaise, where the lemon juice did not mix properly with the eggs. For pureeing, the cuisinart 14 Cup is very efficient with near perfect results. The test with the tomato was satisfactory. Just press the \u0026ldquo;on\u0026rdquo; button to puree the tomato in less than 15 seconds. Don\u0026rsquo;t hesitate to turn your preparation with your spatula to avoid solid elements. You will also be able to better control your preparation thanks to the \u0026ldquo;off/pulse\u0026rdquo; button that will allow you to blend in fits and starts.\nOur conclusion # In conclusion, we are seduced by what Cuisinart offers with its 14 cup. It is indeed one of the best food processors from a quality/price point of view. Although its performance is not outstanding, the food processor will more than meet your needs, even if you are not a chef. In summary, here is a list of the elements that we appreciate:\nan affordable price an extra-large feed tube that is very useful for versatile use the quality of the purees and pizza doughs a sober and pure design On the other hand, during the test, we appreciated less :\nthe weight of the food processor which forces us to park it on the work surface; a motor warranty of only 5 years when other manufacturers offer more than 20 years; a motor that sometimes hums, although it remains powerful enough for daily use All in all, this robot gives us a feeling of quality despite a contained price that, at first glance, could leave us doubtful. This impression of quality is confirmed by the numerous customer reviews, most of which are satisfied with the robot\u0026rsquo;s performance.\n","date":"22 November 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/cuisinart-14-cup/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Cuisinart has been a household name since the 1970s. Known for its wide range of high quality products, Cuisinart is back in the spotlight with its new “14-cup” version. Offered for less than $249.95 on the manufacturer’s website, this robot is one of the cheapest on the market. Is it able to guarantee a good level of performance for all that? This is what we will see.\n","title":"Cuisinart Custom 14, 14 cup food processor DFP-14BCNY","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"21 November 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/breville/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Breville","type":"tags"},{"content":"The Australian manufacturer unveils its latest robot, the Breville Sous Chef 16 pro. Known for its excellent reputation, the manufacturer wishes to continue in this line with its new model. However, proposed at 570 dollars on the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s website, this immediately puts it in the high range of cutting robots. Is the price really justified? That\u0026rsquo;s what we will see.\nA device dedicated to cutting your food # The Breville Sous Chef 16 pro is a food processor that specializes in cutting food. With its 1200-watt direct-drive, high-torque induction motor, the Sous Chef™ 16 Pro is capable of mastering even the most difficult tasks. Priced at $570, the robot comes with several accessories including:\n2 feed tubes: 2 tubes come with the robot. One, thinner, will be useful for thin and long foods, such as leeks or carrots for which you will not need the pusher. The other one, wider, ensures longer slices while minimizing the time of the operation. 2 Bowls: the mini bowl has a capacity of 2.5 coffee cups and the large bowl has a capacity of 16 cups, which is about 3.6 l of useful capacity. Be careful though, as many users have reported a weakness in the bowl that tends to crack with regular use. Easy storage box: The food processor comes with a storage box that allows you to store unused utensils. It also has a retractable cord so it can be stored in the box as well. The cutting accessories: we will see them just after. As with most food processors, the Breville Sous Chef® 16 Pro has dishwasher-safe parts. However, not all the accessories are dishwasher safe, which could be a problem in everyday use.\nFood processor cutting accessories # The Breville Sous Chef® 16 Pro comes with 8 cutting accessories including 5 discs and 3 blades, all ready to use and allowing it to perform various functions:\nA variable slicing disc: The food processor comes with a variable slicing disc that allows you to choose between 24 cutting settings ranging from very fine with 0.3mm to the thickest with 8mm. This is simply the first adjustable slicer to offer such versatility on the market. Reversible disc: The reversible disc allows for both fine and coarse shredding. For finer grating, simply orient the disc so that the finer holes face up. For a coarser result, the disc should be oriented the other way. A julienne disc ideal for carrots and zucchini in salad A French fry disc. This one allows you to obtain rather thick fries. It is compatible with all types of potatoes. The test on the sweet potato is just as conclusive with homogeneous cuts. An emulsion disc to whip and aerate preparations. It is particularly effective for whipping egg whites. 3 sets of blades: the micro-serrated S-blade system is very efficient to perform your operations in record time. Thanks to these blades, you can puree, chop or mince food. Homogeneity is also guaranteed. An efficient cutting machine # The Breville Sous Chef® 16 Pro comes with 8 attachments to perform a variety of functions. Here is our opinion on all of the robot\u0026rsquo;s functions.\nThe chopping function # The Breville Sous Chef® 16 Pro is one of the most efficient food processors for chopping. In fact, after testing the function on onions, the result is almost perfect with evenly chopped onions. The powerful motor of the robot ensures the operation in just 5 pulses.\nFor harder foods such as almonds, the result is just as satisfying with uniform cuts without turning everything into dust.\nTo do this, simply press the \u0026ldquo;start pulse\u0026rdquo; button and you\u0026rsquo;re done. However, beware of the \u0026ldquo;pulse\u0026rdquo; button, which does not stop immediately once released. So anticipate!\nThe mixing function # We tested the function with the preparation of a pizza dough. The result is still satisfactory with a smooth and uniform dough. The power of the motor is more than enough to mix all types of food without any problem. The kneading blade is also suitable for pastries such as cupcakes.\nThe grating function # On the other hand, the food processor is less efficient for grating, since in our cheese test, a good part of the cheese was grated, but there was still a complete piece of cheese that had to be passed a second time under the blades of the processor. So don\u0026rsquo;t hesitate to grate some foods twice. The grated carrot test was more conclusive.\nThe cutting function # The different cutting settings will allow you to adapt the robot to the food you want to slice. The result is perfect with clean and homogeneous cuts. However, before proceeding with the cutting, check that the blade is positioned at 12 o\u0026rsquo;clock because it should not be directly placed under the funnel. Also, it is possible to automate the cut. To do this, you will have to gauge the levels yourself the first time and observe the time required. Afterwards, you will be able to program the timer to perform the operation automatically.\nOur conclusion after the test # Overall, the Breville Sous Chef 16 pro justifies its reputation with very good results on all the tests performed. This robot is capable of making high quality cuts right at home without any effort. In summary, here are the things we like about the robot:\na nice design efficient programs a silent motor despite its power the practical storage box for everyday use. the large 14 cm funnel, much larger than its competitors. It is therefore able to accommodate the largest vegetables without having to shrink them first. a 25-year engine warranty, which makes it one of the most interesting offers on the market On the other hand, here are the main shortcomings we found during our test:\nthe robot is located in a high price range a very heavy device, therefore not very easy to handle the incompatibility of some parts with dishwasher cleaning a fragile minibin, which tends to crack during use In conclusion, yes the Breville Sous Chef 16 Pro is a quality food processor that we recommend. Nevertheless, it is difficult to explain its price positioning given the performance of some cheaper competitors.\n","date":"21 November 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/breville-sous-chef-16-pro/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The Australian manufacturer unveils its latest robot, the Breville Sous Chef 16 pro. Known for its excellent reputation, the manufacturer wishes to continue in this line with its new model. However, proposed at 570 dollars on the manufacturer’s website, this immediately puts it in the high range of cutting robots. Is the price really justified? That’s what we will see.\n","title":"Breville Sous Chef 16 Pro","type":"page"},{"content":"Manufacturers of small household appliances are redoubling their efforts to simplify users\u0026rsquo; daily lives by offering them ever more efficient products.\nThus, through the KitchenAid 3.5 Cup Food Chopper, KitchenAid wishes to allow users to save time in their preparations of sauces, pancakes, or other hummus. Offered at less than $40 on target.com, the KitchenAid kfc3516 mini food processor has all the makings of a bestseller in its category. This is what we will see.\nA food processor specialized in chopping # The latest mini food processor from KitchenAid has a very discreet design, leaving little room for extravagance.\nThe dimensions of the food processor are restricted with a width of 6-15/16 in for 8-3/4 in height and only 5-5/8 in depth. Its small size also translates into a very contained weight with barely 3 lbs on the scale. In addition, the multipurpose blade and other accessories are designed to fit easily into the bowl. The cord is rolled up just underneath. This small appliance will be easy to handle and move around, so you won\u0026rsquo;t have to leave it on the counter forever if you don\u0026rsquo;t use it daily.\nOn the market this robot is currently available in 5 different colors. You can choose between black, white, \u0026ldquo;empire red\u0026rdquo;, cream and silver grey. If you are a regular user of the KitchenAid brand, you will not be lost with its colors since they are available on practically the entire range of small appliances. This is a good thing if you are looking to match your appliances.\nUnpacking the shipping box, here\u0026rsquo;s what you\u0026rsquo;ll find:\nThe base with a single control. The chopper/purée selector lever will allow you to choose between chopping, mixing or pureeing. A work bowl with a capacity of 830 ml BPA-free. The bowl has a lockable blade. two stainless steel blades for chopping fruits and vegetables and mincing your herbs. the lid which also has a pulse function 2-3/10 Power Cord Length a user\u0026rsquo;s guide. The different functions of the KitchenAid mini food processor # The KitchenAid mini food processor has several automatic functions including chopping, mincing, mincing and mixing.\nIts small 240 watt motor coupled with two stainless steel blades provides the essentials without giving an impression of lack of power. The test was particularly conclusive for the blending of hazelnuts, which were reduced to powder without any difficulty. However, the result was less satisfactory for the chopping of herbs, which was not completely homogeneous.\nThanks to this food processor, you will be able to puree cooked fruits and vegetables quite easily. To do this, you will first have to cut the food into pieces of about 1 inch before placing them in the container of the chopper. Once in place, all you have to do is choose between the chopping or pureeing mode to start preparing your fruit puree, for example.\nThe mini chopper is suitable for both thin and thick preparations. Indeed, the robot has 2 speeds up to 3450 rpm, which is suitable for thick preparations. You can also control your preparation to obtain better results thanks to the impulse movement. Nevertheless, the robot is only suitable for small preparations. Indeed, the food processor is not compatible with harder foods such as nutmeg or coffee beans, which is a pity.\nA simple to use robot # The mini chopper is controlled by a single button. Just press the black circle on the lid to start the food processor. The robot can only be started when the blade is locked in place.\nIts mini plastic bowl has a spout that allows it to easily transfer your preparation from the bowl to your container. In addition, the lid has a slot that allows you to add your ingredients in the middle of the preparation without having to open it completely. This is especially useful for liquid preparations that could cause splashing.\nFor the maintenance of the KitchenAid mini food processor, the manufacturer wanted all the accessories to be dishwasher safe. If not, you can clean them by hand quite easily thanks to the detachable blades.\nNotre conclusion suite au test du mini hachoir KitchenAid 5KFC3516 # We are seduced by this small device that meets all our expectations. Its small size and light weight make it a real daily companion. We appreciate its modularity, which is made possible by an efficient motor to ensure the daily tasks. Here is the list of the main elements we appreciated during the test:\na practical and efficient device a very easy to use robot a space-saving robot Nevertheless, the robot has some limitations that could bother some people. Some results are indeed below what the competition can offer. Nevertheless, given its very cheap price, it remains one of the best value robots of the moment. Here are a few things we didn\u0026rsquo;t like about it during the test:\nsome foods like herbs do not get a homogeneous result the food processor is not suitable for all foods (nutmeg, coffee beans etc.) a bowl with limited capacity Overall, the KitchenAid 5kfc3516 mini chopper will be perfect for users with small budgets or families with limited kitchen space. For a more important use, as well on the diversity of the food as on the quantities to prepare, it is advisable to turn to a product more adapted to your need.\n","date":"21 November 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/kitchenaid-3-5-cup-food-chopper/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Manufacturers of small household appliances are redoubling their efforts to simplify users’ daily lives by offering them ever more efficient products.\nThus, through the KitchenAid 3.5 Cup Food Chopper, KitchenAid wishes to allow users to save time in their preparations of sauces, pancakes, or other hummus. Offered at less than $40 on target.com, the KitchenAid kfc3516 mini food processor has all the makings of a bestseller in its category. This is what we will see.\n","title":"Full test of the brand new KitchenAid 3.5 Cup Food Chopper kfc3516","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"21 November 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/kitchenaid/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"KitchenAid","type":"tags"},{"content":"Launched a few years ago, the Cook Processor from Kitchenaid is sold at prices between 999 € and 1029 € depending on the model. It is therefore clearly positioned at the level of high-end food processors such as the Thermomix TM6 or the Magimix, or even the i-companion touch xl from Moulinex. But does it meet the requirements of the current market? Here is a small test of this robot.\nPresentation of the KitchenAid Artisan Cook Processor # Like other multifunctional food processors available on the market, the Cook Processor is a device capable of doing everything, i.e. kneading, chopping and mixing preparations, cooking, etc. However, it differs from the competition in that it can be used to prepare food in a variety of ways. However, it differs from the competition in that it comes with a bowl and grating and slicing discs. This plastic bowl works with a specific rod that receives, according to your choice, the grating disc or the raw food slicing disc. We welcome the presence of these practical accessories since they allow the user to prepare raw vegetables. We can therefore speak of a true multifunctional food processor.\nBe careful, however, to prepare some space on your work surface since this multifunction food processor is quite bulky with more than 34 centimeters in length against 31 in width and even 41 in height. It goes without saying that the robot is rather heavy, since it weighs more than 10 kilos. You will therefore have to find a space for it on your work surface and not move it. As for capacity, the main tank of the KitchenAid has a total capacity of 4.5 liters for 2.5 liters of useful capacity, enough to satisfy a family of 4 people. This is a fairly standard volume.\nFinally, the KitchenAid Cook Processor also comes with an internal steam basket, an upper steam basket that fits on the lid, a spatula and a recipe book. Furthermore, in addition to the book, you can download the Cook Processor app which is free and available on iOS and Android systems. The app is pretty comprehensive in offering instructions on how to use the processor\u0026rsquo;s accessories, as well as additional recipes and brand information. Through the app, you\u0026rsquo;ll also be able to categorize your recipes by type and preparation time.\nA robot that pays for its years of design # With its bowl and slicing discs, the KitchenAid is on paper much more complete and versatile than other multifunctional food processors. Unfortunately, in practice, the opposite is true, first of all because of a display that is not very ergonomic, with a relatively small screen and an unclear digital display. The whole thing lacks overall intuitiveness and clarity when manipulating. Moreover, the physical buttons lack indications and leave some doubt as to their functions. Indeed, there is no indication whatsoever, except for icons, on the few buttons of the control panel.\nLike its competitors, the Cook Processor is fully capable of operating with automatic programs or in manual mode. In total you can choose between 6 automatic programs. In reality, these are more like automatic semifinished programs, since if you want to make certain preparations that require several cooking modes, you will have to link them together, since the robot is not capable of doing this by itself. For example, if you want to prepare a recipe that requires cooking as well as mixing. You will have to run these 2 programs consecutively. The robot is paying for the years that separate it from the latest, much more ergonomic models.\nFor example, when setting up a preparation, you will have to juggle between the control modes. First, you have to select the first parameter of your preparation via the relevant button (temperature for example) before setting it with the central wheel. Once this parameter has been defined and set to the right level, you can switch to the second parameter, following the same procedure. This step must be repeated for each new action requested of the robot. On the other hand, to select the speed of rotation, you will have to use the speed control that you will find on the front of the device. You can adjust the speed by pressing the lever to the left to reduce the speed, and conversely to the right to increase it. As you can see, this robot requires a certain amount of time to adapt because of its design, which is not very ergonomic in our opinion.\nAs for maintenance, the brand offers accessories that are fully compatible with dishwasher cleaning. The bowl is also dishwasher safe. Nothing to say then, except that it is particularly difficult to remove the lid because the seal is a little too thick. This thickness hinders the maintenance since food residues get embedded in the wall of the lid. Not very efficient functions for a food processor of this level\nThe chopping function of the food processor suffers slightly from a lack of power. So to chop products, you will sometimes have to raise the power level beyond the indicated level. Some products, such as onions, must even be chopped at the maximum power level to ensure a satisfactory cut.\nHowever, the quality of the blend is sufficient. As far as cooking is concerned, the food processor is rather slow in heating up. Moreover, once it has reached maximum temperature, the food processor exceeds the temperature in certain areas of the bowl before stabilizing. Finally, during our test, the robot did not respect the indicated temperature levels, with differences of more than 30°C in some places in the tank. Therefore, one cannot blindly rely on the display parameters. You will need to monitor the cooking process to avoid missing your recipe. On the other hand, as far as noise is concerned, the Cook Processor is one of the least noisy food processors in its category. This is mainly due to the low power of the processor, which barely exceeds 100 W. Power consumption is also low compared to other food processors.\nAll in all, the KitchenAid Cook Processor has obvious assets such as its rather successful design, which is important for a food processor that you will not move around much. We also appreciate its discretion in use. The Cook Processor can therefore be used easily in an open kitchen. Moreover, the Cook Processor is absolutely multifunctional thanks to the grating accessories provided.\nOn the other hand, the food processor does not perform well in terms of cooking and mixing. Indeed, the Cook Processor is not very precise in maintaining the indicated temperatures with sometimes unacceptable deviations for a food processor of this price. As for mixing, it lacks tone. The KitchenAid Cook Processor can therefore mislead the novice user.\nMoreover, the programs of the multifunctional food processor lack practicality for everyday use. We deplore the absence of a real automatic program, which could be annoying for a user who wants to limit his interventions in front of the robot. In the end, the robot provides the essentials but pays the price of years of design compared to more recent and more accomplished competitors. For all these reasons, the Cook Processor could be suitable for cooking enthusiasts but not for beginners who want to be completely guided during the preparation of their recipes.\n","date":"12 October 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/kitchenaid-artisan-cook-processor/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Launched a few years ago, the Cook Processor from Kitchenaid is sold at prices between 999 € and 1029 € depending on the model. It is therefore clearly positioned at the level of high-end food processors such as the Thermomix TM6 or the Magimix, or even the i-companion touch xl from Moulinex. But does it meet the requirements of the current market? Here is a small test of this robot.\n","title":"KitchenAid Artisan Cook Processor 5KCF0104","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"8 October 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/kenwood/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Kenwood","type":"tags"},{"content":"If you love to bake and cook, the Kenwood Cooking Chef Experience makes many kitchen tasks easier. It is a food processor that helps you succeed in all your favorite recipes every time. This equipment is indeed intended for the preparation of various specific products in the pastry shop or in more refined kitchens. In this article, discover the main functions of this food processor as well as the advantages related to its use.\nA multifunctional food processor that accompanies you in each of your creations # If you want to achieve delicious and breathtaking results, choose the Kenwood Cooking Chef Experience. Once known as the preserve of professionals, this equipment can now be used for personal use. This food processor offers you interesting features with easy handling. It is mainly equipped with an anti-protection lid, a blender, a mixer, a knife, a mixer and slicing discs. On your work surface, you will also find a spatula, a slicer, a splash cover and a steam basket.\nGo for excellence in the kitchen with this ultra precise and versatile food processor # Do you want to innovate your cooking to impress your guests for an evening with friends or a family meal? Without hesitation, choose this food processor because it will be of precious help to you! It will allow you to prepare and cook your food with ease and speed. Its induction cooking with a temperature of up to 180° Celsius guarantees unparalleled performance. Whatever the recipes you would like to concoct, sweet or savory, you will benefit from a healthy and of course tasty cooking.\nA food processor with integrated weighing # The secret of a delicious meal also comes from a pinch of precision and meticulousness. That\u0026rsquo;s why this equipment has a built-in weighing system, the EasyWeigh. This will prevent you from making mistakes with the weight of all your ingredients. You will no longer need a kitchen scale to weigh meats, vegetables, sugars or flours gradually or separately. On average, the weighing varies from 1 g to 6 kg.\nThe best ally for bakers and cooks # The Kenwood Cooking Chef Experience is suitable for all kinds of pastries and dishes from the simplest to the most complex. This food processor is adapted to different cooking modes. You can choose between low temperature cooking, steaming, caramelizing and boiling. Simmering, reheating and keeping warm are also among the functions offered by this equipment. This food processor allows you to mix and whisk in a homogeneous way. For example, if you are preparing meringues, you can use this equipment to whip egg whites.\nA more modern food processor to assist you # With technological innovation, individuals are fortunate to have quality equipment and appliances. When you purchase the Cooking chef food processor, you will have free access to the Kenwood World app. All you have to do is connect your machine and you\u0026rsquo;re done! You\u0026rsquo;ll find guided recipes that are sure to entice you. You can also use a filter to find the best recipes that will delight your friends and family. The best of the best, sharing with the whole community is still possible.\nRanges of Kenwood food processors # Several ranges of Kenwood food processors are available:\nCooking Chef Expérience (KCL95.429SI, avec accessoires) Cooking Chef Expérience Light (KCL95.004SI) Cooking Chef Gourmet (KCC9063S) Cooking Chef Premium (KM099) Cooking Chef Machine (KM080AT) Titanium Chef Patissier XL (KWL90.004SI) Cooking Chef Major (KM096) Only the Cooking Chef Experience has a touch screen. This is another special feature of this equipment, which tends to make it easier to control. The speed, timer, weighing and temperature are shown. You have the possibility to customize these options according to your preference. To activate a function, you just have to select the parameters displayed.\nKenwood Cooking Chef Experience accessories # Packed with multiple accessories, the Cooking Chef Experience gives you plenty of options. In no time at all, you can slice, dice and chop. This food processor is equipped with a balloon whisk, ideal for making mousses, meringues or whipped cream. Its shape is matched to the speed of the equipment for good efficiency. The stainless steel beater of this device ensures a homogeneous mixing of cookie dough, cakes or cakes. The height of this sheet adapts to the shape of the bowl of the robot, which allows it a great performance.\nWith the delicate mixing attachment of this equipment, you will no longer have to mix your ingredients with your hands. It ensures maximum volume and saves you from tedious gestures. The Kenwood Cooking Chef also has a complementary bowl. This utensil is mainly used to link the various preparation steps. It is made of stainless steel and has a total capacity of 6.7 liters. Its insulated handles ensure confident handling and remain cool to the touch. Finally, the steam basket of this multifunctional cooker provides you with a gourmet, natural and healthy cooking. Its large family capacity allows you to cook for 5 to 6 people. Its detachable wall makes it easy to clean and convenient to use.\n","date":"8 October 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/kenwood-cooking-chef-experience/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"If you love to bake and cook, the Kenwood Cooking Chef Experience makes many kitchen tasks easier. It is a food processor that helps you succeed in all your favorite recipes every time. This equipment is indeed intended for the preparation of various specific products in the pastry shop or in more refined kitchens. In this article, discover the main functions of this food processor as well as the advantages related to its use.\n","title":"Kenwood Cooking Chef Experience","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"2 October 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/ice-cream-maker/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Ice Cream Maker","type":"tags"},{"content":"The Silvercrest ice cream maker is available again in Lidl stores.\nSilvercrest is strongly animating the market of small appliances. Indeed, the Lidl store sells the ice cream maker of the manufacturer at the price of 21,99€. Small test of the device made in China.\nAn efficient and cheap product # Nothing better than an ice cream to cool down on hot summer days. To allow you this type of dessert, Lidl has put back on the market the Silvercrest ice cream maker since the beginning of June. The ice cream maker is equipped with the typical elements of the 12 W motor block, the ice cream tank with a capacity of one liter, an external container to hold the tank, a blade and the lid.\nIts use is childish with a very simple operation, namely a motor driving the mixing blade that will mix the ice preparation in the tank that has been in the freezer for 24 hours. In fact, you will have to place the bowl in the freezer 24 hours in advance of the preparation, before integrating the ingredients you wish to mix in the bowl. Then, you will just have to lock the motor block and turn on the machine. It will prepare your ice cream in only 30 to 40 minutes.\nAs with most ice cream makers, you must first turn on the motor before you can pour your mixture into it. If you don\u0026rsquo;t, the mixture could freeze on the frozen walls of the tank. This ice cream maker is capable of preparing up to 1 liter of ice cream or sorbet. Its power of 12W is sufficient for the conception of ice creams or sorbets of this volume.\nTo simplify its daily use, the ice cream maker is equipped with an opening in the middle of the lid to allow you to easily add ingredients during the process. Moreover, the bowl has side handles which will be practical when you have to handle it after refrigeration.\nFinally, the product comes with a manual including 6 recipes to help you prepare sorbets and ice creams. As far as maintenance is concerned, the ice cream maker is easy to clean as the whisk, the lid and the outer container are all dishwasher safe. The motor block, on the other hand, does not go under water. It can only be cleaned with a damp cloth.\nOffered at only 19,99€, this robot is easy to access, which makes it difficult to find in stores. The product is visible in stores while stocks last. The results of the ice creams or sorbets are quite satisfying although imperfect. The ice cream is quite liquid for example, but a turn in the freezer is enough to rectify the situation. Considering the price, this is a very interesting product that will pay for itself very quickly. Finally, the product comes with a 3 year warranty. So remember to keep your invoice in case you need it.\n","date":"2 October 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/lidl-silvercrest-ice-cream-maker-12w/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The Silvercrest ice cream maker is available again in Lidl stores.\nSilvercrest is strongly animating the market of small appliances. Indeed, the Lidl store sells the ice cream maker of the manufacturer at the price of 21,99€. Small test of the device made in China.\n","title":"Ice cream maker Lidl SILVERCREST 12W","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"2 October 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/moulinex/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Moulinex","type":"tags"},{"content":"Moulinex has created a nice reputation on the multifunction food processor market. Among others, its two star food processors the Cookeo and the Companion. Since then, the manufacturer has continued to develop ever more affordable products. This is how the ClickChef was born in late 2020, the latest low-cost robot from the firm. This one was born with great ambitions on this ultra competitive market. However, will its characteristics allow it to become one of the best sellers on the market?\nBrief presentation of the latest robot from Moulinex # Offered for less than 320€ on the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s website, the Moulinex ClickChef 1400W is interestingly positioned on the increasingly competitive market of multi-cookers. You can even find it for less than 300€ in some online marketplaces. At this price, the ClickChef is one of the cheapest food processors on the market, just ahead of the leading food processors in the range, the Silvercrest Monsieur Cuisine Connect from Lidl, the Digicook from Arthur Martin sold by Intermarché or the Fagor Connect from Carrefour. In the Moulinex range, this one is clearly positioned behind Companion, the brand\u0026rsquo;s top-of-the-range multifunction food processor. Its characteristics are much less sophisticated than those of its big brother, the Companion, making it more like the Monsieur Cuisine Edition Plus.\nA food processor with a poor finish # The Moulinex ClickChef is a fairly compact food processor which is very practical since it does not take up much space on your kitchen counter. The robot is indeed shallow which allows it to be easily installed in the kitchen. The low price of the food processor means that it has some low quality aspects in some areas. For example, the bowl does not have the double wall that its big brother the i-Companion Touch Xl offers. The lid is not perfectly designed with a relatively difficult nesting. Moreover, when the bowl is placed on the motor block, it is quite impossible to place or remove the lid, which can be very restrictive in use. On the other hand, we appreciate more the handle allowing to manipulate more easily the bowl than the two side handles present on a great number of rival robots.\nIn terms of functionality, the robot has a bowl with a limited capacity of 3.6 liters, of which only 2 liters are useful. This allows it to provide the essentials, namely dishes for 4 people. Moreover, the robot does not have a touch screen, which is highly regrettable given what its slightly more expensive rivals offer. Indeed, its design is quite rudimentary with a simple little display surrounded by physical keys. If you already have a Moulinex food processor, you will be relatively comfortable with this display since these keys were already present on the brand\u0026rsquo;s previous non-touch models. At first glance, you can feel the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s firm intention to distinguish the two models and justify the substantial price difference between them.\nThe integrated functions of the ClickChef robot # The food processor has all the functions you would expect to have when you buy this type of appliance. The food processor has functions for preparing all types of recipes, including sauces, pasta, etc. In total, the robot offers 32 functions, including 5 automatic programs. However, it is surprising that the programs are only available in English. So you will have to familiarize yourself with the terms for temperature, speed, duration etc. In addition, the robot is not capable of grating food.\nIn addition to the automatic programs, the food processor can also run a manual program. To do this, you can vary the speed of the blades between 1 and 10 in addition to the pulse mode. As for the temperature, it can be selected in 5°C steps within a range of 30°C to 120°C. Finally, the duration can be programmed between 1 second and 120 minutes. Note that it will be impossible to start any cooking without a time indication.\nThe robot also has an integrated scale that is located on the right side of the ClickChef. We appreciate the accuracy of its weighing since it is precise to the gram, while most of its rivals are precise in 5 gram increments. The scale can go up to 5 kilos. This feature is quite surprising since its big brother, the i-Companion Touch XL only comes with a scale as an accessory. Maybe this will be corrected with its replacement. In addition, the inner and outer steaming baskets will allow you to prepare healthy recipes by steaming. Finally, the robot also includes a mixer, a spatula and a book of 200 recipes as accessories. We note the absence of a vegetable grater as an accessory, which is surprising given that the robot is not capable of doing it by itself.\nThe ClickChef is easy to clean as all the accessories can be washed in the dishwasher. The weight of the bowl is quite contained at 1.2 kilos which makes it easy to clean by hand. The blades are removable which will allow you to have access to the bottom of the bowl.\nThe full-scale test of the robot\u0026rsquo;s features # The quality of the blending is satisfactory since the blades of the Moulinex ClickChef cut a whole onion without difficulty and without the slightest loss of power. The cutting result is good with a clean cut even though the pieces are of different sizes. The blending function also fulfills its responsibilities with a very satisfactory soup preparation quality. The result is homogeneous and liquid with very little fiber. The same goes for the cooking quality, which shows convincing results. In addition, the food processor heats up very quickly with a temperature that is respected and homogeneous in all four corners of the bowl. Only a few minutes are needed to bring the food processor up to 100°C, compared to almost a quarter of an hour for most of its rivals. In use, this food processor is very discreet with less than 50 dB on average. No problem to use it in an open kitchen.\nAll in all, this food processor, which seems to be inspired by Silvercrest\u0026rsquo;s Mr. Kitchen Edition Plus, is quite convincing in use. Although it does not offer guided cooking due to the absence of a digital display, the robot nevertheless performs well in terms of preparation quality. This 32-function appliance is more than enough to perform its daily functions. It can do practically everything. We only regret the absence of the grating function and its programs in English. Also, be careful with the quantities prepared since the bowl has a capacity limited to 4 people only.\nAt this price point, it is true that this robot offers one of the best value for money on the market. However, for a few dozen euros more, you can take advantage of devices that are just as good, but with a more ergonomic design and comfortable to use with the presence of a large touch screen.\nReference : HF456810\n","date":"2 October 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/moulinex-clickchef/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Moulinex has created a nice reputation on the multifunction food processor market. Among others, its two star food processors the Cookeo and the Companion. Since then, the manufacturer has continued to develop ever more affordable products. This is how the ClickChef was born in late 2020, the latest low-cost robot from the firm. This one was born with great ambitions on this ultra competitive market. However, will its characteristics allow it to become one of the best sellers on the market?\n","title":"Moulinex Clickchef 1400 W + external steamer","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"24 September 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/thomson/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Thomson","type":"tags"},{"content":" Presentation of the latest robot from Thomson # Exclusively available in Carrefour stores, the i-GeniMix multi-function food processor from Thomson is the latest model from the brand. This second generation model improves on its shortcomings with a larger capacity bowl, a qualitative 7\u0026quot; touch screen and hundreds of integrated recipes. The code name of this good product is the THCM245S.\nAn efficiently designed food processor # Great replacement for the Geni Mix Pro, the i-GeniMix is sold exclusively at Carrefour for 359 €. Positioned at an aggressive price, this food processor intends to overshadow the flagship food processor of the low-cost segment such as the Monsieur Cuisine Connect by Silvercrest and also sold exclusively by a single store, namely Lidl, or the Digicook by Arthur Martin sold only at Intermarché.\nThe i-GeniMix multi-cooker robot has quite particular dimensions since it has a very large bowl in a relatively small motor block, and therefore does not take up too much space on the work surface. The dimensions were therefore optimized during the design of this robot, which is one of the most compact appliances on the market. Indeed, for only 18 cm in width and double in depth, the robot is able to accommodate a bowl of 4.5 liters of which 3.5 liters are useful. It is therefore possible to make recipes for 1 to 8 people, which is very rare on the market of multifunctional food processors.\nThe bowl is easy to handle thanks to the 2 handles on the sides. However, we deplore the absence of a central handle, which is very useful when handling the bowl while it is hot. This is all the more regrettable as some of its direct competitors offer it.\nHowever, the i-GeniMix robot makes up for this with a relatively light bowl weighing only 1.5 kg. Be careful when handling the robot, since the motor block is also light and the suction cups are not very effective when the bowl is full. It is therefore not uncommon to lift the base of the robot when you want to remove the bowl. On the other hand, the Thompson food processor has a good point about the design of the lid. While many of its competitors have great difficulty closing the lid of the bowl, the i-GeniMix has absolutely no problems. The latter is made entirely of plastic, with a small opening to insert ingredients during cooking. On the other hand, the latter is relatively narrow. You will have to be precise to avoid overflowing.\nThe interface of the robot from Thomson # The i-GeniMix has a large 7 inch touch screen that is slightly tilted upwards to provide excellent visibility. It offers direct access to the guided kitchen. It also includes 500 recipes that you can easily find thanks to its organization by alphabetical order or by category of dishes such as drinks, desserts, pastries, starters etc. The interface is quite well designed and also includes a search function to easily find the desired recipe.\nOnce you enter the menu of a recipe, you will have direct access to information about it. You will immediately know how long it will take to prepare, the type of cooking and the number of guests. In addition, before you start preparing the recipe, the touch screen will show you the list of all the ingredients needed for the preparation, the sequence of operations and the accessories that will be used. We particularly appreciate the tips that the robot offers to personalize the recipes to your taste.\nOn the other hand, it would have been preferable to separate some of the steps, since in many of the steps, there are integrated sub-steps, which limits the step-by-step dynamics that can be found in its direct competitor, the Mr. Cuisine Connect. All in all, the robot\u0026rsquo;s interface is quite appreciable with an excellent grip thanks to its intuitive menu. The touch screen responds well to the user\u0026rsquo;s actions and the menus and information are clear. Moreover, the connected interface will update the long list of recipes with a goal of 10 new recipes per month.\nAdvanced features of the i-GeniMix # The i-GeniMix has automatic programs such as kneading, simmering, grating or slicing, steam cooking and self-cleaning. During these programs, the robot automatically adapts the cooking time and temperature parameters according to the progress of the program. The motor delivers 1000W and the heater has a power of 1000W.\nThere is also a manual program in which each user can choose the duration of the cooking program, which can vary between 1 second and 90 minutes. The user can also vary the temperature in steps of 5°C within a range of 37°C to 130°C. Finally, the manual program also allows the user to vary the speed of the blades from the 1st speed to the 12th.\nThe robot has an integrated scale, accurate to within 5 grams. Beware here of display bugs. The screen does not display the weight of the scale instantly. You have to wait a little while for it to adjust. So avoid spilling your weighed ingredients into the bowl too quickly and before the weight is updated.\nIts qualities as a blender are mixed, since it seems that the robot is a little too powerful and may not provide full satisfaction every time. You will have to rely on your eyes rather than on the mixing times of the automatic programs. The result might not be perfect with in some cases, too much cutting, and in other cases, the opposite. Moreover, the robot is very noisy when it starts to mix products. On the other hand, the robot\u0026rsquo;s cooking precision is surprisingly good with very small temperature differences.\ni-GeniMix accessories # The multifunction food processor from Thomson comes with a multitude of accessories, which is more than enough for your daily routine. This versatile food processor comes with an inner steam basket and a steam tray that can be placed on top of the bowl.\nThe kitchen accessories present at the time of unpacking are those that one expects from a multifunctional robot, namely the mixer, the whisk, and a 4 blade knife. The food processor also comes with a spatula and a vegetable grater. This last accessory is appreciated because it is very useful when preparing your recipes. This also sets it apart since many competitors do not offer this accessory as standard.\nOverall, the i-GeniMix is a good performer in terms of ergonomics and cooking quality. Its large touch screen is very responsive and does not give any impression of low cost. On the other hand, we appreciate less the dynamics of its menu once the cooking has started. Offered at less than 360€, the robot can be a credible competitor to the behemoths of the low cost food processor market. We should therefore expect a commercial success. It remains to be seen whether Thomson\u0026rsquo;s strategy of being a single distributor with Carrefour is a winning strategy or a risky one in terms of sales.\nCode EAN : 3527570076114\n","date":"24 September 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thomson-i-genimix/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Presentation of the latest robot from Thomson # Exclusively available in Carrefour stores, the i-GeniMix multi-function food processor from Thomson is the latest model from the brand. This second generation model improves on its shortcomings with a larger capacity bowl, a qualitative 7\" touch screen and hundreds of integrated recipes. The code name of this good product is the THCM245S.\n","title":"Thomson I-Genimix, an ultra compact connected robot","type":"page"},{"content":"Livoo, a manufacturer of small appliances at very low prices, has just struck a blow on the market of food processors with its Super Cooker at less than 300€. But is it enough to compete with the low cost robot star of Lidl? Here\u0026rsquo;s a quick look at the question.\nThe Super Cooker: The new low cost food processor from French manufacturer Livoo\nLivoo is a French manufacturer located in Alsace and specialized in the design of mid-range products at affordable prices. The brand is quite young since it has only existed since 2018. Today, the brand offers a multitude of household appliances. You will find microwaves, ovens, pancake makers etc. Among these numerous products is the Super Cooker food processor. Offered at less than 290€ and designed to compete with the famous Mr. Connect kitchen from Lidl, the Super Cooker from Livoo is the latest food processor from the brand.\nA food processor with undeniable qualities # The Super Cooker food processor has features that are at the level of market standards. The multi-function food processor indeed offers multiple functions to meet your expectations. Thus, the food processor can perform standard cooking, steaming, making sauces, kneading, chopping, whipping, simmering. The robot can also grind or mix preparations, mince, grate, and many other functions. As you can see, with nearly 30 different functions, it can do everything! To achieve this, the food processor comes with a 3.5 liter cooking bowl. Its useful capacity is 2.3 liters, which is enough to satisfy a small family of 4 people.\nMoreover, we appreciate its very intuitive side thanks to its very easy programming on its LCD screen. Indeed, you can easily follow the different steps of the recipe thanks to its intuitive cooking program. As soon as the cooking program comes to an end, the Livoo food processor stops automatically and a little beep sounds to let you know it\u0026rsquo;s over. The features of the robot do not stop there since you can also program the temperature, the speed and the cooking time.\nThe Super Cooker: a faithful companion for the elaboration of all your recipes. # The robot is capable of making all types of recipes, whether they are ready meals, sauces or desserts. To do this, the Super Cooker comes with several accessories, namely:\nA whisk: this accessory will allow you to whip mixtures and in particular egg whites to make them snow, make a homemade mayonnaise sauce. It can also be used to beat and emulsify. A steam basket: this cooking basket will be used to prepare your steam cooking. You can insert your vegetables or fish in it. To do so, pour water up to the limit indicated on the basket at about 0.6 liters. An internal cooking basket for healthy, fat-free cooking. Mixing Paddle: This blender has been designed not to damage food. The Super Cooker\u0026rsquo;s mixing paddle allows you to mix the contents of the bowl during cooking without using the blades, which could damage the food. The blade will allow you to make many recipes such as the famous blanquette de veau, custard, etc. A spatula: this flexible silicone spatula is an indispensable tool for any food processor. It is very useful for bringing the mixture back to the center of the bowl without scratching it. Its flexibility will allow you to scrape down the sides of the bowl once the preparations are finished so that you don\u0026rsquo;t waste any food. A four-blade knife: This stainless steel knife makes chopping easy and effortless. Plus, the knife is easily detachable from the stainless steel bowl for optimal cleaning. You can set the speed of the blades in 12 levels. The speed can reach up to 5000 rpm and knead up to half a kilo of flour without any loss of power. In addition to these accessories, you will find a cooking lid that thanks to the silicone seal closes tightly. All these accessories coupled with the features of the robot will allow you to make most existing recipes. The latter comes with a recipe book containing no less than 113 recipes ranging from the simplest starters to the most sophisticated desserts. Of course, you will also have the opportunity to make other recipes not included in the book, which will leave you plenty of choice. Overall, cooking with this food processor is very simple.\nRather classic features # The appliance will allow you to make recipes from start to finish, which will simplify your daily life. It even includes a scale so that you only need to use the food processor during the entire preparation process. Note that the robot offers 3 weighing systems, namely directly in the bowl, in the steam basket or on the lid. Also, the multi-cooker has a self-cleaning program, which is a very useful feature, especially after preparing dishes with sauce. In addition, all the accessories are dishwasher safe. Finally, thanks to the 90-minute timer, you will be free to go about your business while your meal is cooking. If a recipe requires a specific action on your part, such as adding an ingredient for example, you will be alerted by a beep.\nThe technical limits of the food processor # Given the very low price, one cannot expect the Super Cooker to be perfect. First of all, the food processor is unfortunately not equipped with a touch screen. So we will regret the guided cooking functionality. Instead of the touch screen, you will have a control panel that can be manually set at the temperature, varying between 37°C and 120°C, and the speed of rotation of the blades in 12 levels. The timer can be set up to 90 minutes. We also regret the absence of an automatic cooking or preparation program. Consequently, it is not possible to be guided during the preparation of recipes. You will have to rely solely on the recipe book that comes with the food processor. Finally, the results of technical recipes can sometimes be disappointing. This is especially true for pastry recipes, for which only the best food processors are able to master the preparation. In conclusion, the Super Cooker is a relatively efficient product. In concrete terms, this food processor is capable of doing everything while ensuring the essentials. With this food processor, you will have a real kitchen companion capable of making your recipes, from appetizer to dessert. However, it seems slightly presumptuous to us to say that it can position itself as a real competitor to the Mr. Cuisine Connect.\n","date":"22 September 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/livoo-super-cooker/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Livoo, a manufacturer of small appliances at very low prices, has just struck a blow on the market of food processors with its Super Cooker at less than 300€. But is it enough to compete with the low cost robot star of Lidl? Here’s a quick look at the question.\n","title":"The Livoo Super Cooker: a serious competitor for the Mister Cuisine Connect?","type":"page"},{"content":"Available for pre-order since February 10, the Bosch multifunctional cooking robot from Bosch wants to compete with the market leader, its German competitor the TM6. Long awaited on the market after multiple postponements of the launch date, the robot intends to keep its promises and compete with the current market leader with new features.\nPresentation of the Bosch Cookit # Announced a few months ago, the Bosch Cookit robot has finally been available for pre-order since the beginning of February. Offered at a price of 1299€, it competes directly with the TM6 in the premium multi-cooker robot market. The first deliveries should be made by the end of March. Although it is rather late on the market, it nevertheless meets customer expectations with a lot of promises. First of all, the robot offers a 3-liter tank that can produce meals for up to 8 people. Opposite, the TM6\u0026rsquo;s tank is limited to only 2.2 liters, which limits the service to 5 or even 6 people.\nMoreover, cooking temperatures can be managed down to the degree and can reach up to 200°C at the bottom of the bowl. It is quite simply the first robot to combine high cooking temperatures with a large capacity bowl. You will have no difficulty in cooking the meat pieces. Its advantages are therefore undeniable. Another novelty brought by this robot is the Alexa voice command that allows the robot to be managed vocally once it is connected to the user\u0026rsquo;s smartphone.\nIn addition, the other features of the robot are largely at the level of the market with a large 5-inch touch screen placed on the front of the tank, an integrated scale, 24 automatic cooking programs and 27 different functions. In addition, the robot includes a list of more than 150 recipes that can be added to later.\nIf we focus on the screen, it integrates 3 modes of use namely :\nA recipe mode guided by instructions that are displayed during the preparation process. An automatic mode to select a particular technique, e.g. vacuum firing. Note that 24 automatic modes are integrated when the robot is started. A manual mode to control the temperature, speed and cooking time in total freedom. In terms of accessories, the robot is equipped with several utensils to perform the 27 functions it offers:\nA 3D mixer to stir the ingredients perfectly during preparation. It adapts to all volumes. A double whisk that allows the robot to whisk and emulsify the egg whites. A universal knife for slicing. Cutting discs for grating and slicing Three steam baskets, one placed inside the bowl while the other two are placed on top. In addition, all the utensils are made of fiberglass reinforced plastic material to be more heat resistant. Finally, note that the robot does not overlook safety and practicality thanks to thermo-insulated handles that allow you to handle it easily and avoid any risk of burning. The lid has been ergonomically designed to stand upright. However, it can be removed completely, which can be useful when it is put in the dishwasher.\nThe Thermomix TM6, a robot that no longer needs to be presented # The Thermomix TM6 is the current market leader in high-end robots with a strong experience consolidated by several commercializations. It has the same features as the Cookit from Bosch, namely a touch screen with integrated recipes, automatic cooking programs and a manual mode. It also offers an integrated scale. The quality of the dishes prepared by the TM6 is excellent, with preparations faithful to the original. In the previous test of the thermomix TM6, which you can find on our blog, the results were very satisfactory. Since then, the situation has not changed since it remains without a shadow of a doubt one of the best robots on the market.\nHowever, this does not mean that the manufacturer relies on its achievements. Indeed, Vorwerk continues to innovate by bringing new features to the market, such as the Thermomix Friend, the new companion robot to the TM6. In our previous test, we pointed out a weakness in the capacity of the bowl, limiting preparations to 5 or even 6 people. This shortcoming has recently been corrected thanks to the Thermomix Friend. This robot works in duo with the TM6 since it connects to the latter via Bluetooth. As a result, the user can either prepare dishes that require several preparations in parallel, or prepare the same dish but with larger quantities. The recipes can then fill tables of up to 10 people, which is totally new on the market for multi-cooker robots. For simultaneous preparations, the user can make them in half the time. However, a minimum of 400€ is required to take advantage of this feature. This can be a problem given the investment required for the TM6. Remember that the TM6 is sold alone at 1300€.\nOur final opinion on this duel # The TM6 robot from the German manufacturer continues to win the top step of the podium thanks to functionalities that are always at the top of what can be done on the multi-cooker robot market today. In addition, the manufacturer continues to incorporate customer feedback into its new products, especially regarding volume limits, for which it now offers a companion robot.\nOpposite, the Cookit has been designed to meet the needs of everyone, whether in small groups or in larger numbers, from breakfast to dinner. The Bosch Cookit is particularly distinguished by its ability to prepare meals for large tables (up to 8 people) while the TM6 cannot guarantee meals for more than 6 people. Its cooking promises to be very precise thanks to temperature management down to the degree. You will then have the opportunity to prepare difficult dishes in a serene manner. The robot is also capable of searing pieces of meat that the Thermomix TM6 cannot do thanks to its temperatures of up to 200°C and its flat bottom that can act like a frying pan.\nAll in all, the Bosch Cookit Robot could turn the hierarchy upside down, since it incorporates all the weaknesses of the TM6, i.e. wider temperature ranges and a larger tank, all at the same price.\nWe are therefore waiting to see the commercial launch of the robot to estimate its potential for attracting customers. However, if you hesitate to buy one, the manufacturer plans to gather potential buyers around culinary workshops to convince them and boost its sales.\n","date":"23 February 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-tm6-vs-bosch-cookit/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Available for pre-order since February 10, the Bosch multifunctional cooking robot from Bosch wants to compete with the market leader, its German competitor the TM6. Long awaited on the market after multiple postponements of the launch date, the robot intends to keep its promises and compete with the current market leader with new features.\n","title":"Battle between the Thermomix TM6 multifunction food processor and the Bosch Cookit","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"22 February 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/cafe/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Café","type":"tags"},{"content":"Compatible capsules : Nespresso\nL\u0026rsquo;OR competes with Nesspresso in the coffee machine market.\nFor us L\u0026rsquo;OR BARISTA has ticked many advantages. We can note a very good quality/price ratio, we find this machine at 80 €, the heating time is very short and a generous tank of 1.2 L. The quality of this machine is impressive with a pressure of 19 bars. The OR Barista does not only copy its predecessors but keeps an important part to innovation.\nOne of the few drawbacks is its size, which can be imposing in cramped kitchens.\nThe L\u0026rsquo;OR BARISTA coffee machine is designed to work with both L\u0026rsquo;OR BARISTA double espresso capsules and L\u0026rsquo;OR Espresso single capsules. L\u0026rsquo;OR BARISTA offers two new types of capsules:\nDouble Filter Only compatible with the L\u0026rsquo;OR BARISTA coffee machine, the new double capsules make it possible to prepare a double espresso or two espressos at the same time. Some articles talk about inaccurate dispensing nozzles, our tests on the contrary have proved the opposite with preciously filled capsules.\nSize: 180 x 400 x 280 mm Weight: 4.77 kg + packaging 3.560 kg net weight Color: piano black, matte black, silky beinge, midnight blue and burgundy Tank: 1.2 L Quiet machine Automatic recognition system of the standard or XXL capsule. product of the year 2020 Getting Started # Before the first use:\nRemove the cover of the water tank. Fill the water tank and close it. Place the bowl on the cup holder and do not put a cap on it. Heat the water until the light comes on, about 25 seconds. Press the \u0026quot; \u0026quot; button. For about 25 seconds, water should flow. When finished, the machine is ready for use. Preparation # To make your coffee:\nHeat the water. Choose the size of the capsule (standard or XXL). Select the mode: Ritretto (1x25ml) Double Ritretto (2x25ml or 1x50ml) Espresso (1x40ml) Double Espresso (2x40ml or 1x80ml) Lungo (1x110ml) Double Lungo (2x110ml or 1x220ml) Large Coffee Filter (1x220ml by opening the tab) Insert the capsule into the compartment. Press the selected mode. The coffee will stop flowing automatically. Enjoy your coffee. L\u0026rsquo;OR BARISTA has two extractions, which is useful to make two coffees or a large one.\nIt measures 28 cm long and 40 cm wide.\nIt has 4 keys: to light, Ristretto, Espresso and Longo.\nThere are 2 colors: piano black or matte black.\nTo make a Double it is necessary to put an XXL capsule.\nThere is a water tank of 1,2L, and a standard capsule tank of 10 max and for the XXL 5 max.\nThe cup holder is not adjustable, so the cups of more than 1 cm do not pass through.\nBut it can be removed, which is easier for large cups.\n","date":"22 February 2021","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/l-or-barista/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Compatible capsules : Nespresso\nL’OR competes with Nesspresso in the coffee machine market.\nFor us L’OR BARISTA has ticked many advantages. We can note a very good quality/price ratio, we find this machine at 80 €, the heating time is very short and a generous tank of 1.2 L. The quality of this machine is impressive with a pressure of 19 bars. The OR Barista does not only copy its predecessors but keeps an important part to innovation.\n","title":"L'OR BARISTA Nespresso coffee machine","type":"page"},{"content":"The Crowdfunding Xiaomi Youpin website announces the launch of the new Xiaomi OCooker TLLJE01ACM multi-function robot. The device supports 21 functions, including kneading, frying, steaming, stewing, braising, grinding, juice preparation or crushed ice. The OCooker is very much inspired by its predecessor the Thermomix TM6 with the same power and main tank volume of 2.2 liters. The Xiaomi robot is still more compact with a depth of only 9.48 inches.\nRobot Capacity Height Width Depth Weight Power OCooker 2.2 l 35.5 cm 36.4 cm 24.1 cm 7.4 kg 1500W Thermomix TM6 2.2 l 33.5 cm 33.3 cm 32.6 cm 7.7 kg 1500W The TLLJE01ACM is equipped with a 7-inch touch screen, integrated recipes, voice guidance, an independent research and development system CookingT™ integrated, the recipe can be updated online. The interface offers integrated video recipes that can be viewed even when disconnected from the Internet. The robot is driven by an Android operating system, the update is simplified. The robot has a rewinder at the back to easily store and secure the power cord.\nThe two-layer design of the steamer makes it possible to cook 3 dishes at a time. Thanks to its accurate weight sensor, the OCooker is able to determine the weight of food with an accuracy of 1 g. The food processor also supports an arificial intelligence system that allows to regulate each cooking step in real time. The body of the kettle is made of food-grade 304 stainless steel, which can conduct heat quickly, safely and durably. The Knife Head has 4 double-sided, sharp and blunt blades. The sharp side is at the front for high speed cutting and sharpening, and the blunt side is at the back for low speed frying.\nThis robot is designed to avoid unwanted fumes and keep your kitchen clean. You can control the temperature of the oil below the smoke point, and eliminate the production of soot.\nYou can use it to browse the recipe catalog and select your favorite dishes. In addition, voice prompts, a timer and automatic temperature control in the range of 35 to 120°C can be used. You can also change the cooking speed of a particular dish.\nThe product is currently only available in China at a price of $612 (3999 yuan).\n","date":"6 December 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/xiaomi-ocooker-tllje01acm/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The Crowdfunding Xiaomi Youpin website announces the launch of the new Xiaomi OCooker TLLJE01ACM multi-function robot. The device supports 21 functions, including kneading, frying, steaming, stewing, braising, grinding, juice preparation or crushed ice. The OCooker is very much inspired by its predecessor the Thermomix TM6 with the same power and main tank volume of 2.2 liters. The Xiaomi robot is still more compact with a depth of only 9.48 inches.\n","title":"Xiaomi OCooker TLLJE01ACM multifunctional robot","type":"page"},{"content":"Philips launched in July 2020 its new convection fryer the HD9860/90 Airfryer XXL Premium. You can cook from starter to dessert, this assistant will fry, bake, grill, roast and even reheat your dishes.\nYou wonder about convection technology. It\u0026rsquo;s simple, hot air circulates around the food, much like hot oil surrounds the food to cook it. The Philips Airfryer is one of the forerunners in this market and boasts 75% less fat to fry food. This means that this technology is healthier because it uses less oil. Still try to avoid always cooking in oil, you can alternate with steaming.\nExamples of cooking times :\nroasted meat: 30 minutes Ricotta balls with basil: 8 minutes zucchini gratin: 15 minutes muffins: 15 minutes The 2020 model features the new Smart Sensing technology: the Airfryer automatically determines the time and temperature for each food. With the XXL model you can cook a whole chicken with a capacity of up to 1.4 kg. The basket has a capacity of 7.3L.\nFunctions # Fat Removal technology separates and captures excess fat # You can eat healthier meals by removing excess fat from food. The Philips Airfryer has fat removal technology that separates and captures excess fat. Food is crispier on the outside and tender on the inside, giving maximum taste and \u0026ldquo;minimum\u0026rdquo; fat.\nFamily meals # You can prepare family meals in the new Airfryer XXL. Thanks to its extended capacity, it is easy to prepare a hearty meal. You can cook a whole chicken or even up to 1.4 kg of French fries to satisfy the family. Serve up to six portions with the large 7.3 liter capacity basket.\nKeep Warm Mode # Thanks to the convenient \u0026ldquo;Keep Warm\u0026rdquo; mode, you can keep your food warm and at the ideal temperature for 30 minutes.\nRapid Air Technology # Philips\u0026rsquo; Rapid Air technology creates poultry 7x faster for crispy results. Enjoy healthier meals with more taste.\n1.5 times faster than an oven # With the Philips Airfryer, cooking is faster and more convenient. Thanks to the instant heat and Rapid Airflow technology, Food cooks 1.5 times faster than in the oven. You do not need to preheat your AirFryer. Just turn it on and start cooking.\nCook in the oven. Broil. Roast. Or reheat # You can make hundreds of dishes in the Airfryer. Fry, bake, broil, roast and even reheat your meals. It cooks food evenly on all sides.\nQuickClean and dishwasher safe # Cleaning is quick and easy with the Airfryer QuickClean basket with removable non-stick mesh insert. The basket and removable drawer with non-stick coating are also dishwasher-safe for easier cleaning.\nFry with little or no oil # The Airfryer uses hot air to cook your favorite foods with little or no added oil, allowing you to fry them with up to 90% less fat.\nDigital display with 5 presets # The digital interface is easy to use with predefined cooking programs for one-touch cooking of frozen French fries, meat, fish, whole chicken and chicken drumsticks. A QuickControl knob is used to set the temperature and cooking time.\nPlan # (1) drawer\n(2) Basket with removable mesh bottom\n(3) Removable mesh bottom\n(4) Grease reducer\n(5) Pan\n(6) Cord storage compartment\n(7) Air outlets\n(8) MAX indication\n(9) Power cord\n(10) Air inlet\n(11) Control Panel\n(A) Temperature indication\n(B) Temperature button\n(C) Keep warm button\n(D) QuickControl dial\n(E) On/Off button\n(F) Preset button\n(G) Timer button\n(H) Time indication\n(I) Presets: Frozen French fries/ snacks, chicken, meat, fish, the bakery and the manual\nGeneral Specifications # Cooking time control: up to 60 minutes Temperature control: from 40 to 200 °C Preset cooking function Cold outer wall Built-in power cord storage Dishwasher safe Automatic shutdown Dishwasher safe Digital Touch Screen Power cord storage location Availability signal End of cycle signal On/Off switch Switch-on light Keep warm function Recipe book and application Preset program QuickClean basket Advanced rapid heating technology Grease removal technology Recipe booklet 2-year worldwide warranty Packaging: \u0026gt; 90% recycled materials User manual: 100% recycled paper Technical specifications # Power: 2225 W Programs: 5 presets Warming button Preset button Save your firing parameters: No interface: Digital Rapid Air Technology Grease removal technology Basket capacity: 0.8 kg fries, 1.4 kg Voltage: 240 V Basket capacity: 1.4 kg Weight and dimensions Product dimensions (LxWxH): 433x321x315 mm Product weight: 7.99 kg Design Color : Black Design and finishing Control Panel Color: Black Main body material : Plastic Other models # There are two other references in the Airfryer family:\nAirfryer XXL\ncapacity: 1.4kg 2225W Up to 6 persons Airfryer Compact Twin Turbo Star (ideal for students)\ncapacity : 0,8kg 1500W Up to 4 people Carton contents during unboxing # The Philips Airfryer XXL comes with a separator to prepare two different dishes at the same time and a book containing more than 30 delicious recipes. The divider is a practical solution to prepare two different dishes at the same time.\nNutriU application # You can find recipe ideas for the Airfryer in the Philips NutriU application.\nDownload for :\niPhone Android The application offers hundreds of recipes for frying, cooking, roasting or grilling food. Search by type of cooking, preparation time, meal type and more. Get recommendations tailored to your tastes and diet.\n","date":"14 November 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/philips-hd9860-90-airfryer-xxl-premium/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Philips launched in July 2020 its new convection fryer the HD9860/90 Airfryer XXL Premium. You can cook from starter to dessert, this assistant will fry, bake, grill, roast and even reheat your dishes.\nYou wonder about convection technology. It’s simple, hot air circulates around the food, much like hot oil surrounds the food to cook it. The Philips Airfryer is one of the forerunners in this market and boasts 75% less fat to fry food. This means that this technology is healthier because it uses less oil. Still try to avoid always cooking in oil, you can alternate with steaming.\n","title":"New Philips convection fryer HD9860/90 Airfryer XXL Premium","type":"page"},{"content":"In its third consecutive year at the 2020 China International Import Expo, the German multinational conglomerate Vorwerk has expanded its exhibition area as it showcases its three star brands. Vorwerk, with a history of 130 years, was among the first companies to register for this year\u0026rsquo;s expo after having taken part in the first two. With its technology products Vorwerk is dedicated to delivering the best things in life to Chinese households, at the same time contributing to the growth of the Chinese economy.\nAt the expo Vorwerk reproduces a typical Chinese home at its booth, one in which visitors can experience how they can enjoy a smarter and healthier life by using Vorwerk\u0026rsquo;s products in their homes. Temial uses state-of-the-art technology to control the tea brewing process, but also respects and reflects traditional tea culture; Thermomix has revolutionary magic to turn any kitchen rookie into a chef; and Kobold turns household cleaning from a chore into a pleasure with its easy-to-use, efficient cleaning solutions, ensuring a healthy living environment.\n\u0026ldquo;We enjoyed fantastic success at the first two CIIEs,\u0026rdquo; said Cha Sheng, general manager of Vorwerk China. \u0026ldquo;We seem to be one of the most popular booths at the expo. Temial, Thermomix and Kobold, our star products, have drawn attention from around the world, with more than 100 media outlets reporting on us. Thanks to this worldwide platform, Vorwerk has been well recognized, coupled with substantial growth in its sales volume. In 2018 online searches for Vorwerk\u0026rsquo;s products tripled right after the CIIE, and annual turnover rose significantly. Sales in the first quarter of 2019 nearly doubled year-on-year, and after the second CIIE our fourth quarter sales set another record. Despite the extraordinary circumstances early this year we managed to maintain sound sales growth.\u0026rdquo;\nVorwerk Group is optimistic about the immense potential of the quality and smart household market in China, Cha said, and the new impetus the CIIE has given Vorwerk has reinforced its confidence in investing in China. With the rapid development of the national economy and technology in recent years, China leads the world in various fields including digitization, he said, so the market is of great strategic significance to the company.\n","date":"7 November 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-china-international-import-expo-ciie-shanghai-2020/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"In its third consecutive year at the 2020 China International Import Expo, the German multinational conglomerate Vorwerk has expanded its exhibition area as it showcases its three star brands. Vorwerk, with a history of 130 years, was among the first companies to register for this year’s expo after having taken part in the first two. With its technology products Vorwerk is dedicated to delivering the best things in life to Chinese households, at the same time contributing to the growth of the Chinese economy.\n","title":"Thermomix at the China International Import Expo Shanghai 2020","type":"page"},{"content":"Positioned as the undisputed market leader, the German manufacturer Vorwerk continues to market its Thermomix worldwide. The success is due to a product that is above all complete and of high quality. The manufacturer also stands out for a well thought-out and ergonomic product that is perfectly suited for everyday use. Indeed, all the robot\u0026rsquo;s accessories are well thought out, such as the multifunction spatula.\nSpatule pour Thermomix 2020 The Thermomix spatula, a multifunction accessory # The spatula designed by Vorwerk has the role of scraping the walls during preparation and emptying the mixing bowl it contains. It is very simple to use, since to empty the preparation, simply position the spatula on the edges of the bowl. This will also prevent the spatula from touching the knives. Indeed, the blades of the Thermomix being very sharp, the spatula could be quickly damaged if it is badly positioned and the robot is running.\nThe spatula is the only link between your preparation and the bowl during the entire firing process. Indeed, during the entire preparation process, only the spatula will be used as an accessory to mix the ingredients in the bowl, emptying the preparation by easily scraping the mixtures with the most viscous textures.\nThe spatula is easy to use to remove the cooking basket. Simply insert the spatula through the hole in the lid of your Thermomix. The hook will clip onto the basket, and you will be able to remove it from the food processor. Highly resistant to heat, the spatula can be used even during cooking. However, make sure that the hook is properly inserted into the bowl before removing it from the food processor.\nPerfectly optimal design # In addition to the shape of the spatula, which makes it ideal for scraping ingredients from the bowl, the spatula has been specially designed to avoid rolling on the work surface. This design will prevent you from having to rinse the bowl, especially if it falls to the floor. It also preserves its lifespan by limiting the risk of damage caused by the spatula falling.\nIn addition, the tip of the spatula does not touch the work surface at any time, which ensures an optimal level of hygiene during its use.\nFinally, as mentioned above, the spatula is also equipped with a hook that the user must place in the notch of the firing basket in order to remove it from the bowl. This is a practical way to transfer the firing basket directly to the sink and drain the water there.\nAs you can see, the Vorwerk spatula stands out from the competition thanks to an optimized product that not only fulfills its primary function of scraping, but also has other features that make life easier for the consumer. Between its well thought-out ergonomics and its hook function, the spatula still justifies the effort made by the German manufacturer to remain the market leader.\nWe are all looking forward to the release of the Thermomix TM7, which could bring further innovation to the spatula.\nAliExpress.com Product - 2020 New Kitchen Grinder Remover Rotating Spatula For Thermomix Scooping \u0026amp; Portioning Food Processor Manual Food Remains Remover\n","date":"6 November 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-spatula/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Positioned as the undisputed market leader, the German manufacturer Vorwerk continues to market its Thermomix worldwide. The success is due to a product that is above all complete and of high quality. The manufacturer also stands out for a well thought-out and ergonomic product that is perfectly suited for everyday use. Indeed, all the robot’s accessories are well thought out, such as the multifunction spatula.\n","title":"Thermomix spatula with the TM7","type":"page"},{"content":"While the star German manufacturer Vorwerk has not yet informed its customers about the release of a new model since the TM6 has just been released, it would be interesting to look at new features that could justify such an investment.\nIndeed, as the multi-cooker robot is offered at a price exceeding the fateful $1000 bar, only features that bring a real technological breakthrough will be able to push customers to trade their old Thermomix for the new one. This evolution is more than necessary in an unfavorable economic context and where the sales of the star manufacturer have been declining for more than 2 years on the European market.\nIt is in this sense that in this article will be put forward some ideas for technological developments that can be installed in the Thermomixes of the future, that is to say in a few decades.\nThe previous article on the future TM7 dealt with realistic functionalities that would correct the minor defects of the TM6 in the short term, i.e. within 5-7 years. Here, the aim is to look beyond the new features of the short term and focus on technological developments that could be made from TM8 and beyond. We\u0026rsquo;re talking about features for the future, albeit realistic ones.\nTechnological developments # Technological evolution is accelerating in the world of multifunctional robots. This is illustrated by the example of the Thermomix, which in the past was able to have the latest functionalities for several years. Today, this is clearly no longer the case with more and more competitors on the market, which encourages competition and therefore an acceleration of technological innovations. Thus, without major changes, even a long-established manufacturer can see its status weakened at the expense of competitors.\nAn ever more connected device # The future often rhymes with the connectivity of electronic devices. The Thermomix TM8 should follow this logic with even more advanced features to ensure a bright future.\nFor example, one could imagine the robot being interconnected with other devices in the home. Thus, by connecting to the alarm clock in the room, it could possibly program an ideal meal time to optimize digestion time. Also, the connected scales are now able to analyze the monitoring of your weight, muscle mass, cardiovascular health through several key indicators. One could therefore imagine that by setting a target on your scale, the robot could also connect itself to make typical suggestions. For example, if you want to lose weight, the Thermomix could analyze the weight monitoring curve of your scale to identify the integrated dishes best suited to your situation. Similarly, if you want to gain muscle or weight, the robot could direct you to dishes that are higher in protein.\nFinally, we can also imagine that the Thermomix robot of the future will be intelligent. By connecting to electronic devices such as the television, it will be able to program a reminder system to initiate the recipe before the start of your movie so that you don\u0026rsquo;t miss a second.\nAn ecological robot contributing to social well-being # In a context of increasing global waste that is unsustainable in the long term, the fight against this scourge will be essential for market players. It would therefore be interesting for Vorwerk to integrate this functionality into its future robots. We could then imagine a memory function that the consumer could enter at the end of each consumption of dishes made using the robot\u0026rsquo;s integrated recipes. Indeed, if a recipe is too consistent, he could indicate this, which would automatically adapt the recipe for the next time and reduce waste.\nThe memory function can also be used for other purposes. Indeed, the robot could record the trend of the last prepared dishes in order to make a suggestion of dishes to the consumer. This could help him to diversify his dishes and balance the recommended nutrient intakes. If, for example, the user has consumed too many meat-based dishes in the last few days, the robot could suggest that the user should switch to other types of dishes for the following times. This will balance his meals while helping to limit the consumption of certain products that will potentially be subject to rationalization in the future. On the electrical consumption side, this could be optimized with always less consumption or other forms of energy. In fact, the current global electricity resource is mainly derived from polluting production (nuclear power plant, coal mine, etc.). One could then think of a robot equipped with a rechargeable battery using natural light. Thus, before each use, the battery will have to be placed in daylight in order to be recharged. Of course, the robot will have to be equipped with an alternative system to compensate for a possible lack of charge.\nA device with automated features # Since the current Thermomix is already highly automated, one could imagine that this feature will be pushed to its maximum in the years to come. Indeed, it is currently impossible to let the robot perform 100% of the tasks required to ensure a dish. It is therefore essential to integrate the missing functionalities into the future robots of the German brand. Thus, the TM8 could be able to slice and grate food, especially since other direct competitors already integrate these 2 functions.\nIn the even more distant future, one could imagine that the robot could be able to recognize food through its texture for fruits and vegetables for example, or even through a barcode reader. Therefore, automation can be pushed to the maximum with a device equipped with robotic arms capable of doing everything from A to Z.\nAll in all, Vorwerk will have to demonstrate technological innovations to assert its status as market leader. In a highly competitive context where the German manufacturer has been losing market share for the last 2 years, the Thermomix must follow market developments as it has always been able to do in the past. In fact, in addition to the features already installed by some competitors, such as the grating and cutting functions that Vorwerk will have to introduce in its future devices, the manufacturer will have to go further to justify its price and leadership position. To do this, the Thermomix will necessarily have to be connected in a context where households have more and more connected and intelligent equipment. The robot will have to comply with this standard and why not tap into the information of these devices to trigger a recall, suggest a certain type of dish, adjust recipes etc..\nMoreover, the Thermomix could in the years to come become your best health ally. By preparing dishes adapted to your physical condition (height, weight, sports activities, etc.), it can help you reach your goals by providing you with adequate nutritional resources. It is easy to imagine him playing the role of a kitchen coach and complementing the connected sports equipment in your home.\nFinally, we can easily imagine that the robot will have a social and ecological function. Indeed, the Thermomix TM8 could eventually change household habits by directing their choices towards dishes that consume fewer and fewer resources while consuming less electricity from polluting sources.\n","date":"31 July 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-tm8-vorwerk/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"While the star German manufacturer Vorwerk has not yet informed its customers about the release of a new model since the TM6 has just been released, it would be interesting to look at new features that could justify such an investment.\n","title":"The Thermomix TM8: an intelligent and ultra-connected futuristic robot","type":"page"},{"content":"The concept of \u0026ldquo;batch cooking\u0026rdquo; has recently been imported from Anglo-Saxon countries. The principle of batch cooking is simple. As its name suggests (cooking in batches in French), it is simply a matter of preparing in advance all the ingredients of different recipes in order to free up time during the week by avoiding long cooking sessions.\nThis concept has actually existed for several decades. However, it has clearly come back into fashion in recent years for several reasons. Batch cooking actually encompasses 2 distinct concepts, namely either a preparation in advance of the different recipes of the week or a preparation in large quantities of a specific dish. In the first case, it will be sufficient to simply reheat the dishes prepared in advance during the week, while in the second case, the large quantity will make it possible to serve the same dish again during the week or to serve it in another form such as a salad.\nHowever, the concept is similar in that it is possible to devote a few hours to preparing the dish in advance before freeing yourself from cooking time during the week.\nThe multiple benefits of batch cooking # Several benefits are associated with the concept of batch cooking and explain its success. First of all, it saves a considerable amount of time. In fact, tasks are grouped in one session rather than multiplied over the course of the week. It is faster and more efficient to grate 3 carrots at once rather than 1 carrot per day over 3 days. The time saved increases with the size of the family that makes up the household.\nIn addition, it forces you to eat well in some ways. Indeed, the preparation upstream guides you in your choice of dishes during the week which avoids you to eat ready-made dishes in supermarkets or to eat at fast-food restaurants. In addition, cooked food keeps well. You won\u0026rsquo;t have to worry about the quality of the dish when you reheat it. All you have to do is let the dish cool down before freezing it. However, some foods are unlikely to keep, such as fish, which should be eaten instantly.\nFinally, this can be an economic activity to share with the family. All members of the household can be involved in planning and preparing the week\u0026rsquo;s meals. Once the planning is done, shopping will be more efficient because it avoids turning to non-essential products and avoids last minute trips to the corner grocery store.\nThe batch cooking co-developed with the Thermomix # Produced in partnership with the Larousse, the batch cooking developed by the German manufacturer Vorwerk makes it possible to prepare all of the week\u0026rsquo;s meals in barely 3 hours. Published in February 2020, the recipe book integrates the current constraints of households to make it a force to be reckoned with. Indeed, Vorwerk meets the current expectations of a standard household, namely to eat well all year round despite the limited time available for cooking. In addition, the recipes are perfectly adapted to the use of the Thermomix.\nTo this end, the book integrates several recipes with limited ingredients and relatively simple to store. However, this does not limit the variety of dishes since the book integrates more than 80 recipes covering all seasons. In addition, the recipes require few dishes since only airtight containers are required. Finally, all the recipes are balanced and suitable for weekday storage. The ingredients are relatively economical, which allows you to make tasty and inexpensive dishes all year round. All in all, if you are a batch cook and your time during the week is precious, this method of organizing weekly dishes with the Thermomix will suit you. With quick and varied recipes, you will be able to plan and prepare all the meals of the week in a few hours. However, although the manufacturer announces 2 hours for the complete preparation, according to the majority of the customers\u0026rsquo; opinions, it will be necessary to plan around 3 hours, which remains always very interesting.\nSold at a price around 30€, the recipe book can definitely become your best ally in the kitchen.\nOrganization of your batch cooking # The main trends will be defined for each season:\nBatch cooking spring Batch cooking summer Batch cooking fall Batch cooking winter You can organize yourself with a program in monthly mode:\nBatch cooking menu January Batch cooking menu February Batch cooking menu mars Batch cooking menu April Batch cooking menu may Batch cooking menu June Batch cooking menu July Batch cooking menu August Batch cooking menu September Batch cooking menu October Batch cooking menu November Batch cooking menu December ","date":"27 July 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-batch-cooking/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The concept of “batch cooking” has recently been imported from Anglo-Saxon countries. The principle of batch cooking is simple. As its name suggests (cooking in batches in French), it is simply a matter of preparing in advance all the ingredients of different recipes in order to free up time during the week by avoiding long cooking sessions.\n","title":"The concept of batch cooking revisited with the Thermomix from Vorwerk","type":"page"},{"content":"Thermomix cements itself at the heart of the smart kitchen with the launch of its new Shoppable Recipes feature on Cookidoo, the kitchen appliance\u0026rsquo;s integrated recipe and meal planning ecosystem that boasts over 50,000+ guided recipes. Accessible via the Cookidoo app and website, Thermomix users can now order ingredients directly from their digital shopping list within the Cookidoo platform. With the launch of in-app grocery purchases, Thermomix becomes the first smart kitchen appliance to truly do it all.\nAs consumers enter a new normal, where online shopping has doubled its share of food retail spending in 2020, Thermomix’s launch of Shoppable Recipes offers a timely, innovative solution to an essential task. The intelligent technology integration pairs recipes with pre-matched ingredients to allow for an effortless checkout, eliminating the tedious process of searching for the correct ingredients through a third party grocery app.\nThe grocery order function removes common pantry items by default, so you only order what you need. Select your favorite local grocer, Shoppable Recipes automatically generates your shopping list, and have your groceries delivered, all without leaving home.\n\u0026ldquo;Shoppabble ingredients is one of the most-requested functions and we are thrilled to finally roll out the function,\u0026rdquo; says Kai Schaeffner, CEO Thermomix USA.\nDeep-learning based natural language processing creates structured data in order to combine the same ingredient from many recipes and even suggest alternatives. Users can enjoy the flexibility of adding items to their shopping list, including non-grocery items, and customize lists by brands and types of food, including vegan or dairy-free options. Grocery partners include retailers like Amazon Fresh, InstaCart and Albertsons.\n","date":"19 July 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-cookidoo-shoppable-recipes/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Thermomix cements itself at the heart of the smart kitchen with the launch of its new Shoppable Recipes feature on Cookidoo, the kitchen appliance’s integrated recipe and meal planning ecosystem that boasts over 50,000+ guided recipes. Accessible via the Cookidoo app and website, Thermomix users can now order ingredients directly from their digital shopping list within the Cookidoo platform. With the launch of in-app grocery purchases, Thermomix becomes the first smart kitchen appliance to truly do it all.\n","title":"Thermomix Cookidoo shoppable recipes","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"6 May 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/cheese/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Cheese","type":"tags"},{"content":"","date":"6 May 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/dessert/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Dessert","type":"categories"},{"content":"","date":"6 May 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/fruit/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Fruit","type":"tags"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Cooking temperature 355°F Cooking time 12 minutes Ingredients for pears in syrup # 50 g frozen blackcurrant 2 williams pears 150 g sugar 25 cl of water the juice of 1/2 lemon Pears in siros # Bring the water and sugar to a boil. Remove from the heat and add the blackcurrant. Peel the pears and cut them in half. Bring the syrup back to the boil and add the pears to the boiling syrup for 5 minutes. Let the pears rest in the syrup for 12 hours. Pastry Ingredient # 80 g butter 40 g icing sugar 1 tablespoon almond powder 1 pinch of fleur de sel 1/4 Bourbon vanilla bean 1 egg 100 g flour Dough # Mix the butter, sugar, almond powder, fleur de sel, vanilla bean seeds, egg and flour. Mix well with your hands. Do not overwork the dough and leave it to rest for 2 hours in a cool place. Almond Cream Ingredient # 25 g soft butter 25 g icing sugar 40 g almond powder 1 teaspoon cornstarch 1 teaspoon pear brandy 1 egg 3.5 cl liquid cream Almond cream # Whisk the butter in a bowl, adding the ingredients (except cream) slowly. Whisk the cream in another bowl and add it to the mixture. Leave to rest in a cool place. Finishes # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Roll out the dough and place it in 4 small tartlet moulds. Pre-bake the dough without toppings. Remove them and then fill the tartlets with almond cream. Place a few blackcurrant seeds in the tartlets. Arrange the half pears flat side up. Bake the tarts for 12 minutes at 355°F. Conceil # Keep the tarts cold.\n","date":"6 May 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/pear-and-blackcurrant-tartlet/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Cooking temperature 355°F Cooking time 12 minutes Ingredients for pears in syrup # 50 g frozen blackcurrant 2 williams pears 150 g sugar 25 cl of water the juice of 1/2 lemon Pears in siros # Bring the water and sugar to a boil. Remove from the heat and add the blackcurrant. Peel the pears and cut them in half. Bring the syrup back to the boil and add the pears to the boiling syrup for 5 minutes. Let the pears rest in the syrup for 12 hours. Pastry Ingredient # 80 g butter 40 g icing sugar 1 tablespoon almond powder 1 pinch of fleur de sel 1/4 Bourbon vanilla bean 1 egg 100 g flour Dough # Mix the butter, sugar, almond powder, fleur de sel, vanilla bean seeds, egg and flour. Mix well with your hands. Do not overwork the dough and leave it to rest for 2 hours in a cool place. Almond Cream Ingredient # 25 g soft butter 25 g icing sugar 40 g almond powder 1 teaspoon cornstarch 1 teaspoon pear brandy 1 egg 3.5 cl liquid cream Almond cream # Whisk the butter in a bowl, adding the ingredients (except cream) slowly. Whisk the cream in another bowl and add it to the mixture. Leave to rest in a cool place. Finishes # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Roll out the dough and place it in 4 small tartlet moulds. Pre-bake the dough without toppings. Remove them and then fill the tartlets with almond cream. Place a few blackcurrant seeds in the tartlets. Arrange the half pears flat side up. Bake the tarts for 12 minutes at 355°F. Conceil # Keep the tarts cold.\n","title":"Pear and blackcurrant tartlet","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"6 May 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/pie/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Pie","type":"tags"},{"content":"","date":"6 May 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/plat/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Plat","type":"categories"},{"content":" Recipe # For 8 people Preparation time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 375°F Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 1 reblochon 3 onions 1 clove of garlic 2 kg of potatoes 20 cl white wine 25 cl whipping cream 150 g bacon salt pepper Preparation # Cook the potatoes in water for 20 minutes. Slice the onions and fry them in a saucepan with butter. When the onions are cooked, add the bacon and leave to brown on a fairly low heat. Pour some herbes de provence in the pan. When the potatoes have finished cooking, peel them and cut them into slices. Pour a trickle of oil at the bottom of the dish.\nFill the bottom of the dish with potatoes. For the second layer, pour in your bacon and onion mixture. For the third layer, fill the top of the dish with potatoes. Pour the cream, spreading it evenly over the whole area. Pour the white wine. Take out your reblochon and scrape its crust. Cut your reblochon in half. Position your two pieces of reblochon above the dish. Bake your tartiflette for 20 minutes at 375°F. Your dish is ready to eat. ","date":"6 May 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/tartiflette/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 8 people Preparation time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 375°F Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 1 reblochon 3 onions 1 clove of garlic 2 kg of potatoes 20 cl white wine 25 cl whipping cream 150 g bacon salt pepper Preparation # Cook the potatoes in water for 20 minutes. ","title":"Tartiflette","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"22 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/chocolate/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Chocolate","type":"tags"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 6 people Cooking time 40 minutes Cooking temperature 355°F Ingredients # 1 puff pastry 2 slices of ham 1 onion 1 large can of crushed tomatoes 1 bag of grated cranberry sauce 1 tablespoon of tomato paste Fillet of olive oil Preparation # Chop the onion into small pieces. In a saucepan, drizzle a little olive oil and cook the onion. Cook the crushed tomatoes with the onion and the tablespoon of tomato paste. Leave to reduce. Place the puff pastry in a dish. Make holes in the puff pastry with a fork. Pour your mixture over your dough. Place the ham tenches on the pie. Add the grated oatmeal to the pie. Bake for 40 minutes at 355°F. Now you can enjoy your delicious ham and tomato pie. ","date":"22 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/ham-and-tomato-pie/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 6 people Cooking time 40 minutes Cooking temperature 355°F Ingredients # 1 puff pastry 2 slices of ham 1 onion 1 large can of crushed tomatoes 1 bag of grated cranberry sauce 1 tablespoon of tomato paste Fillet of olive oil Preparation # Chop the onion into small pieces. In a saucepan, drizzle a little olive oil and cook the onion. Cook the crushed tomatoes with the onion and the tablespoon of tomato paste. Leave to reduce. Place the puff pastry in a dish. Make holes in the puff pastry with a fork. Pour your mixture over your dough. Place the ham tenches on the pie. Add the grated oatmeal to the pie. Bake for 40 minutes at 355°F. Now you can enjoy your delicious ham and tomato pie. ","title":"Ham and tomato pie","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 8 people Cooking temperature 390°F Cooking time 40 minutes Ingredients # 1 shortcrust pastry 150 g of chocolate pears in syrup 2 tablespoons of sugar 1 egg 1 brick of fresh cream Preparation # Bake the shortcrust pastry in a dish for 10 minutes in the oven, leaving the baking paper on. Melt the chocolate in a bain marie. Put the chocolate in the bottom of the tart. Drain the pears and cut them in half. Arrange the pears in fans on the chocolate. Mix the egg, 2 tablespoons of sugar and a briquette of crème fraiche. Pour the mixture over the pears. Bake at 390°F for 40 minutes. Now you can enjoy your wonderful pie. ","date":"22 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/pear-chocolate-pie/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 8 people Cooking temperature 390°F Cooking time 40 minutes Ingredients # 1 shortcrust pastry 150 g of chocolate pears in syrup 2 tablespoons of sugar 1 egg 1 brick of fresh cream Preparation # Bake the shortcrust pastry in a dish for 10 minutes in the oven, leaving the baking paper on. Melt the chocolate in a bain marie. Put the chocolate in the bottom of the tart. Drain the pears and cut them in half. Arrange the pears in fans on the chocolate. Mix the egg, 2 tablespoons of sugar and a briquette of crème fraiche. Pour the mixture over the pears. Bake at 390°F for 40 minutes. Now you can enjoy your wonderful pie. ","title":"Pear chocolate pie","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 8 people Cooking temperature 410°F Cooking time 25 minutes Ingredients # 8 golden apples 1 puff pastry 2 packets of vanilla sugar 100 g butter 100 g caster sugar Preparation # Peel the apples whole. Cut the apples in half and remove the cores without damaging them. In a pie tin, melt the butter directly on the heat. Add the sugar and lower the heat a little to make a caramel. Arrange the apples in the bottom of the dish and flatten them from time to time with a spatula. Sprinkle the apples with vanilla sugar. Remove the dish from the heat. Cover the apples with puff pastry, pressing down on the edges. Conceals # Serve warm with a scoop of vanilla ice cream.\n","date":"22 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/tarte-tatin/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 8 people Cooking temperature 410°F Cooking time 25 minutes Ingredients # 8 golden apples 1 puff pastry 2 packets of vanilla sugar 100 g butter 100 g caster sugar Preparation # Peel the apples whole. Cut the apples in half and remove the cores without damaging them. In a pie tin, melt the butter directly on the heat. Add the sugar and lower the heat a little to make a caramel. Arrange the apples in the bottom of the dish and flatten them from time to time with a spatula. Sprinkle the apples with vanilla sugar. Remove the dish from the heat. Cover the apples with puff pastry, pressing down on the edges. Conceals # Serve warm with a scoop of vanilla ice cream.\n","title":"Tarte tatin","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 6 person Cooking 355°F Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 5 apples 1 large knob of butter 4 teaspoons brown sugar 1 shortcrust pastry 1 teaspoon of cinnamon Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Peel the apples, then cut them finely. Melt the butter. Spread the dough, the ideal thickness is 2 or 3 mm. Arrange the apples in an overlapping pattern. Brush the tart with butter Pour the brown sugar and cinnamon over the pie. Bake at 355°F for 20 minutes. Tip # Precook the dough before filling.\n","date":"21 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/apple-pie/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 6 person Cooking 355°F Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 5 apples 1 large knob of butter 4 teaspoons brown sugar 1 shortcrust pastry 1 teaspoon of cinnamon Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Peel the apples, then cut them finely. Melt the butter. Spread the dough, the ideal thickness is 2 or 3 mm. Arrange the apples in an overlapping pattern. Brush the tart with butter Pour the brown sugar and cinnamon over the pie. Bake at 355°F for 20 minutes. Tip # Precook the dough before filling.\n","title":"Apple pie","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"21 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/meals/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Meals","type":"categories"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 6 people Cooking temperature 390°F Ingredients # 1 puff pastry 100 g of chocolate 3 pears 6 tablespoons of sugar butter Preparation # Preheat the oven to 390°F. Unroll the puff pastry and make holes in it with a fork. Melt butter in the microwave. Brush the dough with butter and sprinkle it with sugar. Cut the chocolate into small shavings and sprinkle it over the puff pastry, spreading it evenly throughout the pastry. Peel your pears and cut them lengthwise into thin slices. Arrange the pear slices in a rosette on the tart. Brush the tart with butter and sprinkle with sugar. Bake at 390°F until the bores of the dough are golden brown. Now you can enjoy your delicious chocolate pear tart. ","date":"21 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/pear-and-chocolate-pie/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 6 people Cooking temperature 390°F Ingredients # 1 puff pastry 100 g of chocolate 3 pears 6 tablespoons of sugar butter Preparation # Preheat the oven to 390°F. Unroll the puff pastry and make holes in it with a fork. Melt butter in the microwave. Brush the dough with butter and sprinkle it with sugar. Cut the chocolate into small shavings and sprinkle it over the puff pastry, spreading it evenly throughout the pastry. Peel your pears and cut them lengthwise into thin slices. Arrange the pear slices in a rosette on the tart. Brush the tart with butter and sprinkle with sugar. Bake at 390°F until the bores of the dough are golden brown. Now you can enjoy your delicious chocolate pear tart. ","title":"Pear and chocolate pie","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 6 people Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 355°F Time in the fridge 3 hour Ingredients # 1 egg 25 cl of liquid cream 30 carambar 100 g milk chocolate 1 sugar dough Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Spread the sweet dough in a dish and bake until golden brown. Heat the liquid crème fraîche in a saucepan. Add the 30 carambars. Melt them over doyx heat for about 10 minutes. Remove from the heat, add the chocolate and stir until completely melted. Pour the carambar mixture over the baked dough and leave to rest for 3 hours in the fridge. You can now enjoy your delicious carambar tart. ","date":"19 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/carambar-pie/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 6 people Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 355°F Time in the fridge 3 hour Ingredients # 1 egg 25 cl of liquid cream 30 carambar 100 g milk chocolate 1 sugar dough Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Spread the sweet dough in a dish and bake until golden brown. Heat the liquid crème fraîche in a saucepan. Add the 30 carambars. Melt them over doyx heat for about 10 minutes. Remove from the heat, add the chocolate and stir until completely melted. Pour the carambar mixture over the baked dough and leave to rest for 3 hours in the fridge. You can now enjoy your delicious carambar tart. ","title":"Carambar pie","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 35 minutes For 6 people Cooking time 40 minutes approx Ingredients # 3 lemons 50 g butter 1 tablespoon cornstarch 4 eggs 200 g caster sugar 1 shortbread dough 1 tablespoon of water 4 egg white 100 g icing sugar Preparation of the cream # Slide a shortbread dough into a round pan. Rinse the lemons and finely remove the zest. Squeeze the juice from the lemons. Gently melt the butter in a saucepan. Dissolve (mix) the cornstarch with a tablespoon of water. Break the eggs into a bowl, add the sugar and whisk vigorously until the mixture whitens. Stir in the cornstarch, butter, lemon juice and zest and mix. Preheat the oven to 390°F. Pour the cream into the bottom of the dough. Bake for 35 to 40 minutes, until the edges of the tart are golden brown and the cream is set. Take the tart out of the oven and leave to cool. Preparation of the meringue # Whisk the egg whites until stiff and then add the icing sugar at the last moment. Mix gently so as not to break them. Preparation of the pie # Turn on the oven grill. Spread the meringue over the cold pie, spreading it well all over. With a spatula, uncover the pie with the tines of a fork. Slide the pie 3 or 4 times under the grill until it takes on a nice golden colour. Take the tart out of the oven, unmould it immediately and place it on a dish to cool. Tips # Serve the pie cold.\nIf you run out of time, use a store-bought sponge cake.\n","date":"19 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/lemon-pie/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 35 minutes For 6 people Cooking time 40 minutes approx Ingredients # 3 lemons 50 g butter 1 tablespoon cornstarch 4 eggs 200 g caster sugar 1 shortbread dough 1 tablespoon of water 4 egg white 100 g icing sugar Preparation of the cream # Slide a shortbread dough into a round pan. Rinse the lemons and finely remove the zest. Squeeze the juice from the lemons. Gently melt the butter in a saucepan. Dissolve (mix) the cornstarch with a tablespoon of water. Break the eggs into a bowl, add the sugar and whisk vigorously until the mixture whitens. Stir in the cornstarch, butter, lemon juice and zest and mix. Preheat the oven to 390°F. Pour the cream into the bottom of the dough. Bake for 35 to 40 minutes, until the edges of the tart are golden brown and the cream is set. Take the tart out of the oven and leave to cool. Preparation of the meringue # Whisk the egg whites until stiff and then add the icing sugar at the last moment. Mix gently so as not to break them. Preparation of the pie # Turn on the oven grill. Spread the meringue over the cold pie, spreading it well all over. With a spatula, uncover the pie with the tines of a fork. Slide the pie 3 or 4 times under the grill until it takes on a nice golden colour. Take the tart out of the oven, unmould it immediately and place it on a dish to cool. Tips # Serve the pie cold.\n","title":"Lemon pie","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 30 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 25 minutes Spawning time 25 minutes Ingredients # For the shortcrust pastry : # 250 grams of flour 125 g soft butter 80 g sugar 2 egg yolks 1 tablespoon of water 1 pinch of salt For the trim # 25 cl milk 1 egg 30 g flour 40 g sugar 1 vanilla bean 500 g strawberries Preparation of the shortbread dough # In a bowl whisk the sugar and egg yolks then add the water. In a bowl, mix with your hand the soft butter and flour and then curl a well. In the well, pour the mixture of suckers, eggs and water. Mix initially with a spoon and then with your hands. Form a ball and then spread the dough on baking paper and plaster it in a pie dish. Cover the dough to pay cusson the dough. Bake the dough at 355°F for 25 minutes. Let the dough cool after baking. Preparation of the filling : # Boil the milk with the vanilla bean. Mix the egg and sugar in a small bowl. When the milk is boiling, remove it from the heat. Add the sugar-egg mixture to the milk and return it to the heat. You should get a fairly thick mixture. Place a plastic film on top of the cassrole and leave the cream to cool. While the cream is cooling, wash and remove the stalks from the strawberries and cut them in half. When the cream is cold, spread it on the shortbread dough and place the strawberries. Now you can enjoy your delicious strawberry tart. ","date":"19 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/strawberry-tart/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 30 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 25 minutes Spawning time 25 minutes Ingredients # For the shortcrust pastry : # 250 grams of flour 125 g soft butter 80 g sugar 2 egg yolks 1 tablespoon of water 1 pinch of salt For the trim # 25 cl milk 1 egg 30 g flour 40 g sugar 1 vanilla bean 500 g strawberries Preparation of the shortbread dough # In a bowl whisk the sugar and egg yolks then add the water. In a bowl, mix with your hand the soft butter and flour and then curl a well. In the well, pour the mixture of suckers, eggs and water. Mix initially with a spoon and then with your hands. Form a ball and then spread the dough on baking paper and plaster it in a pie dish. Cover the dough to pay cusson the dough. Bake the dough at 355°F for 25 minutes. Let the dough cool after baking. Preparation of the filling : # Boil the milk with the vanilla bean. Mix the egg and sugar in a small bowl. When the milk is boiling, remove it from the heat. Add the sugar-egg mixture to the milk and return it to the heat. You should get a fairly thick mixture. Place a plastic film on top of the cassrole and leave the cream to cool. While the cream is cooling, wash and remove the stalks from the strawberries and cut them in half. When the cream is cold, spread it on the shortbread dough and place the strawberries. Now you can enjoy your delicious strawberry tart. ","title":"Strawberry tart","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 25 minutes For 6 people Cooking time 45 minutes Cooking temperature 410°F Ingredients # 1 shortcrust pastry 400 g tuna in brine 400 g crushed tomatoes 1 onion 3 eggs 1 tablespoon breadcrumbs salt pepper Preparation # Preheat the oven to 410°F. Unroll the shortcrust pastry in a baking tin. Prick the bottom of the tart with a fork and then sprinkle with breadcrumbs. In a bowl, crush the tuna au naturel, crushed tomatoes, eggs and chopped onion. Season with salt and pepper. Pour the mixture over the dough and bake at 410°F for 45 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious tuna pie. ","date":"19 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/tuna-pie/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 25 minutes For 6 people Cooking time 45 minutes Cooking temperature 410°F Ingredients # 1 shortcrust pastry 400 g tuna in brine 400 g crushed tomatoes 1 onion 3 eggs 1 tablespoon breadcrumbs salt pepper Preparation # Preheat the oven to 410°F. Unroll the shortcrust pastry in a baking tin. Prick the bottom of the tart with a fork and then sprinkle with breadcrumbs. In a bowl, crush the tuna au naturel, crushed tomatoes, eggs and chopped onion. Season with salt and pepper. Pour the mixture over the dough and bake at 410°F for 45 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious tuna pie. ","title":"Tuna pie","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 10 minutes Ingredients # 2 egg whites 10 g caster sugar 50 g almonds, slivered 35 g butter 30 g flour 1 shortcrust pastry Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Spread the shortcrust pastry and preheat it for 5 minutes. Beat the egg whites with the powdered sugar without beating them. Melt the butter. Add the melted butter and flour. Pour the mixture over the dough. Place the slivered almonds. Bake at 355°F for 10 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious almond tart. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/almond-pie/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 10 minutes Ingredients # 2 egg whites 10 g caster sugar 50 g almonds, slivered 35 g butter 30 g flour 1 shortcrust pastry Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Spread the shortcrust pastry and preheat it for 5 minutes. Beat the egg whites with the powdered sugar without beating them. Melt the butter. Add the melted butter and flour. Pour the mixture over the dough. Place the slivered almonds. Bake at 355°F for 10 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious almond tart. ","title":"Almond pie","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking time 45 minutes Ingredients # 300 g peeled beans (fresh or sugared) 3 tablespoons of olive oil 1 tomato 1 onion 3 strands of percil 4 handfuls of quick-cooking short pasta Preparation # In a saucepan, put some olive oil to heat. Add the onion and tomato cut into small pieces and then the peeled beans and percil. Season with salt and pepper. Pour in water. Leave to cook for 30 minutes on low heat. Blend the preparation in a blender. Put back on the heat until it boils. Pour a small handful of short pasta per person. Cook for 3 minutes or more depending on the pasta chosen. You can now enjoy your delicious bean soup with a little bit of parmesan cheese. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/bean-soup/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking time 45 minutes Ingredients # 300 g peeled beans (fresh or sugared) 3 tablespoons of olive oil 1 tomato 1 onion 3 strands of percil 4 handfuls of quick-cooking short pasta Preparation # In a saucepan, put some olive oil to heat. Add the onion and tomato cut into small pieces and then the peeled beans and percil. Season with salt and pepper. Pour in water. Leave to cook for 30 minutes on low heat. Blend the preparation in a blender. Put back on the heat until it boils. Pour a small handful of short pasta per person. Cook for 3 minutes or more depending on the pasta chosen. You can now enjoy your delicious bean soup with a little bit of parmesan cheese. ","title":"Bean soup","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking time 15 minutes Cooking temperature 355°F Ingredients # 200 g flour 50 g cornstarch 200 g butter 2 eggs 2 handles of corn flakes 1 sachet of baking powder 100 g raisins soft liquor Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. In a bowl, mix the cornflour, flour, sugar, baking powder, eggs and add the softened butter. Mix well until the dough is foamy and puffy. Dip the raisins in soft liquor and then in flour and add them to the preparation. Cover a baking tray with baking paper. Form roses with 1 teaspoon of dough that you will cover with corn flakes. Bake at 355°F for 15 minutes. Leave to cool. Now you can enjoy your delicious corn-flake roses with raisins. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/corn-flakes-roses-with-raisins/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking time 15 minutes Cooking temperature 355°F Ingredients # 200 g flour 50 g cornstarch 200 g butter 2 eggs 2 handles of corn flakes 1 sachet of baking powder 100 g raisins soft liquor Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. In a bowl, mix the cornflour, flour, sugar, baking powder, eggs and add the softened butter. Mix well until the dough is foamy and puffy. Dip the raisins in soft liquor and then in flour and add them to the preparation. Cover a baking tray with baking paper. Form roses with 1 teaspoon of dough that you will cover with corn flakes. Bake at 355°F for 15 minutes. Leave to cool. Now you can enjoy your delicious corn-flake roses with raisins. ","title":"Corn flakes roses with raisins","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Prep time 45 minutes Ingredients # 7 clove of garlic 4 tablespoons of sofrito 6 tablespoons of oil 900 g fresh fish assortment, whole, cleaned and gutted 1 1/2 tablespoons of sofrto 2 tablespoons sweet paprika 2 litres of water 60 g of bread 2 teaspoons picada 2 drops of pastis Preparation # Peel and crush the garlic cloves. Heat half of the olive oil in a saucepan and fry the garlic for a few minutes. Stir in the sofrito and continue cooking for 10 minutes, stirring frequently. Leave small fish whole. Larger fish should be cut into pieces with strong kitchen scissors or a sharp knife. Put the fish in the stewpot. Sprinkle with paprika and sprinkle with water. Let simmer for 20 minutes. Meanwhile put the other half of the olive oil in another pan. Put the slices of bread in the pan of oil and let fry the slices. Filter the soup and pour it into a large saucepan. Heat the soup. Add the fried bread and picada to the soup. Homogenize the soup by mixing it. Salt the soup. Pour the pastis or aniseed liqueur. You can now serve your delicacy with small croutons. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/fish-soup/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Prep time 45 minutes Ingredients # 7 clove of garlic 4 tablespoons of sofrito 6 tablespoons of oil 900 g fresh fish assortment, whole, cleaned and gutted 1 1/2 tablespoons of sofrto 2 tablespoons sweet paprika 2 litres of water 60 g of bread 2 teaspoons picada 2 drops of pastis Preparation # Peel and crush the garlic cloves. Heat half of the olive oil in a saucepan and fry the garlic for a few minutes. Stir in the sofrito and continue cooking for 10 minutes, stirring frequently. Leave small fish whole. Larger fish should be cut into pieces with strong kitchen scissors or a sharp knife. Put the fish in the stewpot. Sprinkle with paprika and sprinkle with water. Let simmer for 20 minutes. Meanwhile put the other half of the olive oil in another pan. Put the slices of bread in the pan of oil and let fry the slices. Filter the soup and pour it into a large saucepan. Heat the soup. Add the fried bread and picada to the soup. Homogenize the soup by mixing it. Salt the soup. Pour the pastis or aniseed liqueur. You can now serve your delicacy with small croutons. ","title":"Fish soup","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 10 pieces Cooking at 430°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 250 g flour 40 g sugar 50 g butter 1 egg yolk 150 ml of milk 50 g raisins 1 pinch of salt 1 sachet of baking powder Preparation # In a bowl, mix the flour, sugar, yeast sachet and pinch of salt. Add to the mixture the very soft butter cut into pieces. In another bowl, mix the milk and the egg yolk. Mix the two preparations to obtain a slightly soft dough. Add the raisins With a spoon form a ball of 3 or 4 cm in diameter, then place them on a baking sheet with baking paper. Bake at 430°F for 15 minutes. Tip # If the dough is too sticky, add more flour.\n","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/grape-scones/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 10 pieces Cooking at 430°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 250 g flour 40 g sugar 50 g butter 1 egg yolk 150 ml of milk 50 g raisins 1 pinch of salt 1 sachet of baking powder Preparation # In a bowl, mix the flour, sugar, yeast sachet and pinch of salt. Add to the mixture the very soft butter cut into pieces. In another bowl, mix the milk and the egg yolk. Mix the two preparations to obtain a slightly soft dough. Add the raisins With a spoon form a ball of 3 or 4 cm in diameter, then place them on a baking sheet with baking paper. Bake at 430°F for 15 minutes. Tip # If the dough is too sticky, add more flour.\n","title":"Grape scones","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 6 people A leather at 355°F Cooking time 1h30 Ingredients # 1 kg of lamb meat (shoulder, collar, shank) 2 onions 2 clove of garlic 1/2 teaspoon ground chilli pepper 1/2 coffee of saffron pistils 1/2 teaspoon ground ginger 1/2 teaspoon ground cinnamon 1 bunch of fresh coriander 250 g dried apricots 1 green tea bag olive oil salt and pepper Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Steep a green tea bag in boiling water for 2 minutes. Soak the dried apricots in the green tea for one hour and then peel them. Chop the peeled onions. Chop the fresh coriander. Arrange the cut pieces of meat in the tagine dish. Also add 2 cloves of unpeeled garlic to this mixture. Mix so as to coat the pieces of meat well. Pour the green tea over the puffed apricots. Pour over 20 cl of cold water. Cover and place in the oven for 1h30. Serve hot, garnish with a few freshly chopped coriander leaves and accompany with semolina. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/lamb-tagine-with-apricots/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 6 people A leather at 355°F Cooking time 1h30 Ingredients # 1 kg of lamb meat (shoulder, collar, shank) 2 onions 2 clove of garlic 1/2 teaspoon ground chilli pepper 1/2 coffee of saffron pistils 1/2 teaspoon ground ginger 1/2 teaspoon ground cinnamon 1 bunch of fresh coriander 250 g dried apricots 1 green tea bag olive oil salt and pepper Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Steep a green tea bag in boiling water for 2 minutes. Soak the dried apricots in the green tea for one hour and then peel them. Chop the peeled onions. Chop the fresh coriander. Arrange the cut pieces of meat in the tagine dish. Also add 2 cloves of unpeeled garlic to this mixture. Mix so as to coat the pieces of meat well. Pour the green tea over the puffed apricots. Pour over 20 cl of cold water. Cover and place in the oven for 1h30. Serve hot, garnish with a few freshly chopped coriander leaves and accompany with semolina. ","title":"Lamb tagine with apricots","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 30 minutes For 4 people Time in the fridge 3 hours Ingredients # 250 g couscous semolina. 20 cl of water 5 tomatoes 1 cucumber 2 large onions 10 fresh mint leaves parsley 6 tablespoons of oil jue of 3 lemons salt pepper Preparation # Pour the semolina into a large salad bowl. Sprinkle it with 20 cl of boiling water. Set the bowl aside. Wash the tomatoes and dice them. Do the same with the cucumbers. Peel and buy the onions. Wash and slice the mint leaves and do the same with the parsley. In the salad bowl add the mint, tomatoes, cucumber, onions and parsley. Add salt and pepper. Pour the oil and lemon juice into the bowl. Mix well and put in the fridge for 3 hours. Stir the tabbouleh several times during the ropos time. Now you can enjoy your delicious tabbouleh. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/mint-tabbouleh/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 30 minutes For 4 people Time in the fridge 3 hours Ingredients # 250 g couscous semolina. 20 cl of water 5 tomatoes 1 cucumber 2 large onions 10 fresh mint leaves parsley 6 tablespoons of oil jue of 3 lemons salt pepper Preparation # Pour the semolina into a large salad bowl. Sprinkle it with 20 cl of boiling water. Set the bowl aside. Wash the tomatoes and dice them. Do the same with the cucumbers. Peel and buy the onions. Wash and slice the mint leaves and do the same with the parsley. In the salad bowl add the mint, tomatoes, cucumber, onions and parsley. Add salt and pepper. Pour the oil and lemon juice into the bowl. Mix well and put in the fridge for 3 hours. Stir the tabbouleh several times during the ropos time. Now you can enjoy your delicious tabbouleh. ","title":"Mint tabbouleh","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 2 to 4 people Preparation 5 minutes Cooking time 10 minutes Cooking temperature 410°F (thermostat 7) Ingredients # pesto sauce grated cheese 1 puff pastry 1 egg Preparation # Roll out the puff pastry. Spread the pesto sauce over the puff pastry. Cover with grated cheese. Roll out the puff pastry covered with pesto and cheese. Cut the roll into rounds. Brush the slices with egg yolk. Bake for 10 minutes at 410°F. You can now enjoy your delicious warm pesto rolls. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/pesto-rolls/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 2 to 4 people Preparation 5 minutes Cooking time 10 minutes Cooking temperature 410°F (thermostat 7) Ingredients # pesto sauce grated cheese 1 puff pastry 1 egg Preparation # Roll out the puff pastry. Spread the pesto sauce over the puff pastry. Cover with grated cheese. Roll out the puff pastry covered with pesto and cheese. Cut the roll into rounds. Brush the slices with egg yolk. Bake for 10 minutes at 410°F. You can now enjoy your delicious warm pesto rolls. ","title":"Pesto rolls","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation time 45 minutes Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 1 kg of potatoes 25 cl meat stock 1 tablespoon strong mustard 1 onion 1 bunch of chives 3 tablespoons of sunflower oil salt pepper Preparation # Wash the potatoes, pour them into a pot and add water with a teaspoon of salt. Bring the water to the boil, cover and cook for 15 minutes over medium heat. Drain the potatoes, let them cool and then peel them while still hot. Warm up the boullon with the vinaigrette, mustard, salt and pepper. Thinly slice the onion and chives. Slice the potatoes into rings, then pour them into the stock and leave to marinate. Just before serving, stir in the onion and chives. Mix well. Now you can enjoy your delicious potato salad. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/potato-salad/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation time 45 minutes Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 1 kg of potatoes 25 cl meat stock 1 tablespoon strong mustard 1 onion 1 bunch of chives 3 tablespoons of sunflower oil salt pepper Preparation # Wash the potatoes, pour them into a pot and add water with a teaspoon of salt. Bring the water to the boil, cover and cook for 15 minutes over medium heat. Drain the potatoes, let them cool and then peel them while still hot. Warm up the boullon with the vinaigrette, mustard, salt and pepper. Thinly slice the onion and chives. Slice the potatoes into rings, then pour them into the stock and leave to marinate. Just before serving, stir in the onion and chives. Mix well. Now you can enjoy your delicious potato salad. ","title":"Potato salad","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 10 minutes Ingredients # 800 g peeled tomatoes 1 onion 2 tablespoons of olive oil 1.5 meat broth 1/2 tablespoon sambal 100 g Roquefort cheese salt pear Preparation # Finely chop the onion and fry it in very hot oil in a stewpot. Add the tomatoes with their juice and crush them. Pour in the stock. Cook over high heat for 5 minutes. Add the sambal, salt and pepper. Add small pieces of Roquefort cheese. Now you can enjoy your delicious tomato soup. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/quick-tomato-soup/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 10 minutes Ingredients # 800 g peeled tomatoes 1 onion 2 tablespoons of olive oil 1.5 meat broth 1/2 tablespoon sambal 100 g Roquefort cheese salt pear Preparation # Finely chop the onion and fry it in very hot oil in a stewpot. Add the tomatoes with their juice and crush them. Pour in the stock. Cook over high heat for 5 minutes. Add the sambal, salt and pepper. Add small pieces of Roquefort cheese. Now you can enjoy your delicious tomato soup. ","title":"Quick tomato soup","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 15 roses des sables Preparation 10 minutes Cooking time 5 minutes Refrigeration 2 hours Ingredients # 90 g milk chocolate 120 g Nutella 40 g of corn petals (cereal grains) Preparation # In a saucepan melt the Nutella and chocolate over low heat. When everything is smooth, add the corn petals (cereal). Put small piles of the mixture on baking paper. Put in the fridge for at least 2 hours before tasting. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/roses-des-sables/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 15 roses des sables Preparation 10 minutes Cooking time 5 minutes Refrigeration 2 hours Ingredients # 90 g milk chocolate 120 g Nutella 40 g of corn petals (cereal grains) Preparation # In a saucepan melt the Nutella and chocolate over low heat. When everything is smooth, add the corn petals (cereal). Put small piles of the mixture on baking paper. Put in the fridge for at least 2 hours before tasting. ","title":"Roses des sables au Nutella","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Ingredients # 200 g tomatoes 200 g cucumber 80 g green pepper 40 green or black olives 200 g rice 200 g crumbled plain tuna 12 anchovy fillets 4 hard-boiled eggs 3 shallots salt, oil, lemon Preparation # Cook the eggs and rice. Cut the tomatoes into quarters. Peel and cut the cucumber into thin slices. Crumble the tuna and cut the anchovies into small pieces. Remove the seeds from the pepper and slice it into fine pieces and chop the shallots. Cut the hard-boiled eggs into slices. Mix all the ingredients together in a large salad bowl Make a sauce with salt, oil and lemon. Pour the sauce into the salad bowl You can now enjoy your delicious dsalade niçoise. Conceil # Perfect to eat for your lunch break.\n","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/salad-nicoise/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Ingredients # 200 g tomatoes 200 g cucumber 80 g green pepper 40 green or black olives 200 g rice 200 g crumbled plain tuna 12 anchovy fillets 4 hard-boiled eggs 3 shallots salt, oil, lemon Preparation # Cook the eggs and rice. Cut the tomatoes into quarters. Peel and cut the cucumber into thin slices. Crumble the tuna and cut the anchovies into small pieces. Remove the seeds from the pepper and slice it into fine pieces and chop the shallots. Cut the hard-boiled eggs into slices. Mix all the ingredients together in a large salad bowl Make a sauce with salt, oil and lemon. Pour the sauce into the salad bowl You can now enjoy your delicious dsalade niçoise. Conceil # Perfect to eat for your lunch break.\n","title":"Salad nicoise","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 25 minutes Ingredients # 4 salmon steaks 5 shallots 2 tablespoons of fresh cream 4 tablespoons balsamic vinegar 1 teaspoon mustard butter Preparation # Put the shallots with the butter in a frying pan. When the shallots have become translucent, cook the salmon steaks. Salt When the salmon are finished cooking, reserve them on a plate. Deglaze the cooked shallots with the balsamic vinegar and a little water. Add the montarde. Simmer for 2 to 3 minutes then add the cream. Just put the salmon steaks back into the pan just before serving. You can now enjoy your magnificent salmon steaks with shallots. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/salmon-on-shallots/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 25 minutes Ingredients # 4 salmon steaks 5 shallots 2 tablespoons of fresh cream 4 tablespoons balsamic vinegar 1 teaspoon mustard butter Preparation # Put the shallots with the butter in a frying pan. When the shallots have become translucent, cook the salmon steaks. Salt When the salmon are finished cooking, reserve them on a plate. Deglaze the cooked shallots with the balsamic vinegar and a little water. Add the montarde. Simmer for 2 to 3 minutes then add the cream. Just put the salmon steaks back into the pan just before serving. You can now enjoy your magnificent salmon steaks with shallots. ","title":"Salmon on shallots","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/soup/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Soup","type":"tags"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Prep time 30 minutes Cooking time 2 hours* Ingredients # 670 g carrots 200 g leeks 270 g white celery 300 g Chinese cabbage 2.5 litres of water 1 tablespoon of olive oil salt Preparation # Pour a tablespoon of olive oil into a large saucepan. Add the peeled, washed and sliced vegetables and let them melt for 15 to 20 minutes over very low heat. Pour in 2.5 litres of water and cook gently for about 1.5 hours. Blend all. Now you can enjoy your delicious hot vegetable soup. ","date":"18 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/vegetable-soup/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Prep time 30 minutes Cooking time 2 hours* Ingredients # 670 g carrots 200 g leeks 270 g white celery 300 g Chinese cabbage 2.5 litres of water 1 tablespoon of olive oil salt Preparation # Pour a tablespoon of olive oil into a large saucepan. Add the peeled, washed and sliced vegetables and let them melt for 15 to 20 minutes over very low heat. Pour in 2.5 litres of water and cook gently for about 1.5 hours. Blend all. Now you can enjoy your delicious hot vegetable soup. ","title":"Vegetable soup","type":"page"},{"content":"This cupcake is as good as the big ones\u0026hellip;\nRecipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 4 people With leather at 390°F Cooking time 10 minutes Ingredients # 125 g dried coconut powder 100 g caster sugar 10 g flour 3 egg whites Preparation # Preheat the oven to 90°F. Beat the egg whites. In the same mixture add the flour, sugar and dried coconut powder. Bake for 10 minutes at 90°F. ##Tip To better whisk your egg whites, add a pinch of salt or baking soda.\n","date":"17 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/coconut-rocks/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"This cupcake is as good as the big ones…\nRecipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 4 people With leather at 390°F Cooking time 10 minutes Ingredients # 125 g dried coconut powder 100 g caster sugar 10 g flour 3 egg whites Preparation # Preheat the oven to 90°F. Beat the egg whites. In the same mixture add the flour, sugar and dried coconut powder. Bake for 10 minutes at 90°F. ##Tip To better whisk your egg whites, add a pinch of salt or baking soda.\n","title":"Coconut rocks","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Cooking time 1 hour Preparation time 30 minutes Ingredients # 200 g onions 2 cloves of garlic 150 g elongated red peppers 150 g elongated green peppers 350 g eggplant 350 g zucchini 300 g ripe tomatoes 500 ml sunflower oil 3 tablespoons of extra virgin olive oil salted cod, desalted Preparation # Cut the onions into cubes of about 2 cm. Chop the garlic cloves finely. Remove the stalks, seeds and white membranes from the peppers and cut them into pieces of about 15 cm. Peel the aubergines and cut them into pieces of about 2 cm. De-bone the cougettes into cubes. Cut the tomatoes in half and then coarsely grate the tomatoes into a salad bowl. Heat the sunflower oil in a frying pan. Once the oil is hot, fry the zucchini and eggplant pieces in small batches until golden brown. Drain the fried vegetables. In another frying pan, pour the olive oil and heat it to a medium temperature. Add the garlic, stirring for 1 minute, then add the onions and fry for 5 minutes. Add the peppers, aubergines, courgettes and grated tomatoes. Cook for 1 hour. When the vegetables have become very tender, add salt and pepper to your preparation. Cut the cod into pieces. Incorporate the cod pieces into the preparation. Cook the cod for 2 minutes. You can now serve and enjoy your delicious meal. ","date":"17 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/fish-and-vegetable-stew/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Cooking time 1 hour Preparation time 30 minutes Ingredients # 200 g onions 2 cloves of garlic 150 g elongated red peppers 150 g elongated green peppers 350 g eggplant 350 g zucchini 300 g ripe tomatoes 500 ml sunflower oil 3 tablespoons of extra virgin olive oil salted cod, desalted Preparation # Cut the onions into cubes of about 2 cm. Chop the garlic cloves finely. Remove the stalks, seeds and white membranes from the peppers and cut them into pieces of about 15 cm. Peel the aubergines and cut them into pieces of about 2 cm. De-bone the cougettes into cubes. Cut the tomatoes in half and then coarsely grate the tomatoes into a salad bowl. Heat the sunflower oil in a frying pan. Once the oil is hot, fry the zucchini and eggplant pieces in small batches until golden brown. Drain the fried vegetables. In another frying pan, pour the olive oil and heat it to a medium temperature. Add the garlic, stirring for 1 minute, then add the onions and fry for 5 minutes. Add the peppers, aubergines, courgettes and grated tomatoes. Cook for 1 hour. When the vegetables have become very tender, add salt and pepper to your preparation. Cut the cod into pieces. Incorporate the cod pieces into the preparation. Cook the cod for 2 minutes. You can now serve and enjoy your delicious meal. ","title":"Fish and Vegetable Stew","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 15 hours Rest time 2 hours Ingredients in the rice # 250 g dde round rice 1 litre of milk 125 g caster sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar Caramel ingredients # 50 g sugar 3 tablespoons of water Preparation # Cook the rice in the pandant milk for 30 minutes. At the end of cooking the rice, pour in the vanilla sugar and powdered sugar. Meanwhile, heat the sugar and water in a frying pan. You can pour the rice pudding into small ramekins for individual portions or you can pour it into a large pot for a shared rice pudding. Pour the caramel over the rice pudding. Let your rice pudding rest in the refrigerator for 2 hours. ","date":"17 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/rice-pudding/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 15 hours Rest time 2 hours Ingredients in the rice # 250 g dde round rice 1 litre of milk 125 g caster sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar Caramel ingredients # 50 g sugar 3 tablespoons of water Preparation # Cook the rice in the pandant milk for 30 minutes. At the end of cooking the rice, pour in the vanilla sugar and powdered sugar. Meanwhile, heat the sugar and water in a frying pan. You can pour the rice pudding into small ramekins for individual portions or you can pour it into a large pot for a shared rice pudding. Pour the caramel over the rice pudding. Let your rice pudding rest in the refrigerator for 2 hours. ","title":"Rice pudding","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 200 g rice 1 onion 250 g frozen peas 1 glass of white wine 2 pods of saffron 50 g Parmesan cheese 100 d sliced chorizo salt pepper Preparation # Cook the rice. Meanwhile, degrease the chorizo in a frying pan and then plaster them on paper towels. Cut the onion into small pieces and fry it in a frying pan with a drizzle of olive oil. Add the frozen peas. Pour the rice on top. Stir in the saffron. Sprinkle with white wine and let it reduce. Add parmesan cheese. You can now enjoy your saffron rice. ","date":"17 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/saffron-rice/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 200 g rice 1 onion 250 g frozen peas 1 glass of white wine 2 pods of saffron 50 g Parmesan cheese 100 d sliced chorizo salt pepper Preparation # Cook the rice. Meanwhile, degrease the chorizo in a frying pan and then plaster them on paper towels. Cut the onion into small pieces and fry it in a frying pan with a drizzle of olive oil. Add the frozen peas. Pour the rice on top. Stir in the saffron. Sprinkle with white wine and let it reduce. Add parmesan cheese. You can now enjoy your saffron rice. ","title":"Saffron rice","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 600 g chicken 200 g Chinese noodles 1 teaspoon ground coriander 1 teaspoon ground ginger sweet soy sauce niöc màn sauce 300 g frozen peas 1 lemongrass stick 1 onion olive oil salt pepper Preparation # Fry the chopped onion with the olive oil. Chop the chicken and add it to the onion. When the chicken is cooked, add the peas and the lemongrass. Pour in the spices, then the soy lasuce and the niöc màn. Simmer for 5 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious Asian spiced chicken with Chinese noodles. Tip # Enjoy your delicious dish with coriander.\n","date":"16 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/asian-spiced-chicken/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 600 g chicken 200 g Chinese noodles 1 teaspoon ground coriander 1 teaspoon ground ginger sweet soy sauce niöc màn sauce 300 g frozen peas 1 lemongrass stick 1 onion olive oil salt pepper Preparation # Fry the chopped onion with the olive oil. Chop the chicken and add it to the onion. When the chicken is cooked, add the peas and the lemongrass. Pour in the spices, then the soy lasuce and the niöc màn. Simmer for 5 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious Asian spiced chicken with Chinese noodles. Tip # Enjoy your delicious dish with coriander.\n","title":"Asian spiced chicken","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 4 people Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 25 minutes Ingredients # 4 apples 20 g brown sugar 20 g butter Cannel Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Wash the apples Peel the apples and remove the cores. Cut them into thin slices. Melt the butter. Mix the brown sugar, cinnamon and melted butter. Make a first layer by putting your apples and add the mixture. Make a second layer in the same way. Bake at 355°F for 25 minutes. ","date":"16 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/baked-apples/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 4 people Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 25 minutes Ingredients # 4 apples 20 g brown sugar 20 g butter Cannel Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Wash the apples Peel the apples and remove the cores. Cut them into thin slices. Melt the butter. Mix the brown sugar, cinnamon and melted butter. Make a first layer by putting your apples and add the mixture. Make a second layer in the same way. Bake at 355°F for 25 minutes. ","title":"Baked apples","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 8 people Cooking 355°F Cooking time 50 mintes Ingredients # 3 eggs 200 g bacon 200 of shortcrust pastry Nutmeg 30 g butter salt pepper 20 cl milk 20 cl cream of fresh cream Provençal herbs 50 g Gruyère cheese Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Spread the dough in a mould. Prick the dough with the prongs of a fork. Arrange the butter cups. Grill the bacon in the pan. Beat the eggs with the fresh cream and milk. Add the bacon, herbes de Provence, nutmeg, salt, pepper and gruillère. Pour over the dough. Bake at 355°F for 50 minutes. ","date":"16 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/lorraine-quiche/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 8 people Cooking 355°F Cooking time 50 mintes Ingredients # 3 eggs 200 g bacon 200 of shortcrust pastry Nutmeg 30 g butter salt pepper 20 cl milk 20 cl cream of fresh cream Provençal herbs 50 g Gruyère cheese Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Spread the dough in a mould. Prick the dough with the prongs of a fork. Arrange the butter cups. Grill the bacon in the pan. Beat the eggs with the fresh cream and milk. Add the bacon, herbes de Provence, nutmeg, salt, pepper and gruillère. Pour over the dough. Bake at 355°F for 50 minutes. ","title":"Lorraine quiche","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 25 minutes Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 700 g of floury potatoes 50 g butter 20 cl milk ground nutmeg salt Preparation # Cut the washed and peeled potatoes in 4. Pour the potato pieces into a pot of boiling salted water and cook with a lid on for 15 minutes over medium heat until they fall apart. In another saucepan, bring the milk to a boil. Drain the water from the potatoes and let them cool for one minute. Mash the potatoes with a fork or mash them while still hot. Mix the mashed potatoes with the hot milk using a whisk. Add the nutmeg. Now you can enjoy your delicious purée with roast in sauce or fish. ","date":"16 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/mashed-potatoes/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 25 minutes Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 700 g of floury potatoes 50 g butter 20 cl milk ground nutmeg salt Preparation # Cut the washed and peeled potatoes in 4. Pour the potato pieces into a pot of boiling salted water and cook with a lid on for 15 minutes over medium heat until they fall apart. In another saucepan, bring the milk to a boil. Drain the water from the potatoes and let them cool for one minute. Mash the potatoes with a fork or mash them while still hot. Mix the mashed potatoes with the hot milk using a whisk. Add the nutmeg. Now you can enjoy your delicious purée with roast in sauce or fish. ","title":"Mashed potatoes","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Cooking temperature 390°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 1 pizza dough 1 jar of pesto rosso sauce 1 mozzarella basilica branch salt pepper Preparation # Preheat the oven to 390°F.\nPut the pizza dough in a baking dish, make holes and then preheat the dough. Spread the pesto rosso sauce over the dough. Arrange pieces of mozzarella cheese cut into slices. Chop the basil leaves and pace them on the pizza. Season with salt and pepper.\nBake at 390°F for 15 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious pizza quickly and easily. ","date":"16 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/super-fast-pizza-pesto/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Cooking temperature 390°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 1 pizza dough 1 jar of pesto rosso sauce 1 mozzarella basilica branch salt pepper Preparation # Preheat the oven to 390°F.\n","title":"Super fast pizza pesto","type":"page"},{"content":" Preparation in video (for 4 people) # Recipe # For 8 people Preparation 25 minutes Ingredients # 225 g butter 1.2 kg of ground beef 500 g onions 100 g carrots 100 ml olive oil 12 d tomato paste 1.6 kg canned crushed tomatoes 700 g pasta parmesan salt pepper Preparation # Cut the ground meat into pieces. In a saucepan, cook the onions. When the onions have become translucent glass the minced meat. Cut the carrots into small cubes and glaze them in the preparation. When the meat has finished cooking, add the tomato concentrate and the crushed tomatoes. Season with salt and pepper. Simmer for 1 1/2 hours. Cook your pasta. Trim your pasta. You can now serve your Bolognese pasta by sprinkling Parmesan cheese on your plate. Enjoy your meal! ","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/bolognese-pasta/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Preparation in video (for 4 people) # Recipe # For 8 people Preparation 25 minutes Ingredients # 225 g butter 1.2 kg of ground beef 500 g onions 100 g carrots 100 ml olive oil 12 d tomato paste 1.6 kg canned crushed tomatoes 700 g pasta parmesan salt pepper Preparation # Cut the ground meat into pieces. In a saucepan, cook the onions. When the onions have become translucent glass the minced meat. Cut the carrots into small cubes and glaze them in the preparation. When the meat has finished cooking, add the tomato concentrate and the crushed tomatoes. Season with salt and pepper. Simmer for 1 1/2 hours. Cook your pasta. Trim your pasta. You can now serve your Bolognese pasta by sprinkling Parmesan cheese on your plate. Enjoy your meal! ","title":"Bolognese pasta","type":"page"},{"content":"Birthdays are perfect.\nRecipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 6 people Ingredients # Carbonara # 400 g smoked bacon 400 cl light fluid cream 1 large onion 1 large pinch of curry Pepper Salt Pasta # Pasta 500 g (spaghetti, tagliatelle) Salt Water Preparation # Carbonara sauce: # Degrease the smoked bacon. Peel, wash and chop the onion into small pieces. Melt the onion pieces in a drizzle of olive oil. Add the bacon. Add the cream and a pinch of curry. Pepper and seal the sauce. Let it simmer. Pasta: # Boil the water and put the salt on. Add the dough and cook the pasta as indicated on the package. Serve the pasta in a bowl and pour the sauce over it. ","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/carbonara-pasta/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Birthdays are perfect.\nRecipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 6 people Ingredients # Carbonara # 400 g smoked bacon 400 cl light fluid cream 1 large onion 1 large pinch of curry Pepper Salt Pasta # Pasta 500 g (spaghetti, tagliatelle) Salt Water Preparation # Carbonara sauce: # Degrease the smoked bacon. Peel, wash and chop the onion into small pieces. Melt the onion pieces in a drizzle of olive oil. Add the bacon. Add the cream and a pinch of curry. Pepper and seal the sauce. Let it simmer. Pasta: # Boil the water and put the salt on. Add the dough and cook the pasta as indicated on the package. Serve the pasta in a bowl and pour the sauce over it. ","title":"Carbonara pasta","type":"page"},{"content":"The super dough for great recipes.\nPreparation on video # Recipe # for 8 person Preparation 25 minutes Rest 2h Ingredients # 200 g flour 50 g flour for the worktop 100 ml of water 1 teaspoon of salt 200 g butter Preparation # Wrap the butter with plastic wrap and flatten it with the palm of your hand or a rolling pin until the dough is a rectangle shape. Drive the butter to spawn. For the tempera*, put the flour on your work surface or in a bowl and form a well. Pour the salt and water into the well. Knead the dough from the right end of the bowl, mixing the ingredients little by little. Then form a ball. Cut the bottom of the dough so that it makes a cross. Wrap the ball in plastic wrap and leave the dough to cool for at least 30 minutes. You are going to proceed with the turning process: dust the work surface with flour, take the ball of dough out of the refrigerator, flatten it with the palm of your hand and make a cross. Form a cross with a roller and leave the central part thicker. Take the butter out of the refrigerator and place it in the center of the cross. Fold one side of the cross in the center and tap with a roller to distribute the butter. Then do this with all sides. Take the dough and roll it out with a rolling pin. Pivot the dough on the long horisontal side. Fold in 3. fold the right side and then one third of the left side onto the first. The layers should be edge to edge. Rotate the dough half a turn then spread the dough and repeat the folding (always start with the right side first). This is called giving a turn. Put the dough in the fresh dough for 20 minutes. Do the bend in 3 again. This is the second round. Repeat, let rest in a cool place 20 min between each round, and give 6 rounds. The more turns you make, the lighter your dough will be. Example of use of our puff pastry quiche:\n","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/flaky-pastry/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The super dough for great recipes.\nPreparation on video # Recipe # for 8 person Preparation 25 minutes Rest 2h Ingredients # 200 g flour 50 g flour for the worktop 100 ml of water 1 teaspoon of salt 200 g butter Preparation # Wrap the butter with plastic wrap and flatten it with the palm of your hand or a rolling pin until the dough is a rectangle shape. Drive the butter to spawn. For the tempera*, put the flour on your work surface or in a bowl and form a well. Pour the salt and water into the well. Knead the dough from the right end of the bowl, mixing the ingredients little by little. Then form a ball. Cut the bottom of the dough so that it makes a cross. Wrap the ball in plastic wrap and leave the dough to cool for at least 30 minutes. You are going to proceed with the turning process: dust the work surface with flour, take the ball of dough out of the refrigerator, flatten it with the palm of your hand and make a cross. Form a cross with a roller and leave the central part thicker. Take the butter out of the refrigerator and place it in the center of the cross. Fold one side of the cross in the center and tap with a roller to distribute the butter. Then do this with all sides. Take the dough and roll it out with a rolling pin. Pivot the dough on the long horisontal side. Fold in 3. fold the right side and then one third of the left side onto the first. The layers should be edge to edge. Rotate the dough half a turn then spread the dough and repeat the folding (always start with the right side first). This is called giving a turn. Put the dough in the fresh dough for 20 minutes. Do the bend in 3 again. This is the second round. Repeat, let rest in a cool place 20 min between each round, and give 6 rounds. The more turns you make, the lighter your dough will be. Example of use of our puff pastry quiche:\n","title":"Flaky pastry","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/flat/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Flat","type":"categories"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 4 people Cooking time 5 minutes Ingredients # 400 g fresh spaghetti pasta 2 organic lemons 2 cloves of garlic, degermed 8 tablespoons of olive oil 2 tablespoons white wine vinegar 100 g grated Parmesan cheese Preparation # Finely grate the lemon peel without the white part which is bitter. Mince the garlic cloves. Sauté the garlic with the olive oil in a small saucepan. When the garlic begins to brown, pour the vinegar over it to deglaze it, then take it off the heat and add pepper. Cook the pasta al dente, at the end of cooking keep 5 cl of water. In a large frying pan, pour the 5 cl of cooked pasta with the garlic, the oil and the vinegar, then add the lemon zest and half of the grated parmesan cheese. Mix well then add the cooked pasta with a little olive oil. Allow to warm up for 5 minutes. Now you can enjoy the delicious lemon pasta bones. ","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/lemon-pasta/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 4 people Cooking time 5 minutes Ingredients # 400 g fresh spaghetti pasta 2 organic lemons 2 cloves of garlic, degermed 8 tablespoons of olive oil 2 tablespoons white wine vinegar 100 g grated Parmesan cheese Preparation # Finely grate the lemon peel without the white part which is bitter. Mince the garlic cloves. Sauté the garlic with the olive oil in a small saucepan. When the garlic begins to brown, pour the vinegar over it to deglaze it, then take it off the heat and add pepper. Cook the pasta al dente, at the end of cooking keep 5 cl of water. In a large frying pan, pour the 5 cl of cooked pasta with the garlic, the oil and the vinegar, then add the lemon zest and half of the grated parmesan cheese. Mix well then add the cooked pasta with a little olive oil. Allow to warm up for 5 minutes. Now you can enjoy the delicious lemon pasta bones. ","title":"Lemon pasta","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 4 people Ingredients # 400 g pasta 100 g parmesan cheese 100 g mozzarella cheese 100 g goat\u0026rsquo;s cheese 50 g sweet gorgonzola 1 pinch of nutmeg 25 g butter Pepper Salt Preparation # Sauce:\nMix the cheeses and butter over low heat. Season the sauce and add the nutmeg. Pasta: Bring the water to the boil and add the salt. Add the dough and cook the pasta according to the instructions on the packet. Pour the sauce over the pasta and serve. ","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/pasta-with-easy-4-cheese-sauce/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 4 people Ingredients # 400 g pasta 100 g parmesan cheese 100 g mozzarella cheese 100 g goat’s cheese 50 g sweet gorgonzola 1 pinch of nutmeg 25 g butter Pepper Salt Preparation # Sauce:\n","title":"Pasta with easy 4 cheese sauce","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Ingredients # 500 g pasta 2 poiareaux 4 slices of salmon 1 shallot 2 pods of saffron 1 teaspoon curry 1 briquette of single cream 1 glass of white wine salt pepper butter Preparation # Chop the shallot and leeks. Fry the shallot and leeks in a saucepan with a knob of butter. Sauté the leeks until they are soft and melting. Cut the salmon into small pieces. Add the salmon to the preparation. Leave the salmon to cook a little. Add the white wine. Pour in the spices. Leave leather. Add the liquid cream. Cook your pasta. Put the pasta and sauce on plates. Now you can enjoy your delicious plate of salmon, saffron and leek cake. ","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/pasta-with-salmon-saffron-and-leeks/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Ingredients # 500 g pasta 2 poiareaux 4 slices of salmon 1 shallot 2 pods of saffron 1 teaspoon curry 1 briquette of single cream 1 glass of white wine salt pepper butter Preparation # Chop the shallot and leeks. Fry the shallot and leeks in a saucepan with a knob of butter. Sauté the leeks until they are soft and melting. Cut the salmon into small pieces. Add the salmon to the preparation. Leave the salmon to cook a little. Add the white wine. Pour in the spices. Leave leather. Add the liquid cream. Cook your pasta. Put the pasta and sauce on plates. Now you can enjoy your delicious plate of salmon, saffron and leek cake. ","title":"Pasta with salmon saffron and leeks","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/paste/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Paste","type":"tags"},{"content":"An adequate paste\nRecipe # For 6 people Preparation 15 minutes Rest of the dough 30 minutes Ingredients # 1 vanilla bean 50 g caster sugar 125 g flour 50 g soft butter 1 whole egg Preparation # Open the vanilla bean in half and then scrape out the beans from the bean. Mix the vanilla beans with the sugar in a bowl. Sift the flour directly over the worktop. Cut the butter into small pieces and work it with your fingertips with the flour until the mixture is sandy and there are no more pieces of butter left. Dig a well in the sandblasting obtained. Break an egg and pour it into the well with the vanilla-flavoured sugar. Mix all the ingredients with your fingertips, without kneading too much of the dough obtained. Crush the dough so that it is homogeneous and then roll it into a ball. Finally wrap the dough in cling film and leave it to rest for at least 30 minutes. Council # Preheat the dough before incorporating the filling.\n","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/shortbread/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"An adequate paste\nRecipe # For 6 people Preparation 15 minutes Rest of the dough 30 minutes Ingredients # 1 vanilla bean 50 g caster sugar 125 g flour 50 g soft butter 1 whole egg Preparation # Open the vanilla bean in half and then scrape out the beans from the bean. Mix the vanilla beans with the sugar in a bowl. Sift the flour directly over the worktop. Cut the butter into small pieces and work it with your fingertips with the flour until the mixture is sandy and there are no more pieces of butter left. Dig a well in the sandblasting obtained. Break an egg and pour it into the well with the vanilla-flavoured sugar. Mix all the ingredients with your fingertips, without kneading too much of the dough obtained. Crush the dough so that it is homogeneous and then roll it into a ball. Finally wrap the dough in cling film and leave it to rest for at least 30 minutes. Council # Preheat the dough before incorporating the filling.\n","title":"Shortbread","type":"page"},{"content":"For a gourmet snack without palm oil.\nRecipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 4 people Cooking at 390°F Cooking time 5 minutes Ingredients # 60 g hazelnuts 100 g dark and/or milk chocolate 100 g hazelnut milk 40 g icing sugar 100 g softened butter Preparation # Preheat the oven to 390°F. Put the hazelnuts in the oven for 5 minutes at 390°F. Meanwhile put half of the milk and the chocolate in the microwave. When the hazelnuts are cooled, remove their skins. Crush them into small pieces. Take the chocolate out of the microwave and stir until melted. You can now add the icing sugar. Return to the microwave for 1 minute. Remove the mixture from the microwave and stir. Add the remaining milk and the crushed hazelnuts. Mix. You can pour into an empty, drowned jam jar. Enjoy! Tip # You can also put hazelnut powder in the hazelnut plasse.\n","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/spread-without-palm-oil/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"For a gourmet snack without palm oil.\nRecipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 4 people Cooking at 390°F Cooking time 5 minutes Ingredients # 60 g hazelnuts 100 g dark and/or milk chocolate 100 g hazelnut milk 40 g icing sugar 100 g softened butter Preparation # Preheat the oven to 390°F. Put the hazelnuts in the oven for 5 minutes at 390°F. Meanwhile put half of the milk and the chocolate in the microwave. When the hazelnuts are cooled, remove their skins. Crush them into small pieces. Take the chocolate out of the microwave and stir until melted. You can now add the icing sugar. Return to the microwave for 1 minute. Remove the mixture from the microwave and stir. Add the remaining milk and the crushed hazelnuts. Mix. You can pour into an empty, drowned jam jar. Enjoy! Tip # You can also put hazelnut powder in the hazelnut plasse.\n","title":"Spread without palm oil","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 6 to 8 people Rest time 30 minutes Ingredients # 1 pinch of salt 1 egg yolk 50 g sugar 125 g soft butter 250 g flour 5 cl of water Preparation # Melt the salt in 5 cl of lukewarm water. Sift the flour and then dig a well. Add the soft butter in pieces. Knead with your fingertips. Make a well and add the sugar, water and egg yolk. Knead. Roll out the dough by kneading it with the palm of your hand. Wrap the dough with film. In a cool place, let it rest for about 30 minutes before using it. Tip # Take the dough out in advance to spread it out.\n","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/sweet-dough/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 6 to 8 people Rest time 30 minutes Ingredients # 1 pinch of salt 1 egg yolk 50 g sugar 125 g soft butter 250 g flour 5 cl of water Preparation # Melt the salt in 5 cl of lukewarm water. Sift the flour and then dig a well. Add the soft butter in pieces. Knead with your fingertips. Make a well and add the sugar, water and egg yolk. Knead. Roll out the dough by kneading it with the palm of your hand. Wrap the dough with film. In a cool place, let it rest for about 30 minutes before using it. Tip # Take the dough out in advance to spread it out.\n","title":"Sweet dough","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 7 people Cooking temperature 410°F Cooking time 15 to 20 minutes Ingredients # 1 pizza dough 1 jar of tomato sauce 1 onion 1 mozzarella 1 goat log whipped cheese chorizo 2 slices of ham 2 slices of andouille Preparation # Put the pizza dough in a dish, and make holes with a fork. Pour the tomato sauce over the dough and spread well. Chop the onion into small pieces and pour them over the pizza. Add the mozzarella, sliced goat cheese and a few slices of whipped cheese. Cut the ham, chorizo and amdouille and add them to the pizza. Put the pizza in the oven at 410°F for 15 to 20 minutes. You can now dedicate your pizza. ","date":"15 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/three-cheese-three-meat-pizza/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 7 people Cooking temperature 410°F Cooking time 15 to 20 minutes Ingredients # 1 pizza dough 1 jar of tomato sauce 1 onion 1 mozzarella 1 goat log whipped cheese chorizo 2 slices of ham 2 slices of andouille Preparation # Put the pizza dough in a dish, and make holes with a fork. Pour the tomato sauce over the dough and spread well. Chop the onion into small pieces and pour them over the pizza. Add the mozzarella, sliced goat cheese and a few slices of whipped cheese. Cut the ham, chorizo and amdouille and add them to the pizza. Put the pizza in the oven at 410°F for 15 to 20 minutes. You can now dedicate your pizza. ","title":"Three cheese three meat pizza","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/address/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Address","type":"tags"},{"content":" Recipe # For 3 or 4 people Preparation 45 minutes Ingredients # 2 large magrets 4 large shallots 50 cl peach wine 4 peach mumps 25 g butter pepper Preparation # Begin by peeling and slicing the shallots. Place the shallots in a saucepan with the peach wine and reduce over low heat. Heat a non-stick frying pan with white wine. When it is very hot, put the duck breasts skin side down. In another pan, melt the butter and brown the peaches on each side. When the peaches are well browned, keep them warm with the duck breasts in the oven until the sausse reduces. Cut the duck breasts into thin slices and spread on each plate. Add the peaches. Collect the cooking juices from the peaches and mix with the shallots. Pour the sauce over the duck breasts. You can now enjoy your delicious duck breasts in peach wine. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/breast-of-duck-in-peach-wine/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 3 or 4 people Preparation 45 minutes Ingredients # 2 large magrets 4 large shallots 50 cl peach wine 4 peach mumps 25 g butter pepper Preparation # Begin by peeling and slicing the shallots. Place the shallots in a saucepan with the peach wine and reduce over low heat. Heat a non-stick frying pan with white wine. When it is very hot, put the duck breasts skin side down. In another pan, melt the butter and brown the peaches on each side. When the peaches are well browned, keep them warm with the duck breasts in the oven until the sausse reduces. Cut the duck breasts into thin slices and spread on each plate. Add the peaches. Collect the cooking juices from the peaches and mix with the shallots. Pour the sauce over the duck breasts. You can now enjoy your delicious duck breasts in peach wine. ","title":"Breast of duck in peach wine","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/butter/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Butter","type":"tags"},{"content":" Preparation in video # Recipe # Preparation 25 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 430°F Cooking time 10 minutes Ingredients # 2 teaspoons of yeast 20 g sugar 150 g of chocolate 26 g flour 2 eggs 26 g butter 1 pinch of fleur de sel Preparation # Preheat the oven to 430°F. Leave 10 chocolate squares aside and cut the other chocolate squares into small pieces. Melt the chocolate and the burre. Remove the chocolate from the heat and add the eggs, sugar, flour and baking powder. In madeleine moulds, pour the dough halfway through each mould. Bake at 430°F for 10 minutes. Unmould your madeleines and sprinkle them with fleur de sel. And now you can enjoy your delicious madeleines. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-flowing-heart-madeleines/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Preparation in video # Recipe # Preparation 25 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 430°F Cooking time 10 minutes Ingredients # 2 teaspoons of yeast 20 g sugar 150 g of chocolate 26 g flour 2 eggs 26 g butter 1 pinch of fleur de sel Preparation # Preheat the oven to 430°F. Leave 10 chocolate squares aside and cut the other chocolate squares into small pieces. Melt the chocolate and the burre. Remove the chocolate from the heat and add the eggs, sugar, flour and baking powder. In madeleine moulds, pour the dough halfway through each mould. Bake at 430°F for 10 minutes. Unmould your madeleines and sprinkle them with fleur de sel. And now you can enjoy your delicious madeleines. ","title":"Chocolate flowing heart madeleines","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 35 minutes Ingredients # 200 g of chocolate 125 g butter 230 g caster sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 4 eggs 1/2 sachet of baking powder 6 tablespoons of water Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. In a saucepan, melt the butter with 3 tablespoons of water. In a salad bowl, pour the butter, flour and baking powder and add the chocolate. Beat the egg yolks to make a mousse. In the preparation add the sugar, egg yolks and 3 tablespoons of water. Beat the egg whites until stiff and then gently fold into the mixture. Pour the preparation in a mold and butter a flour. Bake at 355°F for 35 minutes. You can now if you want to cover it with icing sugar or candy for birthdays. Tricks # Add a pinch of salt to your eggs before you beat them.\n","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-fluffy/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 35 minutes Ingredients # 200 g of chocolate 125 g butter 230 g caster sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 4 eggs 1/2 sachet of baking powder 6 tablespoons of water Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. In a saucepan, melt the butter with 3 tablespoons of water. In a salad bowl, pour the butter, flour and baking powder and add the chocolate. Beat the egg yolks to make a mousse. In the preparation add the sugar, egg yolks and 3 tablespoons of water. Beat the egg whites until stiff and then gently fold into the mixture. Pour the preparation in a mold and butter a flour. Bake at 355°F for 35 minutes. You can now if you want to cover it with icing sugar or candy for birthdays. Tricks # Add a pinch of salt to your eggs before you beat them.\n","title":"Chocolate fluffy","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Time in the fridge 3 hours Ingredients # 1 tablet of black chcolat 6 eggs 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Melt the choclate. Let the chocolate cool. Separate the whites from the egg yolks. Pour the egg whites into a bowl and add a pinch of salt. Beat the eggs until they are very firm. Gradually pour the chocolate over the egg yolks, stirring vigorously. Add 1/3 of the whisked egg whites to the mixture, then gradually add the rest of the egg whites while turning the bowl up and down to distribute the chocolate without dropping the whites. Leave to cool for at least 3 hours in the fridge. You can now enjoy your delicious chcolat mousse very cold. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-mousse/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Time in the fridge 3 hours Ingredients # 1 tablet of black chcolat 6 eggs 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Melt the choclate. Let the chocolate cool. Separate the whites from the egg yolks. Pour the egg whites into a bowl and add a pinch of salt. Beat the eggs until they are very firm. Gradually pour the chocolate over the egg yolks, stirring vigorously. Add 1/3 of the whisked egg whites to the mixture, then gradually add the rest of the egg whites while turning the bowl up and down to distribute the chocolate without dropping the whites. Leave to cool for at least 3 hours in the fridge. You can now enjoy your delicious chcolat mousse very cold. ","title":"Chocolate mousse","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 45 minutes For 8 pieces Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 40 minutes approx Ingredientis # For the choux paste:\n100 g of flour 8 cl water 75 g butter 1 tablespoon of sugar 3 eggs 1 egg yolk 10 cl whole milk 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Mix the milk and water and then add the sugar, salt and butter over low heat. Bring to the boil. Sift the flour, then add it to the dough at once, stirring until smooth. Put the dough back on a low heat to let it dry. Remove the pan from the heat and let it cool slightly. Add the eggs one by one, mixing them together. Put the mixture into a 20 mm diameter bag. On a baking tray with parchment paper, to lighten the dough in a stick of about 15 cm, for the chouquette small balls of about 5 cm. Bake at 355°F for 25-30 minutes. Let them cool. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/choux-pastry/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 45 minutes For 8 pieces Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 40 minutes approx Ingredientis # For the choux paste:\n","title":"Choux pastry","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/desert/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Desert","type":"categories"},{"content":"","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/desserts/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Desserts","type":"categories"},{"content":"Cake takes everywhere for Christmas.\nRecipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 20 pieces Cooling time minimum 1 hour Ingredients # 120 g of chocolate 20 pistachios (unsalted) 20 hazelnut 20 raisins 20 g candied orange Preparation # Melt the chocolate in a bain marie. When the chocolate is well melted, place baking paper on a baking sheet. Make small balls with the chocolate (space them apart to make a twenty). Crush them. Place the filling on a chocolate puck: 1 pistachio, 1 hazelnut, 1 raisin and 1 g of candied orange. Leave to rest in a cool place (not in the refrigerator). Peel them off and serve. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/dried-fruit-beggars/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Cake takes everywhere for Christmas.\nRecipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 20 pieces Cooling time minimum 1 hour Ingredients # 120 g of chocolate 20 pistachios (unsalted) 20 hazelnut 20 raisins 20 g candied orange Preparation # Melt the chocolate in a bain marie. When the chocolate is well melted, place baking paper on a baking sheet. Make small balls with the chocolate (space them apart to make a twenty). Crush them. Place the filling on a chocolate puck: 1 pistachio, 1 hazelnut, 1 raisin and 1 g of candied orange. Leave to rest in a cool place (not in the refrigerator). Peel them off and serve. ","title":"Dried fruit beggars","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking temperature 250°F Cooking time 1 hour Ingredients # 4 egg whites 300 g sugar Preparation # Preheat the oven to 250°F. Mix the egg whites with 150 g of sugar with an electric mixer (your eggs must be firm). When you have finished beating your egg whites, add the remaining sugar (mix gently so as not to break them). Pour the merigue into a piping bag. Place baking paper on a baking sheet. Arrange small piles of meringne well spaced on the baking sheet. Bake for 20 minutes at 250°F then 1 hour at 215°F. You can now enjoy your delicious meringue. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/easy-meringues/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking temperature 250°F Cooking time 1 hour Ingredients # 4 egg whites 300 g sugar Preparation # Preheat the oven to 250°F. Mix the egg whites with 150 g of sugar with an electric mixer (your eggs must be firm). When you have finished beating your egg whites, add the remaining sugar (mix gently so as not to break them). Pour the merigue into a piping bag. Place baking paper on a baking sheet. Arrange small piles of meringne well spaced on the baking sheet. Bake for 20 minutes at 250°F then 1 hour at 215°F. You can now enjoy your delicious meringue. ","title":"Easy Meringues","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 4 people Ingredients # 1 baguette 2 eggs 50 cl milk 50 g caster sugar 20 g butter 10 g icing sugar Preparation # Beat the eggs with the powdered sugar and milk. Cut slices of bread and dip them for one minute in the preparation. Melt the butter in the pan and bake the bread in it (3 to 4 minutes on each side). Sprinkle with icing sugar. Serve hot. Tricks # You can use any type of bread, but ideally it is better to use caliter bread and not too many holes. You can also use brioche. Ideally your slice of bread should be 2 cm.\n","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/french-toast/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 4 people Ingredients # 1 baguette 2 eggs 50 cl milk 50 g caster sugar 20 g butter 10 g icing sugar Preparation # Beat the eggs with the powdered sugar and milk. Cut slices of bread and dip them for one minute in the preparation. Melt the butter in the pan and bake the bread in it (3 to 4 minutes on each side). Sprinkle with icing sugar. Serve hot. Tricks # You can use any type of bread, but ideally it is better to use caliter bread and not too many holes. You can also use brioche. Ideally your slice of bread should be 2 cm.\n","title":"French toast","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 355°C Cooking time 45 minutes Ingredients # 100 ml of milk 1 egg 250 g flour 250 g honey 50 g butter 60 g brown sugar 1 packet of yeast lemon or orange peel 1 teaspoon gingerbread spices 40 g almond powder Preparation # Heat the milk, sugar, honey and butter over low heat. Let cool and add the egg. In a bowl, mix the flour, baking powder, almond powder and spices. Mix the two preparations. Bake at 355°C for 45 minutes. Tip # You can put in: cinnamon, aniseed, vanilla, clove, nutmeg and jinger.\n","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/gingerbread/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 355°C Cooking time 45 minutes Ingredients # 100 ml of milk 1 egg 250 g flour 250 g honey 50 g butter 60 g brown sugar 1 packet of yeast lemon or orange peel 1 teaspoon gingerbread spices 40 g almond powder Preparation # Heat the milk, sugar, honey and butter over low heat. Let cool and add the egg. In a bowl, mix the flour, baking powder, almond powder and spices. Mix the two preparations. Bake at 355°C for 45 minutes. Tip # You can put in: cinnamon, aniseed, vanilla, clove, nutmeg and jinger.\n","title":"Gingerbread","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/ki/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Ki","type":"categories"},{"content":" Recipe # For 12 muffins Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 150 g flour 120 g caster sugar 120 g butter 1/2 sachet of baking powder 1 organic lemon 3 eggs 20 g almond slivers 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Preheat your oven to 355°F. Melt your butter casserole in the microwave or with bauin marie. Collect the zest of the lemon and cut it in half to recover its juice. Pour the flour, baking powder and sugar into a salad bowl. Add the melted butter, eggs, juice and lemon zest. Add a small pinch of salt if your butter is not salted. Pour 2/3 of the dough into each mould. Sprinkle with slivered almonds. Bake at 355°F for 20 minutes. Tip # If your moulds are not made of silicone, butter or flour them.\n","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/lemon-almond-muffins/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 12 muffins Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 20 minutes Ingredients # 150 g flour 120 g caster sugar 120 g butter 1/2 sachet of baking powder 1 organic lemon 3 eggs 20 g almond slivers 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Preheat your oven to 355°F. Melt your butter casserole in the microwave or with bauin marie. Collect the zest of the lemon and cut it in half to recover its juice. Pour the flour, baking powder and sugar into a salad bowl. Add the melted butter, eggs, juice and lemon zest. Add a small pinch of salt if your butter is not salted. Pour 2/3 of the dough into each mould. Sprinkle with slivered almonds. Bake at 355°F for 20 minutes. Tip # If your moulds are not made of silicone, butter or flour them.\n","title":"Lemon almond muffins","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 30 macaroon Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 25 minutes Ingredients # 200 g icing sugar 160 g almond powder 4 egg whites 1 pinch of salt 40 g caster sugar dye If you want to make vanilla macaroons, replace 15 g of icing sugar with 2 sachets of vanilla sugar. For a more chocolatey version, replace 40 g of icing sugar by 40 g of cocoa powder. For a coffee macaroon, pour half a teaspoon of coffee extract.\nPreparation # Pour the icing sugar and almond powder into a bowl, mix well. Whisk the egg whites with a small pinch of salt to make them rise better. When they begin to firm up, add the caster sugar little by little to obtain firm, smooth and glossy egg whites. If you wish, separate the dough to pour different colourings (5 to 6 drops) according to the flavours you want to put on. Gradually add the icing sugar and almond powder mixture to the egg whites. Mix gently so as not to break them. Preheat the oven to 355°F or 300°F for convection ovens. Prepare a (cold) baking tray covered with baking paper. Put the dough in a piping bag and shape the macaroons (or with a spoon). Space the macaroons well apart by 2 or 3 centimetres. Bake directly if you have an oven with rotating heat, otherwise let stand for half an hour at room temperature. Baking time is 11 minutes for rotary heat ovens, 15 minutes for conventional ovens. If the macaroons colour too quickly, finish baking with the oven door open. When the macaroons have finished baking, pour water directly between the macaroons to moisten the paper. After a 1 minute rest, simply detach the macaroons from the moistened paper. Garnish your small macaroons with jam or ganache of your choice. You can now choose your flavors. Toppings # Lemon # 2 organic lemons 2 tablespoons caster sugar 1 spoonful of pectin Squeeze the lemons and remove the zest, then boil the juice with the zest. Still on the heat, add the pectin and caster sugar. After pouring the caster sugar, stop cooking. Mix well. Let cool, then add the filling to your macaroons.\nChocolate # 120 g whole whipping cream 5 g neutral honey (acacia honey type) 150 g dark chocolate 20 g butter Melt the chocolate in a saucepan. Heat the cream and then add the honey three times. Mix well. Cool your mixture to 40°C then add the butter. Leave at room temperature. Put the ganache in a piping bag and garnish your macaroons.\nPistachio # 50 g + 125 g whole whipping cream 5 g neutral honey (acacia honey type) 105 g white chocolate 1 tablespoon pistachio paste Pour the 125 g of cold cream in a bowl and leave in the refrigerator for at least 3 hours. Heat 50 g of whipping cream with the honey. Melt the white chocolate in a bain-marie and pour it into the cream. Bring the whipping cream and the chocolate to the boil 3 times. Let cool a little at room temperature then add the pistachio paste. Bring the mixture back to the boil. Take the cream out of the fridge and whip it. Mix the cream with the preparation. Put this ganache in a piping bag and you can now garnish your macaroons.\nRaspberry # 70 g raspberry coulis 40 g caster sugar 30 g butter Mix the raspberry coulis, sugar and butter in a saucepan over high heat. Bring to the boil, stirring continuously for 3 minutes. Remove from the heat and continue to stir. When the mixture has finished thickening, apply 1/2 teaspoon to the bottom shell, then place the top shell on top. Let your macaroons rest. Store them in the refrigerator.\n","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/macaroons/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 30 macaroon Cooking at 355°F Cooking time 25 minutes Ingredients # 200 g icing sugar 160 g almond powder 4 egg whites 1 pinch of salt 40 g caster sugar dye If you want to make vanilla macaroons, replace 15 g of icing sugar with 2 sachets of vanilla sugar. For a more chocolatey version, replace 40 g of icing sugar by 40 g of cocoa powder. For a coffee macaroon, pour half a teaspoon of coffee extract.\n","title":"Macaroons","type":"page"},{"content":"They smell like our mom\u0026rsquo;s madeleines.\nRecipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 5 people Cooking at 445°F Cooking time 8 minutes Rest time 30 minutes Ingredients # 200 g flour 1 tablespoon of baking yeast 200 g sugar 100 g butter 3 eggs rum perfume, orange blossom, lemon zest 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Preheat the oven to 445°F. In a bowl, mix the flour with the yeast and a pinch of salt. Mix with the sugar. Make a well in the centre of which you break the eggs. Mix everything together. Melt the butter in a saucepan. Add the butter and the perfume. Mix gently. Leave to stand for 30 minutes in a cool place. Fill the moulds 3/4 full. Bake at 445°F for 8 to 9 minutes. Tips # Place the moulds in the centre of the oven. Serve warm or cold.\n","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/madeleines/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"They smell like our mom’s madeleines.\nRecipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 5 people Cooking at 445°F Cooking time 8 minutes Rest time 30 minutes Ingredients # 200 g flour 1 tablespoon of baking yeast 200 g sugar 100 g butter 3 eggs rum perfume, orange blossom, lemon zest 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Preheat the oven to 445°F. In a bowl, mix the flour with the yeast and a pinch of salt. Mix with the sugar. Make a well in the centre of which you break the eggs. Mix everything together. Melt the butter in a saucepan. Add the butter and the perfume. Mix gently. Leave to stand for 30 minutes in a cool place. Fill the moulds 3/4 full. Bake at 445°F for 8 to 9 minutes. Tips # Place the moulds in the centre of the oven. Serve warm or cold.\n","title":"Madeleines","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 45 minutes Cooking time 40 minutes Cooking temperature 355°C Rest time 1 hour Ingredients # 3 eggplants olive oil 2 onions 600 g ground lamb 4 tablespoons of tomato paste 1 pinch of marjoram 1 pinch of powdered cinnamon 3 tablespoons parmesan cheese 3 potatoes salt pepper Preparation # Rinse the aubergines and cut them into slices. Sprinkle with salt and leave to drain for an hour. wash the aubergines and fire them in a frying pan with olive oil, browning them on both sides. Drain on absorbent paper. Cut the onions into small pieces. Fry them in 4 tablespoons of olive oil. Add the meat and leave to cook, stirring from time to time. Pour the chopped garlic, tomato paste, spices and seasoning over the meat. In a casserole dish, place the meat, then a layer of eggplant and potatoes. Sprinkle with cheese. Make a béchamel sauce. Pour it in the preparation. Bake at 355°C for 40 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious hot moussaka. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/moussaka/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 45 minutes Cooking time 40 minutes Cooking temperature 355°C Rest time 1 hour Ingredients # 3 eggplants olive oil 2 onions 600 g ground lamb 4 tablespoons of tomato paste 1 pinch of marjoram 1 pinch of powdered cinnamon 3 tablespoons parmesan cheese 3 potatoes salt pepper Preparation # Rinse the aubergines and cut them into slices. Sprinkle with salt and leave to drain for an hour. wash the aubergines and fire them in a frying pan with olive oil, browning them on both sides. Drain on absorbent paper. Cut the onions into small pieces. Fry them in 4 tablespoons of olive oil. Add the meat and leave to cook, stirring from time to time. Pour the chopped garlic, tomato paste, spices and seasoning over the meat. In a casserole dish, place the meat, then a layer of eggplant and potatoes. Sprinkle with cheese. Make a béchamel sauce. Pour it in the preparation. Bake at 355°C for 40 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious hot moussaka. ","title":"Moussaka","type":"page"},{"content":"Senya has recently released its first multifunctional robot model, the My Little Chef. In a competitive context, Senya\u0026rsquo;s robot stands out with its particularly aggressive price, since it is now sold for under 300€ after an initial sales price of 349€. It is still much cheaper than its main competitor, the Mister Cuisine Connect from Lidl.\nA robot with classic equipment # The robot is delivered with the standard accessories on the market: the stainless steel bowl of the My Little Chef robot has a useful capacity of 2.2 litres, exactly the same capacity as the Thermomix TM6. In concrete terms, it will be suitable for a family of 4 people. Senya has also chosen not to integrate the scale. This clearly penalizes the robot since the majority of its competitors integrate it directly, in order to limit the number of manipulations. Nevertheless, the manufacturer offers it as an additional accessory. This small gesture is nevertheless appreciable. In addition to the scale, several accessories will be delivered as standard with the multi-cooker robot. Thus, you will have in particular a knife, a spatula, a butterfly whisk, 2 steam baskets, (one settling inside, the other with 2 levels, settling outside, on the bowl), a measuring lid and a metal kneader.\nWith all of these accessories, you will certainly be able to make a large list of recipes.\nA low-cost appliance providing the essentials # Unlike its main competitor, the robot does not have a screen but a single display allowing it to choose the settings between the temperature, the rotation speed of the 2 blades and the timer. Consequently, the robot does not include the guided recipe function as proposed by Mr. Cook Connect. However, the My Little Chef offers various automatic programs such as steaming, kneading, simmering, soup and cleaning.\nThese features include 13 sub-programs such as soup, soup mixes, soups and more. Some functions such as grating or raw vegetable cutting, which have become standard with some direct competitors, are missing.\nThe robot is operated via the rotary knob and the touch screen. The settings are relatively simple and intuitive. However, it is regrettable that there are no settings for the two soup subroutines. It is impossible to manage the cooking time. As a result, hard vegetables will have to be cooked manually beforehand. The robot does not count down for soups. The robot only counts down.\nFinally, the robot does not integrate any recipes, which will require time to familiarize yourself with the appliance. To compensate, the manufacturer accompanies its robot with a recipe book.\nIn conclusion, the robot provides the essentials by means of a certain amount of time to get used to it. Unfortunately, the robot does not provide all the functions that allow you to carry out all the stages of your preparations. The robot will ask you a certain time of adaptation before mastering it, but once these elements are taken into account, the robot will be able to carry out all your recipes.\n","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/my-little-chef-senya/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Senya has recently released its first multifunctional robot model, the My Little Chef. In a competitive context, Senya’s robot stands out with its particularly aggressive price, since it is now sold for under 300€ after an initial sales price of 349€. It is still much cheaper than its main competitor, the Mister Cuisine Connect from Lidl.\n","title":"My Little Chef Senya","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 8 people Preparation 20 minutes Time in the fridge 5 hours Ingredients # 250 g almond nouga 20 cl milk 6 egg yolks 30 cl liquid cream Preparation # Pour the liquid cream into a salad bowl and leave it to cool for 10 minutes in the freezer. Boil the milk and melt the nougat while stirring over low heat. Remove from the heat. Put the egg yolks in a salad bowl. Pour over the nougat milk in a thin stream without ceasing to whisk. Leave to cool. Take the cream out of the freezer and whip it into a whipped cream. Add it to the preparation. Moisten a cake tin and line it with cling film. Pour the preparation. Put at least 5 hours in the freezer Now you can taste it. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/nougat-glace/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 8 people Preparation 20 minutes Time in the fridge 5 hours Ingredients # 250 g almond nouga 20 cl milk 6 egg yolks 30 cl liquid cream Preparation # Pour the liquid cream into a salad bowl and leave it to cool for 10 minutes in the freezer. Boil the milk and melt the nougat while stirring over low heat. Remove from the heat. Put the egg yolks in a salad bowl. Pour over the nougat milk in a thin stream without ceasing to whisk. Leave to cool. Take the cream out of the freezer and whip it into a whipped cream. Add it to the preparation. Moisten a cake tin and line it with cling film. Pour the preparation. Put at least 5 hours in the freezer Now you can taste it. ","title":"Nougat glacé","type":"page"},{"content":"Small but good\nRecipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 4 muffins Cooking temperature 355°C Cooking time 20 to 25 minutes Ingredients # 150 g butter 200 g white chocolate 2 eggs 125 g sugar 300 g flour 1 sachet of chemical wash 2 Smarties wholesale tubes 4 tablespoons Nutella Preparation # Melt the white chocolate and butter. In a bowl beat the eggs with the sugar and then add chocolate and melted butter. Insert the flour, baking powder and if the mixture seems too compact add a little milk. Stir the Smarties into the dough. Fill the bottom of a small mould with the dough, add a tablespoon of Nutella and fill the mould with the dough. Finish by adding a few Smarties on top for decoration. Bake your cupcakes at 355°C for 20 to 25 minutes. Your muffins are ready to be eaten. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/nutella-muffins/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Small but good\nRecipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 4 muffins Cooking temperature 355°C Cooking time 20 to 25 minutes Ingredients # 150 g butter 200 g white chocolate 2 eggs 125 g sugar 300 g flour 1 sachet of chemical wash 2 Smarties wholesale tubes 4 tablespoons Nutella Preparation # Melt the white chocolate and butter. In a bowl beat the eggs with the sugar and then add chocolate and melted butter. Insert the flour, baking powder and if the mixture seems too compact add a little milk. Stir the Smarties into the dough. Fill the bottom of a small mould with the dough, add a tablespoon of Nutella and fill the mould with the dough. Finish by adding a few Smarties on top for decoration. Bake your cupcakes at 355°C for 20 to 25 minutes. Your muffins are ready to be eaten. ","title":"Nutella muffins","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 5 minutes For 1 persons Ingredients # 2 or 3 eggs 50 g bacon Salt Pepper Cheese of your choice 1 tablespoon of milk 1 knob of butter You can add ingredients (e.g. mushroom, mint, vegetable \u0026hellip;) Preparation # Whisk the eggs with a tablespoon of milk until the mixture whitens and add the salt and pepper. Heat the frying pan with a knob of butter. Pour the mixture into the frying pan over low heat. Allow to cook. Cook the bacon. Cut small pieces of the cheese. Take a spatula and cut the omelette in half. Put the ingredients (bacon, cheese, mushroom \u0026hellip;). Fold in half. Serve on a plate and you can now enjoy your omelette. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/omelet/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 5 minutes For 1 persons Ingredients # 2 or 3 eggs 50 g bacon Salt Pepper Cheese of your choice 1 tablespoon of milk 1 knob of butter You can add ingredients (e.g. mushroom, mint, vegetable …) Preparation # Whisk the eggs with a tablespoon of milk until the mixture whitens and add the salt and pepper. Heat the frying pan with a knob of butter. Pour the mixture into the frying pan over low heat. Allow to cook. Cook the bacon. Cut small pieces of the cheese. Take a spatula and cut the omelette in half. Put the ingredients (bacon, cheese, mushroom …). Fold in half. Serve on a plate and you can now enjoy your omelette. ","title":"Omelet","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/pate/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Pate","type":"tags"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Cold weather 3 hours Ingredients # For the cream # 70 cl single cream 30 cl milk 100 g caster sugar 3 gelatine sheets 1 vanilla bean For the grout # 100 g strawberries 100 g raspberries 30 g caster sugar 1 teaspoon lemon juice Preparation # Boil the milk and cream with the sugar and the vanilla bean split in half across the width. Mix and leave off the heat for 10 minutes. Soak the gelatine in cold water. As soon as it is softened, wring it out and add it to the previous warm preparation. Pour the cream into verines. Put in the cold for 3 hours. Mix the strawberries, raspberries, sugar and lemon juice. Add the coulis to the cream. You can now enjoy your delicious panna cotta fresh. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/red-fruit-panna-cotta/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Cold weather 3 hours Ingredients # For the cream # 70 cl single cream 30 cl milk 100 g caster sugar 3 gelatine sheets 1 vanilla bean For the grout # 100 g strawberries 100 g raspberries 30 g caster sugar 1 teaspoon lemon juice Preparation # Boil the milk and cream with the sugar and the vanilla bean split in half across the width. Mix and leave off the heat for 10 minutes. Soak the gelatine in cold water. As soon as it is softened, wring it out and add it to the previous warm preparation. Pour the cream into verines. Put in the cold for 3 hours. Mix the strawberries, raspberries, sugar and lemon juice. Add the coulis to the cream. You can now enjoy your delicious panna cotta fresh. ","title":"red-fruit-panna-cotta","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # About 8 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking temperature 355°F Cooking time 30 minutes Ingredients # 150 g flour 130 g powdered sugar 1/2 sachet of himic yeast 3 teaspoons cinnamon powder 3 eggs 130 g melted sugar 3 apples 2 tablespoons of rum 50 g slivered almonds Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Melt the butter in the microwave or in a bain marie. Pour the flour, sugar, cinnamon, yeast, a pinch of salt and the melted butter into a bowl. Caramelise the almonds in a frying pan and sliver them with a knob of butter (watch out for the almonds, they burn very easily. Peel the apples, cut them in half and remove the cores. Cut the apples into coarse cubes. Add the apple cubes to the dough. Stir in the caramelized slivered almonds and rum. Pour the mixture into a mould. Bake at 355°F for 30 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious cake. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/soft-apple-cinnamon/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # About 8 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking temperature 355°F Cooking time 30 minutes Ingredients # 150 g flour 130 g powdered sugar 1/2 sachet of himic yeast 3 teaspoons cinnamon powder 3 eggs 130 g melted sugar 3 apples 2 tablespoons of rum 50 g slivered almonds Preparation # Preheat the oven to 355°F. Melt the butter in the microwave or in a bain marie. Pour the flour, sugar, cinnamon, yeast, a pinch of salt and the melted butter into a bowl. Caramelise the almonds in a frying pan and sliver them with a knob of butter (watch out for the almonds, they burn very easily. Peel the apples, cut them in half and remove the cores. Cut the apples into coarse cubes. Add the apple cubes to the dough. Stir in the caramelized slivered almonds and rum. Pour the mixture into a mould. Bake at 355°F for 30 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious cake. ","title":"Soft apple cinnamon","type":"page"},{"content":"The French proverb applies well to our kitchens: \u0026ldquo;The right tools make the right workers.\u0026rdquo;\nAs a Parisian, you have decided to prepare specialities such as the entrecote Bercy, the escalope parisienne, the boeuf mironton, the tarte Bourdaloue or Le Saint-Honoré, all you need are the right pro utensils. Even if your favourite sites and Amazon offer some interesting branded products, advice and a visit to the store can help you find rare cookware.\nHere are our best addresses of kitchen utensil shops in Paris\u0026hellip;\nAtelier des arts culinaires # Top-of-the-range kitchen equipment and household appliances for this store on 2 floors with a brassware workshop (art of working copper and brass utensils).\nSite web : https://www.atelierartsculinaires.com/les-ateliers/ Address : 111 Avenue Daumesnil, 75012 Paris MORA # A complete range of professional kitchen equipment with a presentation and decoration department for pastries.\nSite web : https://mora.fr Address : 13 Rue Montmartre, 75001 Paris E.DEHILLERIN # The kitchen equipment specialist since 1820.\nSite web : https://www.edehillerin.fr/ Address : 18-20 Rue Coquillière, 75001 Paris La Bovida # Site web : https://www.labovida.com/ Address : 36 Rue Montmartre, 75001 Paris Trouble Obsessionnel Culinaire (TOC) # Utensils, accessories and kitchen equipment of major brands.\nSite web : https://www.toc.fr/ Address : 11 Avenue du Maine, 75015 Paris Du Bruit dans la Cuisine # Chain dedicated to the culinary arts offering groceries, utensils, cookware and crockery.\nSite web : https://www.dubruitdanslacuisine.fr/boutiques/beaugrenelle Address : Centre Commercial, 12 Rue Linois, 75015 Paris Francis BATT # Functional kitchen utensil stores grouping items by family on long shelves.\nSite web : https://www.francisbatt.com/ Address : 180 Avenue Victor Hugo, 75116 Paris Maison LEFRANC # Site web : http://www.maisonlefranc.fr/ Address : 26 Boulevard des Batignolles, 75017 Paris Cherches Midi Cuisine # Kitchen utensils and furniture.\nSite web : https://cherchemidicouleurs.com/cuisine/ Address : 64 Rue du Cherche-Midi, 75006 Paris Bellynck et Fils # Site web : http://www.bellyncketfils.fr/ Address : 194 Avenue Jean Jaurès, 75019 Paris ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/kitchen-utensil-store-paris/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The French proverb applies well to our kitchens: “The right tools make the right workers.”\nAs a Parisian, you have decided to prepare specialities such as the entrecote Bercy, the escalope parisienne, the boeuf mironton, the tarte Bourdaloue or Le Saint-Honoré, all you need are the right pro utensils. Even if your favourite sites and Amazon offer some interesting branded products, advice and a visit to the store can help you find rare cookware.\n","title":"The 10 best addresses of kitchen utensils shops in Paris","type":"page"},{"content":"Every morning I enjoy a nice hot chocolate house.\nRecipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 4 people Ingredians # 25 g cocoa powder 50 g caster sugar 50 g of water 125 g dark chocolate Preparation # Break the chocolate into pieces. Boil the water. Add the sugar and cocoa powder. Mix with a whisk. Boil again. Pour the mixture over the chocolate pieces. Mix well. Serve. Tip # Serve hot.\n","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/the-best-hot-chocolate/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Every morning I enjoy a nice hot chocolate house.\nRecipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 4 people Ingredians # 25 g cocoa powder 50 g caster sugar 50 g of water 125 g dark chocolate Preparation # Break the chocolate into pieces. Boil the water. Add the sugar and cocoa powder. Mix with a whisk. Boil again. Pour the mixture over the chocolate pieces. Mix well. Serve. Tip # Serve hot.\n","title":"The best hot chocolate","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Ingredients # 3 eggs 1 tin of vegetable macaroni 1 brick of fresh cream 100 g grated Swiss cheese Preparation # Mix the eggs, vegetables, crème fraîche and grated Gruyère cheese in a salad bowl. Put the preparation in a cake pan with butter. Bake at 355°F until it is well cooked. ","date":"14 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/vegetable-loaf/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Ingredients # 3 eggs 1 tin of vegetable macaroni 1 brick of fresh cream 100 g grated Swiss cheese Preparation # Mix the eggs, vegetables, crème fraîche and grated Gruyère cheese in a salad bowl. Put the preparation in a cake pan with butter. Bake at 355°F until it is well cooked. ","title":"Vegetable loaf","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking temperature 356°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 2 eggplants 1 onion olive oil 5 slices of coppa 1 can of tomato paste 1 bag of grated Gruyere cheese Preparation # Peel and slice the onion. Fry the onion in olive oil. Add the eggplant in pieces. Leave to cook for half an hour on a low heat. Add the can of tomato paste. Cut the coppa into pieces and add it to the pan. Add the 2 beaten eggs. Cook for 5 minutes. Pour into a gratin dish. Catch some Gruyère cheese. Cook for 15 minutes in the oven at 356°F. ","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/aubergine-gratin/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking temperature 356°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 2 eggplants 1 onion olive oil 5 slices of coppa 1 can of tomato paste 1 bag of grated Gruyere cheese Preparation # Peel and slice the onion. Fry the onion in olive oil. Add the eggplant in pieces. Leave to cook for half an hour on a low heat. Add the can of tomato paste. Cut the coppa into pieces and add it to the pan. Add the 2 beaten eggs. Cook for 5 minutes. Pour into a gratin dish. Catch some Gruyère cheese. Cook for 15 minutes in the oven at 356°F. ","title":"Aubergine gratin","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 4 people Ingredients # 750 g of octopus 750 g potatoes 7 pinches of pimonton salt 4 tablespoons of olive oil Preparation # Cook the octopus in salted water for 30 to 45 minutes if you bought it cooked, it is not necessary to cook it. When the octopus has been cooking for about 20 minutes, add the potatoes with their skins to a pot of salted water that is simmering. Drain them when they have finished cooking. Peel them and cut them into slices. Cut the octopus into small slices and fry them in a tablespoon of olive oil and then grill them. Arrange the food on 4 plates and season with pimeton and olive oil. You can now enjoy your delicious calamar a la glacienne. ","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/calamar-a-la-glacienne/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 10 minutes For 4 people Ingredients # 750 g of octopus 750 g potatoes 7 pinches of pimonton salt 4 tablespoons of olive oil Preparation # Cook the octopus in salted water for 30 to 45 minutes if you bought it cooked, it is not necessary to cook it. When the octopus has been cooking for about 20 minutes, add the potatoes with their skins to a pot of salted water that is simmering. Drain them when they have finished cooking. Peel them and cut them into slices. Cut the octopus into small slices and fry them in a tablespoon of olive oil and then grill them. Arrange the food on 4 plates and season with pimeton and olive oil. You can now enjoy your delicious calamar a la glacienne. ","title":"Calamar a la glacienne","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking temperature 410°F Cooking time 25 minutes Ingredients # 1 pinch of salt 75 g grated Swiss cheese 75 g butter 150 g flour 1/4 l water 4 eggs Preparation # Make a choux pastry by melting butter, water and salt in a saucepan. Bring to a boil. Remove from the heat and add the flour all at once. Return to the heat and dry the dough until it comes away from the pan. Remove from the heat and let cool. Stir in the 4 eggs one by one, mixing well with a spatula. Add the grated Gruyere cheese to the dough. Arrange in small balls on a buttered baking sheet. Bake in a hot oven at 410°F for about 25 minutes. until they swelled up. Now you can enjoy your delicious cheese gougere. ","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/cheese-gouges/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking temperature 410°F Cooking time 25 minutes Ingredients # 1 pinch of salt 75 g grated Swiss cheese 75 g butter 150 g flour 1/4 l water 4 eggs Preparation # Make a choux pastry by melting butter, water and salt in a saucepan. Bring to a boil. Remove from the heat and add the flour all at once. Return to the heat and dry the dough until it comes away from the pan. Remove from the heat and let cool. Stir in the 4 eggs one by one, mixing well with a spatula. Add the grated Gruyere cheese to the dough. Arrange in small balls on a buttered baking sheet. Bake in a hot oven at 410°F for about 25 minutes. until they swelled up. Now you can enjoy your delicious cheese gougere. ","title":"Cheese gouges","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 45 minutes For 8 pieces Cooking at 356°F Cooking time 40 minutes approx Ingredients # 10 cl of water 80 g caster sugar 10 drops lemon juice 150 g of chocolate Preparation # Bring the water in a saucepan with the sugar and lemon juice to a boil. Cut the chocolate and pour the mixture over the still hot water. Mix. Allow the icing to cool to room temperature. Tip # You can add walnuts, almonds and pistachios for a delicious treat.\n","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-frosting/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 45 minutes For 8 pieces Cooking at 356°F Cooking time 40 minutes approx Ingredients # 10 cl of water 80 g caster sugar 10 drops lemon juice 150 g of chocolate Preparation # Bring the water in a saucepan with the sugar and lemon juice to a boil. Cut the chocolate and pour the mixture over the still hot water. Mix. Allow the icing to cool to room temperature. Tip # You can add walnuts, almonds and pistachios for a delicious treat.\n","title":"Chocolate frosting","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 40 minutes Cooking temperature 465°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 4 duck legs confit 1 kg of potatoes 1/4 milk shallot garlic nutmeg salt pepper Preparation # Peel the potatoes and cook them for 12 minutes in a pressure cooker. Mash the potatoes, incorporating the milk, salt and grated nutmeg. Warm up the duck legs. Remove the bones and skin. Crumble the meat. In a frying pan, sauté the garlic and shallot. Add the duck meat. Butter the gratin dish. Pour half of the purée, the meat and the rest of the purée into the dish. Sprinkle with grated cheese and bake in the oven for 15 minutes at 465°F. You can now enjoy your duck parmentier minced meat with green salad. ","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/duck-parmentier/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 40 minutes Cooking temperature 465°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 4 duck legs confit 1 kg of potatoes 1/4 milk shallot garlic nutmeg salt pepper Preparation # Peel the potatoes and cook them for 12 minutes in a pressure cooker. Mash the potatoes, incorporating the milk, salt and grated nutmeg. Warm up the duck legs. Remove the bones and skin. Crumble the meat. In a frying pan, sauté the garlic and shallot. Add the duck meat. Butter the gratin dish. Pour half of the purée, the meat and the rest of the purée into the dish. Sprinkle with grated cheese and bake in the oven for 15 minutes at 465°F. You can now enjoy your duck parmentier minced meat with green salad. ","title":"Duck parmentier","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/fromage/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Fromage","type":"tags"},{"content":"By offering the i-companion in three market segments, Moulinex is now marketing multi-cooker robots. The companion will be available from €599 delivered only with its basic accessories, compared with almost €1200 for the i-companion touch XL, the latest connected robot and the most complete in the range. With this new multifunction robot, Moulinex hopes to regain the leadership position it lost in 2019 in this booming market. The model will be available from March 2020.\nA top-of-the-range multifunctional robot # The Robot will be delivered with a multitude of standard accessories at this level of the range. In particular, you will be entitled to two steamers (one internal and one external), a large stainless steel bowl with a useful capacity of 3 litres, a vegetable cutter and a mini cooking bowl. In addition, Moulinex will automatically supply with the robot a book of over 300 recipes which you will also find in digital version in the robot\u0026rsquo;s parameters. Finally, a new accessory is making its appearance as the i-companion touch XL will be delivered with a protective cover so that it can be carried everywhere.\nFor the renewal of its range, Moulinex is this time offering a touch screen. In addition, the i-companion touch XL will be connected in two ways:\nFirstly, it will be connected in Bluetooth: this will allow the user to launch the recipe and go about his business. Whenever there is a need to intervene on the machine, the robot will send a notification to the user\u0026rsquo;s smartphone. To do this, it will be necessary to download the dedicated application. The second connectivity facet concerns the collaborative network: consumers will be able to add recipes that everyone will be able to consult and make. This community spirit has already been launched on another of the group\u0026rsquo;s products, the Cake Factory from Tefal. Launched in 2019, the concept has been well received and the portfolio of recipes continues to grow. The experience has been repeated with this model. The i-companion touch XL, a Thermomix TM6 hunter # The i-companion touch XL from Moulinex will head the whole range. This product will be a top-of-the-range product and will be sold for around €100 less than its main competitor, i.e. €1,199. At this price, the manufacturer wants to make its flagship product the reference for the top-of-the-range multifunction robot. To do this, the robot will offer no less than 14 automatic programs and sub-programs. The integrated functionalities are standard at this level of the range. Indeed, the robot will allow you to cook, beat, whip, cut, mix and raise in order to widen the scope of recipes. Also, the robot will be suitable for everyone since the advantage of the i-compagnon touch XL is that it can adapt to large families as well as people living alone. The useful capacity of the cooking bowl is the main difference with its competitor. Indeed, with 3 litres of useful capacity, the Moulinex i-companion touch XL allows recipes to be made for up to 10 people as opposed to only 6 people for the TM6. At first glance, the Moulinex robot looks very promising and could achieve its objectives as leader in the top-of-the-range multifunction robot segment. However, we are awaiting its release, scheduled for March, in order to carry out full-scale recipe tests to evaluate the quality of its functionalities.\nAccessories # Detail of the camera parts](images/i-companion-touch-xl-moulinex-accessories.png)\nMultiple accessories are provided:\nMixer Steam basket Goupillon Bottom XL Vegetable cutting Connected scale ","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/i-companion-touch-xl-moulinex/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"By offering the i-companion in three market segments, Moulinex is now marketing multi-cooker robots. The companion will be available from €599 delivered only with its basic accessories, compared with almost €1200 for the i-companion touch XL, the latest connected robot and the most complete in the range. With this new multifunction robot, Moulinex hopes to regain the leadership position it lost in 2019 in this booming market. The model will be available from March 2020.\n","title":"i-companion touch XL Moulinex 2020","type":"page"},{"content":"It is the Italian family dish par excellence.\nRecipe # Preparation 25 minutes For 6 people Cooking temperature 355°F Cooking time 30 minutes Ingredients # For the bolognese:\nLasagna dough (without pre-cooking) 600 g tomato sauce 350 g minced meat 100 g grated Gruyere cheese 1 onion For the béchamel:\n**Bolognese.\nPeel and chop the onion . Fry it in a frying pan with a drizzle of olive oil. When the onion has finished cooking, add the chopped steak and grill it. Add the tomato sauce. Season with salt and pepper. Leave on low heat. Béchamel Melt the butter. Add the flour. Mix with a whisk over medium heat. When the mixture is homogeneous, add the milk gradually. Mix continuously with the whisk so that the bechamel thickens. Disposition In a casserole dish, first place the bolognese, then cover with lasagna pasta and spread the béchamel sauce, then repeat (at least 2 more times). Add the Gruyere cheese on top of the lasagna. Bake at 355°F for 45 minutes. Tip # To check if the pasta is cooked well, prick it with a knife and the knife should sink in well.\n","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/lasagne/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"It is the Italian family dish par excellence.\nRecipe # Preparation 25 minutes For 6 people Cooking temperature 355°F Cooking time 30 minutes Ingredients # For the bolognese:\n","title":"Lasagne","type":"page"},{"content":"Super Lemon Icing\nRecipe # Preparation 5 minutes For 1 cake Ingredients # 125 cl lemon juice 500 g icing sugar Preparation # Sift the icing sugar and add the lemon juice. Mix. Tip # Wait until the cake is crumpled before pouring the icing.\n","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/lemon-glaze/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Super Lemon Icing\nRecipe # Preparation 5 minutes For 1 cake Ingredients # 125 cl lemon juice 500 g icing sugar Preparation # Sift the icing sugar and add the lemon juice. Mix. Tip # Wait until the cake is crumpled before pouring the icing.\n","title":"Lemon glaze","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 4 people Cooking at 392°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 400 g macaroni 140 G of gouda with cumin 25 cl single cream 150 g dr lardons Salt Pepper Preparation # Pasta : # Boil the water and put in the salt. Add the dough and cook the pasta according to the instructions on the package. Drain the pasta. Filling : Cut the Gouda cheese in half. Take a half of the gouda and cut it into small cubes. Bring the cream to the boil and add the pieces of cheese. When the cheese has melted, add the macaroni, salt and pepper. Preheat the oven to 392°F. Cook the bacon. Add them to the preparation. Layout : # Pour the pasta into a dish, then pour the preparation. Grate the remaining Gouda cheese over the gratin. Bake at 392°F for 15 minutes. You can now serve. Tip # Serve hot.\n","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/macaroni-and-gouda-gratin/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 4 people Cooking at 392°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 400 g macaroni 140 G of gouda with cumin 25 cl single cream 150 g dr lardons Salt Pepper Preparation # Pasta : # Boil the water and put in the salt. Add the dough and cook the pasta according to the instructions on the package. Drain the pasta. Filling : Cut the Gouda cheese in half. Take a half of the gouda and cut it into small cubes. Bring the cream to the boil and add the pieces of cheese. When the cheese has melted, add the macaroni, salt and pepper. Preheat the oven to 392°F. Cook the bacon. Add them to the preparation. Layout : # Pour the pasta into a dish, then pour the preparation. Grate the remaining Gouda cheese over the gratin. Bake at 392°F for 15 minutes. You can now serve. Tip # Serve hot.\n","title":"Macaroni and gouda gratin","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 40 minutes Cooking temperature 465°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 400 g chopped steak 1 kg of potatoes 1/4 milk 1 large onion 1 clove of garlic nutmeg salt pepper Preparation # Peel the potatoes and cook them for 12 minutes in a pressure cooker. Mash the potatoes, incorporating the milk, salt and grated nutmeg. Peel the onion and cut it into small pieces. Cook the onion and then add the meat. Add a clove of garlic, season with salt and pepper. Butter the gratin dish. In the dish, pour half of the purée, the meat and the rest of the purée. Sprinkle with grated cheese and bake in the oven for 15 minutes at 465°F. You can now enjoy your minced steak parmentier with green salad. ","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/minced-beef-pie/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 40 minutes Cooking temperature 465°F Cooking time 15 minutes Ingredients # 400 g chopped steak 1 kg of potatoes 1/4 milk 1 large onion 1 clove of garlic nutmeg salt pepper Preparation # Peel the potatoes and cook them for 12 minutes in a pressure cooker. Mash the potatoes, incorporating the milk, salt and grated nutmeg. Peel the onion and cut it into small pieces. Cook the onion and then add the meat. Add a clove of garlic, season with salt and pepper. Butter the gratin dish. In the dish, pour half of the purée, the meat and the rest of the purée. Sprinkle with grated cheese and bake in the oven for 15 minutes at 465°F. You can now enjoy your minced steak parmentier with green salad. ","title":"Minced beef pie","type":"page"},{"content":" Video preparation # Recipe # Preparation 5 minutes For 6 people Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 374°F Ingredients # 500 g pasta 1 brick of semi-thick fresh cream 60 g Parmesan cheese butter salt pepper Preparation # Cook your pasta. Melt butter in your gartin dish. Pour over the cooked pasta. Mix the pasta well with the butter, parmesan and cream. Season with salt and pepper. Place in the oven at 374°F for. ","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/pasta-gratin/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Video preparation # Recipe # Preparation 5 minutes For 6 people Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 374°F Ingredients # 500 g pasta 1 brick of semi-thick fresh cream 60 g Parmesan cheese butter salt pepper Preparation # Cook your pasta. Melt butter in your gartin dish. Pour over the cooked pasta. Mix the pasta well with the butter, parmesan and cream. Season with salt and pepper. Place in the oven at 374°F for. ","title":"Pasta gratin","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 30 minutes For 4 people Cooking time 2h15 Ingredients # 1 boneless veal shank 600 g small potatoes 12 purple olives 1 clove of garlic 1 teaspoon ginger powder 1 tablespoon sweet pepper powder 1 teaspoon cumin powder 6 pinches of turmeric 2 tablespoons chopped coriander 2 tablespoons lemon juice 2 tablespoons of oil salt, pepper Preparation # Cut the meat into pieces and peel the garlic clove. Heat the oil in a casserole and add the meat, ginger, turmeric, cumin, chilli pepper and garlic and press the garlic through the garlic press. Stir until the meat turns white, do not let it brown. Pour 20 cl of water into the casserole and leave to cook for 1h30 on a low heat, stirring often. In the meantime, remove the potato pot. Boil the olives, drain them and rinse them. When the meat has finished cooking, add the potatoes and simmer for about 30 minutes. Then add the olives, lemon juice and coriander to the casserole. Cook for another 5 minutes, stirring several times. You can now enjoy your delicious warm veal shank. ","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/veal-shank-tajine-style/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 30 minutes For 4 people Cooking time 2h15 Ingredients # 1 boneless veal shank 600 g small potatoes 12 purple olives 1 clove of garlic 1 teaspoon ginger powder 1 tablespoon sweet pepper powder 1 teaspoon cumin powder 6 pinches of turmeric 2 tablespoons chopped coriander 2 tablespoons lemon juice 2 tablespoons of oil salt, pepper Preparation # Cut the meat into pieces and peel the garlic clove. Heat the oil in a casserole and add the meat, ginger, turmeric, cumin, chilli pepper and garlic and press the garlic through the garlic press. Stir until the meat turns white, do not let it brown. Pour 20 cl of water into the casserole and leave to cook for 1h30 on a low heat, stirring often. In the meantime, remove the potato pot. Boil the olives, drain them and rinse them. When the meat has finished cooking, add the potatoes and simmer for about 30 minutes. Then add the olives, lemon juice and coriander to the casserole. Cook for another 5 minutes, stirring several times. You can now enjoy your delicious warm veal shank. ","title":"Veal shank tajine style","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 5 minutes Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 356°F Ingredients # 3 eggs 1 jar of plain yoghurt (the jar will be served afterwards) 1 sachet of yeast powder 2 empty yoghurt cups of flour 1.5 empty jar of sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 3/4 empty jar of oil 10 g butter 200 g of chocolate Preparation # Preheat the oven to 356°F. Melt the chocolate. In a bowl the flour, the bag of baking powder, then the eggs, olive oil, the yoghurt pot, sugar, and vanilla sugar. Mix well (the dough should be smooth). Add the melted chocolate. Butter a mold and then incorporate the dough. Bake for 30 minutes at 356°F. Now you can enjoy your delicious yoghurt and chocolate cake. ","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/very-quick-yoghurt-and-chocolate-cake/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 5 minutes Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 356°F Ingredients # 3 eggs 1 jar of plain yoghurt (the jar will be served afterwards) 1 sachet of yeast powder 2 empty yoghurt cups of flour 1.5 empty jar of sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 3/4 empty jar of oil 10 g butter 200 g of chocolate Preparation # Preheat the oven to 356°F. Melt the chocolate. In a bowl the flour, the bag of baking powder, then the eggs, olive oil, the yoghurt pot, sugar, and vanilla sugar. Mix well (the dough should be smooth). Add the melted chocolate. Butter a mold and then incorporate the dough. Bake for 30 minutes at 356°F. Now you can enjoy your delicious yoghurt and chocolate cake. ","title":"Very quick yoghurt and chocolate cake","type":"page"},{"content":"The waffle, the queen of snacks\nRecipe # 15 waffles Preparation 15 minutes Ingredients # 200 g flour 30 g sugar 3 eggs 20 g butter 25 cl milk 1 pinch of salt Preparation # In a bowl put the flour, add the sugar, egg yolks and softened butter. Mix little by little, adding the milk so that there are no lumps. Beat the egg whites with a pinch of salt and add them to the preparation, stirring gently. Cook in a waffle iron. Now you can enjoy them with a little bit of icing sugar, some spreadable pastry. ","date":"13 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/waffles/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The waffle, the queen of snacks\nRecipe # 15 waffles Preparation 15 minutes Ingredients # 200 g flour 30 g sugar 3 eggs 20 g butter 25 cl milk 1 pinch of salt Preparation # In a bowl put the flour, add the sugar, egg yolks and softened butter. Mix little by little, adding the milk so that there are no lumps. Beat the egg whites with a pinch of salt and add them to the preparation, stirring gently. Cook in a waffle iron. Now you can enjoy them with a little bit of icing sugar, some spreadable pastry. ","title":"Waffles","type":"page"},{"content":"My granny\u0026rsquo;s best Breton cakes\nRecipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 10 people Cooking 190°C Cooking time 30 minutes Rest 10 minutes Ingredients # 5 eggs (1 whole and 4 yolks) 380 g flour 220 g sugar 250 g butter Preparation # Preheat the oven to 190°C. Weigh the flour and then add the eggs (1 whole and 4 yolks) to a bowl. In another bowl add the sugar and butter and let it soften. Mix the two preparations with a spoon and then with your hands, without kneading too much. Insert the dough into small moulds and put them in the oven for 30 minutes at 190°C. To finish, leave to cool for 10 minutes, remove them from the moulds and enjoy your wonderful cakes. Tip # To unmould your cakes more easily, put them in silicone moulds.\n","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/breton-cake/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"My granny’s best Breton cakes\nRecipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 10 people Cooking 190°C Cooking time 30 minutes Rest 10 minutes Ingredients # 5 eggs (1 whole and 4 yolks) 380 g flour 220 g sugar 250 g butter Preparation # Preheat the oven to 190°C. Weigh the flour and then add the eggs (1 whole and 4 yolks) to a bowl. In another bowl add the sugar and butter and let it soften. Mix the two preparations with a spoon and then with your hands, without kneading too much. Insert the dough into small moulds and put them in the oven for 30 minutes at 190°C. To finish, leave to cool for 10 minutes, remove them from the moulds and enjoy your wonderful cakes. Tip # To unmould your cakes more easily, put them in silicone moulds.\n","title":"Breton cake","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 30 minutes Cooking time 25 minutes Cooking temperature 210°C Ingredients # For the cake # 50 g melted butter 50 g flour 100 g caster sugar 1/4 L milk 5 eggs 1 pinch of yeast For the cream # 25 caramel carambars 1 brick of liquid crème fraîche 1 knob of butter 2 squares of pastry chocolate Preparation # The cake # Preheat the oven to 210°C. Melt the butter, add the sugar, flour, baking powder and milk. Heat to boiling, stirring well. Remove from the heat and add the 5 egg yolks. Beat the egg whites until stiff and add to the mixture. Bake in a pie dish for 25 minutes at 210°C. The cream # Heat the liquid cream and add the carambars. Stir continuously until smooth. Pour the chocolate squares into the mixture and continue to stir. Remove from the heat and add the butter. When everything is smooth, pour the cream over the cake. Leave to cool. You can now enjoy your delicious carambar cake. ","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/carambar-cake/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 30 minutes Cooking time 25 minutes Cooking temperature 210°C Ingredients # For the cake # 50 g melted butter 50 g flour 100 g caster sugar 1/4 L milk 5 eggs 1 pinch of yeast For the cream # 25 caramel carambars 1 brick of liquid crème fraîche 1 knob of butter 2 squares of pastry chocolate Preparation # The cake # Preheat the oven to 210°C. Melt the butter, add the sugar, flour, baking powder and milk. Heat to boiling, stirring well. Remove from the heat and add the 5 egg yolks. Beat the egg whites until stiff and add to the mixture. Bake in a pie dish for 25 minutes at 210°C. The cream # Heat the liquid cream and add the carambars. Stir continuously until smooth. Pour the chocolate squares into the mixture and continue to stir. Remove from the heat and add the butter. When everything is smooth, pour the cream over the cake. Leave to cool. You can now enjoy your delicious carambar cake. ","title":"Carambar cake","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 45 minutes For 8 pieces Cooking at 180°C Cooking time 40 minutes approx. Ingredients # For the chocolate ganache:\n220 g of flour 20 cl milk 20 cl single cream 60 g caster sugar 3 egg yolks For the choux pastry:\n100 g flour 8 cl of water 75 g butter 1 tablespoon of sugar 3 eggs 1 egg yolk 10 cl whole milk 1 pinch of salt For the chocolate icing:\n10 cl of water 80 g caster sugar 10 drops lemon juice 150 g of chocolate Preparation # #####Preparing the chocolate ganache:\nMelt the chocolate. Bring the milk and cream to a boil. Whisk the sugar and the egg yolks in a bowl, the mixture should have turned white. Pour the mixture over the boiling mixture. Mix. Transfer to saucepan. Stir over low heat until thickened. Pour the custard over the melted chocolate. Mix well. Blend the cream with a hand blender to smooth for 30 seconds. Let it cool for 30 minutes. Then put it in the refrigerator for at least 6 hours. Preheat the oven to 180°C. Preparation of the choux pastry : # Mix the milk and water then add the sugar, salt and butter over a low heat. Bring to a boil. Sift the flour then add it to the mixture all at once, stirring until the dough is homogeneous. Put the dough back on low heat to dry it out. Remove the pan from the heat and let it cool slightly. Add the eggs one by one, mixing in between each one. Put the dough in a piping bag 20 mm in diameter. On a baking sheet with baking paper, place the dough into a stick of about 15 cm. Bake at 180 ° C for 25 to 30 minutes. Let them cool. Preparation of the icing : # Boil the water in a saucepan with the sugar and lemon juice. Cut the chocolate and pour in the mixture while it is still hot. Mix. Allow the icing to cool to room temperature. Assembly preparation : # Pierce the baked tied lightning bolts at both ends with the tip of a knife without passing through both sides. With a small pocket with a ganache socket, put the tubes back together. Pour a little glaze on each lightning bolt. Now you can enjoy your delicious chocolate éclairs. Tip # You can place walnuts, almonds and pistachios.\n","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-eclairs/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 45 minutes For 8 pieces Cooking at 180°C Cooking time 40 minutes approx. Ingredients # For the chocolate ganache:\n","title":"Chocolate eclairs","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation time 15 minutes Cooking time from 20 to 25 minutes. Cooking temperature 180°C Ingredients # 200 g of chocolate 100 g butter 100 g sugar 50 g flour 3 eggs Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. In a saucepan melt the chocolate with the butter. In a bowl, mix the sugar, eggs and flour. Add the chocolate and melted butter to the preparation. Flour and butter a mold. Pour the mixture into the mould. Thread at 180 ° pandent 20 to 25 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious chocolate fondant. ","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-fondant/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation time 15 minutes Cooking time from 20 to 25 minutes. Cooking temperature 180°C Ingredients # 200 g of chocolate 100 g butter 100 g sugar 50 g flour 3 eggs Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. In a saucepan melt the chocolate with the butter. In a bowl, mix the sugar, eggs and flour. Add the chocolate and melted butter to the preparation. Flour and butter a mold. Pour the mixture into the mould. Thread at 180 ° pandent 20 to 25 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious chocolate fondant. ","title":"Chocolate fondant","type":"page"},{"content":"It\u0026rsquo;ll pep up your cake.\nRecipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 500 g of ganache Cooling time 30 minutes Cooling time in the refrigerator approx. 6 Hours Ingredients # 220 g flour 20 cl milk 20 cl single cream 60 g caster sugar 3 egg yolks 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Melt the chocolate. Bring the milk and cream to a boil. Whisk the sugar and the egg yolks in a bowl, the mixture should have turned white. Pour the mixture over the boiling mixture. Mix. Transfer to saucepan. Stir over low heat until thickened. Pour the custard over the melted chocolate. Mix well. Blend the cream with a hand blender to smooth for 30 seconds. Let it cool in the refrigerator for 30 minutes. Then put it in the refrigerator for at least 6 hours. ","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-ganache/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"It’ll pep up your cake.\nRecipe # Preparation 15 minutes For 500 g of ganache Cooling time 30 minutes Cooling time in the refrigerator approx. 6 Hours Ingredients # 220 g flour 20 cl milk 20 cl single cream 60 g caster sugar 3 egg yolks 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Melt the chocolate. Bring the milk and cream to a boil. Whisk the sugar and the egg yolks in a bowl, the mixture should have turned white. Pour the mixture over the boiling mixture. Mix. Transfer to saucepan. Stir over low heat until thickened. Pour the custard over the melted chocolate. Mix well. Blend the cream with a hand blender to smooth for 30 seconds. Let it cool in the refrigerator for 30 minutes. Then put it in the refrigerator for at least 6 hours. ","title":"Chocolate ganache","type":"page"},{"content":"The Intermarché distribution brand marketed its Arthur Martin stamped cooker robot on December 10. It is a multifunction cooking robot launched at €349. This is €10 less than the price of its main competitor, Mr. Cuisine Connect from the Lidl brand. Along with its competitor, the Arthur Martin Digicook represents one of the 2 main products at a very aggressive price in the competitive multifunction robot market. Indeed, at a time when the Thermomix TM6 from Vorwerk is selling every 38 seconds, we can expect a huge success for the Digicook, which costs 3 times less. A short review of the product in detail.\nA product positioned on the low-cost market # Arthur Martin enjoys a very good reputation among French consumers, particularly for the quality of its products made in France. This is why Intermarché has formed a partnership with the manufacturer to produce the Digicook under an Arthur Martin license. As you will have understood, this is not a product that has come off the Arthur Martin production lines since the product is made in China. That said, this is not a problem, since some multifunctional robots made in China have proven themselves on the western market.\nAesthetically speaking, Digicook designed by Intermarché looks a lot like Mr. Kitchen Connect from Lidl. Indeed, the motor block to which the bowl is added is designed in the same way. In addition, the double handles with lid and measuring cap have the same characteristics as the competitor. Also, there is a touch screen of the same size, namely 7 inches.\nIn addition, the product is delivered with several dozen recipes directly integrated. These are classified in different submenus such as pasta, meat, fish, vegetarian, pies, cakes, etc.. In addition, the product is connected by wifi, which allows the manufacturer to readjust his recipe repertoire and add new recipes if necessary.\nThe different features of the Arthur Martin Digicook # The Digicook \u0026lsquo;Intermarché\u0026rsquo; is a connected robot. The process is very simple since you only have to press the router button to display the available wifi networks. Once selected and the password entered, the robot will be connected. However, as with Mr. Cookie Connect, the connection is only used to update recipes since it does not allow interaction with your smartphone or tablet.\nAs for accessories, the Digicook offers the same accessories as the two other devices, Mr. Cookie Connect and the TM6. So we have a steam basket, a spatula, a butterfly beater to position on the knives and an external basket with 2 levels. Also, the robot has a large integrated screen surmounted by a stainless steel tank with a capacity of 3 litres, which is very useful when the TM6\u0026rsquo;s capacity is only 2.2 litres.\nThe Digicook also includes a scale, which is a very good point on the practical side. Indeed, thanks to the tare system, it will be possible to realize your quantities immediately on the robot. However, beware of the slight latency of the scale and the difficult readability. Also, the scale sometimes tends to go to the negative. So make sure to carry out the tares when necessary.\nOn the functionality side, in addition to the automatic modes to follow recipes, the interface also integrates a manual mode with 3 functions: Temperature, Knife rotation speed and timer. The appliance also offers 5 programs that allow quick access to preset functions such as sauce, steam, soft, kneading 1, kneading 2.\nThe Digicook\u0026rsquo;s system limitations # The Digicook has many limitations due to a poorly performing multimedia system. For example, one can regret the absence of soup recipes at the start of the product. Indeed, despite the wide range of recipes already present, the manufacturer did not consider it useful to include soup recipes. However, this recipe is indispensable on a food processor since it is one of the most frequently used recipes on a multifunction food processor. In fact, it is in the top 3 of the most recipes made with this type of device. We therefore expect a quick correction in an update of the device.\n","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/digicook-arthur-martin/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The Intermarché distribution brand marketed its Arthur Martin stamped cooker robot on December 10. It is a multifunction cooking robot launched at €349. This is €10 less than the price of its main competitor, Mr. Cuisine Connect from the Lidl brand. Along with its competitor, the Arthur Martin Digicook represents one of the 2 main products at a very aggressive price in the competitive multifunction robot market. Indeed, at a time when the Thermomix TM6 from Vorwerk is selling every 38 seconds, we can expect a huge success for the Digicook, which costs 3 times less. A short review of the product in detail.\n","title":"Digicook Arthur Martin Intermarché","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 10 people Cooking temperature 200°C Cooking time 1 hour Ingredients # 200 g flour 200 g sugar 4 eggs 2 packets of vanilla sugar 3/4 l milk 20 prunes butter Preparation # Prepare the dough by mixing: flour, milk, sugar, eggs and the two packets of vanilla sugar. Let the butter rest. Heat the oven to 200°C. Melt the butter in your cake tin in the oven. Spread the fat over the bottom and sides of the dish. Pour the dough into the dish. Roll the prunes in the flour so that they do not fall to the bottom when baking. Insert the prunes into the dough. Bake the cake for half an hour at 200°C then turn off the oven and leave for another half hour. Your Far Breton is now ready to be eaten. ","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/far-breton/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 10 people Cooking temperature 200°C Cooking time 1 hour Ingredients # 200 g flour 200 g sugar 4 eggs 2 packets of vanilla sugar 3/4 l milk 20 prunes butter Preparation # Prepare the dough by mixing: flour, milk, sugar, eggs and the two packets of vanilla sugar. Let the butter rest. Heat the oven to 200°C. Melt the butter in your cake tin in the oven. Spread the fat over the bottom and sides of the dish. Pour the dough into the dish. Roll the prunes in the flour so that they do not fall to the bottom when baking. Insert the prunes into the dough. Bake the cake for half an hour at 200°C then turn off the oven and leave for another half hour. Your Far Breton is now ready to be eaten. ","title":"Far breton","type":"page"},{"content":"Cupcakes go everywhere\nRecipe # For 6 people Preparation time 15 minutes Cooking time from 20 to 25 minutes. Cooking temperature 190°C Ingredients # 125 g almond or hazelnut powder 75 g sugar 75 g flour vanilla extract 4 egg whites 75 g butter Preparation # Preheat the oven to 190°C. Mix the almond or hazelnut powder with the sugar, flour and vanilla extract in a bowl. In another bowl pour the egg whites and whisk them up. When you have whisked the egg whites, fold them into the mixture. Melt the butter and then add it to the mixture. Finally, fill small moulds with dough. Put them in the oven at 190°C for 20 to 25 minutes. Tip # To whisk your eggs, add a small pinch of salt or baking soda.\n","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/financier/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Cupcakes go everywhere\nRecipe # For 6 people Preparation time 15 minutes Cooking time from 20 to 25 minutes. Cooking temperature 190°C Ingredients # 125 g almond or hazelnut powder 75 g sugar 75 g flour vanilla extract 4 egg whites 75 g butter Preparation # Preheat the oven to 190°C. Mix the almond or hazelnut powder with the sugar, flour and vanilla extract in a bowl. In another bowl pour the egg whites and whisk them up. When you have whisked the egg whites, fold them into the mixture. Melt the butter and then add it to the mixture. Finally, fill small moulds with dough. Put them in the oven at 190°C for 20 to 25 minutes. Tip # To whisk your eggs, add a small pinch of salt or baking soda.\n","title":"Financiers","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 5 minutes Cooking time 5 to 10 minutes Ingredients # 1 pizza dough 2 large onions 40 cl heavy cream 60 g bacon 1 tablespoon of rapeseed oil gruyère salt Preparation # Spread the pizza dough on a baking sheet. Chop the onions and spread them on the dough. Pour the bacon and cream over the dough. Sprinkle with rapeseed oil. Sprinkle with gruyere cheese. Salt. Bake at 250°C for 5 to 10 minutes. ","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/flamenkuch/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 5 minutes Cooking time 5 to 10 minutes Ingredients # 1 pizza dough 2 large onions 40 cl heavy cream 60 g bacon 1 tablespoon of rapeseed oil gruyère salt Preparation # Spread the pizza dough on a baking sheet. Chop the onions and spread them on the dough. Pour the bacon and cream over the dough. Sprinkle with rapeseed oil. Sprinkle with gruyere cheese. Salt. Bake at 250°C for 5 to 10 minutes. ","title":"Flamenkuch rapide","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Thigh 8 minutes Ingredients # 600 g firm pulp potatoes 1 litre of frying oil salt Preparation # Peel and wash your potatoes and cut them into the shape of thin French fries. Rinse your potatoes in cold water to remove the starch and then dry them with a cloth. Heat the oil in a deep fryer or a large stewpot. It is important to fry the potatoes for 2-3 minutes in small batches . Drain the potatoes. Re-bake your fries in oil for 4 to 5 minutes. Drain them well. Now you can enjoy your fries with salt. ","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/french-fries/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 15 minutes Thigh 8 minutes Ingredients # 600 g firm pulp potatoes 1 litre of frying oil salt Preparation # Peel and wash your potatoes and cut them into the shape of thin French fries. Rinse your potatoes in cold water to remove the starch and then dry them with a cloth. Heat the oil in a deep fryer or a large stewpot. It is important to fry the potatoes for 2-3 minutes in small batches . Drain the potatoes. Re-bake your fries in oil for 4 to 5 minutes. Drain them well. Now you can enjoy your fries with salt. ","title":"French fries","type":"page"},{"content":"These Brittany pancakes to enjoy with the family.\nPreparation in video # { Recipe # About 18 pancakes Dough preparation time 5 minutes Cooking time 30 minutes Rest time of the dough 1 hour Ingredients # 700 g buckwheat flour 1 egg A teaspoon of coarse salt 1.25 litres of water 2 tablespoons of sunflower oil Preparation # Mix the buckwheat flour, salt and egg in a large bowl. Put a tea towel over the salad bowl. Let the dough rest for 1 hour. After letting the dough rest, add the sunflower oil and mix well. Then you can bake your pancakes on a billig or a frying pan. To finish, garnish your galette and eat it hot. ","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/galette/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"These Brittany pancakes to enjoy with the family.\nPreparation in video # { ","title":"Galette","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 30 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 200°C Cooking time 20 to 30 minutes Ingredients # 2 puff pastes 140 g almond powder 100 g sugar 2 eggs 75 g soft butter 1 egg yolk 1 bean Preparation # Place the first puff pastry on baking parchment and place it in a baking tin. Make small holes in the dough with the tines of a fork. In a bowl, mix the sugar, almond powder, softened butter and eggs. Spread the filling over the dough. Position the bean. Superimpose the second dough on top of the first. Draw a large flower on the cake with a knife (do not press very hard). Bake at 200°C for 20 to 30 minutes. Tip # Put the cake in a pie tin.\n","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/galette-des-rois/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 30 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 200°C Cooking time 20 to 30 minutes Ingredients # 2 puff pastes 140 g almond powder 100 g sugar 2 eggs 75 g soft butter 1 egg yolk 1 bean Preparation # Place the first puff pastry on baking parchment and place it in a baking tin. Make small holes in the dough with the tines of a fork. In a bowl, mix the sugar, almond powder, softened butter and eggs. Spread the filling over the dough. Position the bean. Superimpose the second dough on top of the first. Draw a large flower on the cake with a knife (do not press very hard). Bake at 200°C for 20 to 30 minutes. Tip # Put the cake in a pie tin.\n","title":"Galette des rois","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 8 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking temperature 356°F Cooking time 45 minutes Ingredients # 4 eggs 200 g caster sugar 250 g flour 1 plain yoghurt 1 bag of yeast 120 ml of oil 150 to 200 g of chocolate Preparation # Melt the butter and let it cool. In a bowl, add the flour, sugar and salt. Make a well and pour the eggs into it. Mix gently. When the mixture becomes pasty, add the milk little by little to avoid lumps. When the milk is well mixed, your paste should be liquid. If your paste is too thick, add more milk. Add the butter. Let the pancake batter rest for 30 minutes with a tea towel over your bowl. You can now cook them in a pan and enjoy them. ","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/marble-cake/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 8 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking temperature 356°F Cooking time 45 minutes Ingredients # 4 eggs 200 g caster sugar 250 g flour 1 plain yoghurt 1 bag of yeast 120 ml of oil 150 to 200 g of chocolate Preparation # Melt the butter and let it cool. In a bowl, add the flour, sugar and salt. Make a well and pour the eggs into it. Mix gently. When the mixture becomes pasty, add the milk little by little to avoid lumps. When the milk is well mixed, your paste should be liquid. If your paste is too thick, add more milk. Add the butter. Let the pancake batter rest for 30 minutes with a tea towel over your bowl. You can now cook them in a pan and enjoy them. ","title":"Marble cake","type":"page"},{"content":"The good fruity taste\nRecipe # For 7 person Cooking temperature 180°C Cooking time 35 minutes Ingredients # 500 g of mirabelle plums 2 eggs 50 g flour 50 g cornstarch 100 g sugar 1/2 bag of yeast butter salt Preparation # In a bowl, beat the egg whites. Add the flour, cornflour, sugar, baking powder and a pinch of salt. Butter the pan and sprinkle with sugar to line it. Remove the stones from the mirabelles, cut them in half and place them on the sides and bottom of the mould. Pour the dough. Bake the cake at 180°C for 35 minutes. You can now enjoy your mirabelle plum cake. Tips # Beat your egg whites, add a small pinch of salt or baking soda.\n","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/plum-cake/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The good fruity taste\nRecipe # For 7 person Cooking temperature 180°C Cooking time 35 minutes Ingredients # 500 g of mirabelle plums 2 eggs 50 g flour 50 g cornstarch 100 g sugar 1/2 bag of yeast butter salt Preparation # In a bowl, beat the egg whites. Add the flour, cornflour, sugar, baking powder and a pinch of salt. Butter the pan and sprinkle with sugar to line it. Remove the stones from the mirabelles, cut them in half and place them on the sides and bottom of the mould. Pour the dough. Bake the cake at 180°C for 35 minutes. You can now enjoy your mirabelle plum cake. Tips # Beat your egg whites, add a small pinch of salt or baking soda.\n","title":"Plum cake","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 5 minutes Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Ingredients # 3 eggs 1 jar of plain yoghurt 1 sachet of yeast powder 2.5 empty pot of flour 1.5 empty jar of sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 1/2 empty jar of olive oil 10 g butter Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. In a bowl, pour the yoghurt, sugar, flour and vanilla sugar into a bowl. Stir in the eggs, olive oil and the sachet of baking powder. Mix well (the dough should be smooth). Butter a baking tin and fold in the dough. Bake for 30 minutes at 180°C. Now you can enjoy your delicious yoghurt cake. ","date":"12 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/yogurt-cake/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 5 minutes Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Ingredients # 3 eggs 1 jar of plain yoghurt 1 sachet of yeast powder 2.5 empty pot of flour 1.5 empty jar of sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 1/2 empty jar of olive oil 10 g butter Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. In a bowl, pour the yoghurt, sugar, flour and vanilla sugar into a bowl. Stir in the eggs, olive oil and the sachet of baking powder. Mix well (the dough should be smooth). Butter a baking tin and fold in the dough. Bake for 30 minutes at 180°C. Now you can enjoy your delicious yoghurt cake. ","title":"Yogurt cake","type":"page"},{"content":"Delicious and very easy to make cupcakes\nRecipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 4 people Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Cooking time 30 minutes Rest 2 minutes Ingredients # 4 tablespoons powdered sugar 2 tablespoons of cinnamon 1 puff pastry 5 apples 1 egg yolk Preparation # Coarsely chop the apples and put them in a saucepan. Melt the apple pieces, sugar and cinnamon. In the meantime, cut circles out of the puff pastry. When the apples have finished melting, place a dollop of applesauce on top and close the edges, taking care to fold them over. You can make beautiful decorations with a knife. Brush the turnover with egg yolk. Gild the turnover with egg yolk with a brush](images/apple-egg-slippers.jpg) Place the slippers in the oven for 30 minutes at 180°C. Finally enjoy them hot. Tips # To make the circles you can use a bowl.\nTo close the dough circles you can use water.\n","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/apple-slipper/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Delicious and very easy to make cupcakes\nRecipe # Preparation 20 minutes For 4 people Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Cooking time 30 minutes Rest 2 minutes Ingredients # 4 tablespoons powdered sugar 2 tablespoons of cinnamon 1 puff pastry 5 apples 1 egg yolk Preparation # Coarsely chop the apples and put them in a saucepan. Melt the apple pieces, sugar and cinnamon. In the meantime, cut circles out of the puff pastry. When the apples have finished melting, place a dollop of applesauce on top and close the edges, taking care to fold them over. You can make beautiful decorations with a knife. Brush the turnover with egg yolk. Gild the turnover with egg yolk with a brush](images/apple-egg-slippers.jpg) Place the slippers in the oven for 30 minutes at 180°C. Finally enjoy them hot. Tips # To make the circles you can use a bowl.\n","title":"Apple slipper","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Time in the fridge 4 hours Ingredients # 250 g raspberries 600 g raspberry coulis 500 g smooth curd cheese 2 lemons 6 gelatine leaves 2 eggs 100 g caster sugar Preparation # Let the gelatine leaves stand for 5 minutes in a bowl of cold water. Wring out the gelatin leaves. Collect the juice from your lemons. In a saucepan, melt the gelatine leaves with the lemon juice over very low heat. Allow your preparation to cool. Whisk your egg whites until stiff. In a salad bowl, whisk together the cottage cheese, sugar, gelatine and the two egg yolks. Add the raspberry coulis and your egg whites. Pour your preparation into a mold. Leave to rest in the fridge for 4 hours. Turn out your bavarois on a dish. Finish by decorating your Bavarian with raspberries. Now you can taste it. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/bavarian-raspberry/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Time in the fridge 4 hours Ingredients # 250 g raspberries 600 g raspberry coulis 500 g smooth curd cheese 2 lemons 6 gelatine leaves 2 eggs 100 g caster sugar Preparation # Let the gelatine leaves stand for 5 minutes in a bowl of cold water. Wring out the gelatin leaves. Collect the juice from your lemons. In a saucepan, melt the gelatine leaves with the lemon juice over very low heat. Allow your preparation to cool. Whisk your egg whites until stiff. In a salad bowl, whisk together the cottage cheese, sugar, gelatine and the two egg yolks. Add the raspberry coulis and your egg whites. Pour your preparation into a mold. Leave to rest in the fridge for 4 hours. Turn out your bavarois on a dish. Finish by decorating your Bavarian with raspberries. Now you can taste it. ","title":"Bavarian raspberry","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 10 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Ingredients # 4 cheeseburger buns 4 hamburgers 8 tanches of cheeseburger cheese 2 large tomatoes 1 onion 8 slices of bacon Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. Cook the burgers in a frying pan. Mince the onions and fry them in a separate pan. Grill the bacon slices. Slice the tomatoes. Place a slice of cheese on the bread cut in half, place 2 slices of tomatoes, 1 slice of bacon, then the chopped steak, the onion pieces, another slice of bacon and another slice of cheese. Cover the whole with the slice of bread. Place in the oven at 180°C for 10 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious cheeseburgers with a good French fry. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/cheeseburgers/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 10 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Ingredients # 4 cheeseburger buns 4 hamburgers 8 tanches of cheeseburger cheese 2 large tomatoes 1 onion 8 slices of bacon Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. Cook the burgers in a frying pan. Mince the onions and fry them in a separate pan. Grill the bacon slices. Slice the tomatoes. Place a slice of cheese on the bread cut in half, place 2 slices of tomatoes, 1 slice of bacon, then the chopped steak, the onion pieces, another slice of bacon and another slice of cheese. Cover the whole with the slice of bread. Place in the oven at 180°C for 10 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious cheeseburgers with a good French fry. ","title":"Cheeseburgers","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 2 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 180°C Cooking time 45 minutes Ingredients # 3 eggs 150 g caster sugar 160 g flour 1/3 bag of baking powder 170 g semi-salted butter 2 bananas 100 g of chocolate Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. Cut the bananas into slices. Melt a lump of butter in a frying pan, place the bananas in it and sprinkle with sugar. Fry them for 5 minutes and then leave to cool. In a bowl, whisk the eggs and sugar until the mixture whitens. Add the flour and baking powder. Make the butter and add it to the mixture. Add the bananas and the chocolate cut into pieces. Pour into a buttered and floured mould. Bake at 180°C for 45 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious chocolate banana cake. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-banana-cake/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 2 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 180°C Cooking time 45 minutes Ingredients # 3 eggs 150 g caster sugar 160 g flour 1/3 bag of baking powder 170 g semi-salted butter 2 bananas 100 g of chocolate Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. Cut the bananas into slices. Melt a lump of butter in a frying pan, place the bananas in it and sprinkle with sugar. Fry them for 5 minutes and then leave to cool. In a bowl, whisk the eggs and sugar until the mixture whitens. Add the flour and baking powder. Make the butter and add it to the mixture. Add the bananas and the chocolate cut into pieces. Pour into a buttered and floured mould. Bake at 180°C for 45 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious chocolate banana cake. ","title":"Chocolate banana cake","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # From 6 to 8 bars Preparation 20 minutes Time in the refrigerator 2 hours Ingredients # Crust # 1 tablespoon margarine 1/2 cup liquid honey 2 cups rice krispies 1/2 cup brown sugar 3/4 cup crushed nuts 1/2 cup peanut butter 1 cup dark or milk chocolate chips Trim # 2 tablespoons of peanut butter A cup of dark or milk chocolate chips Preparation of the crust # Heat the liquid honey, brown sugar, half a cup of chocolate chips, margarine and peanut butter. Remove from the heat and add the crushed nuts and cereal. Butter a square baking pan and then with a spatula, fold the mixture into the pan. Press with a large spoon to obtain a compact dough. Preparation of the filling # In a saucepan, heat a cup of chocolate and 2 tablespoons of peanut butter over very low heat. When the mixture is very smooth, mix and pour it over the crust with a spatula and spread well. Finishes # Place your cereal bars in the refrigerator for 2 hours. Cut your preparation into small rectangles to form bars. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-bar-with-rice-krispies/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # From 6 to 8 bars Preparation 20 minutes Time in the refrigerator 2 hours Ingredients # Crust # 1 tablespoon margarine 1/2 cup liquid honey 2 cups rice krispies 1/2 cup brown sugar 3/4 cup crushed nuts 1/2 cup peanut butter 1 cup dark or milk chocolate chips Trim # 2 tablespoons of peanut butter A cup of dark or milk chocolate chips Preparation of the crust # Heat the liquid honey, brown sugar, half a cup of chocolate chips, margarine and peanut butter. Remove from the heat and add the crushed nuts and cereal. Butter a square baking pan and then with a spatula, fold the mixture into the pan. Press with a large spoon to obtain a compact dough. Preparation of the filling # In a saucepan, heat a cup of chocolate and 2 tablespoons of peanut butter over very low heat. When the mixture is very smooth, mix and pour it over the crust with a spatula and spread well. Finishes # Place your cereal bars in the refrigerator for 2 hours. Cut your preparation into small rectangles to form bars. ","title":"Chocolate bar with rice krispies","type":"page"},{"content":"Come and discover the best chocolate brownie in the world.\nPreparation in video # { Recipe # Preparation 25 minutes For 6 people Cooking at 180° C Cooking time ** about 20 minutes** Ingredients # 200 g of chocolate of minimum 50%. 150 g butter 130 g caster sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 3 eggs 1 pinch of salt 50 g flour If necessary: hazelnuts, praline, chocolate chips, coconut \u0026hellip; Preparation # In a saucepan, melt the chocolate. While the chocolate is melting, melt the butter in the microwave. Then remove the chocolate from the heat, add the melted butter. In a bowl add the sugar, vanilla sugar, eggs (beaten into an omelet), and a pinch of salt. Pour the chocolate to the preparation. Mix well and then add the flour. Finally add the hazelnuts, praline or coconut \u0026hellip; Bake at 180°C for 15 minutes, then lower the oven to 160°C and bake for another 5 minutes or more. Now you can enjoy your delicious chocolate brownie. Tips # Wait for the cake to cool before unmolding it.\nYou can add sugar dough decorations when the cake is cold.\n","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-brownie/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Come and discover the best chocolate brownie in the world.\nPreparation in video # { ","title":"Chocolate Brownie","type":"page"},{"content":"Launched in 2015, the Cook Expert is the very first food processor from the manufacturer Magimix. Available in 3 different colours (red, chrome and black), the Cook Expert robot cooker is a truly versatile appliance capable of performing many tasks.\nA complete robot despite a technological deficit # The Cook Expert is a multifunction robot sold at the high price of 1200€. At first glance, the absence of a touch screen is obvious, at a time when competitors are racing for the biggest screens. Indeed, the commands are displayed on the screen and are selected using the buttons on the sides. However, the model is particularly intuitive and offers various automatic baking functions such as blender, bakery, robot etc.\nIn addition, within certain categories, there are predefined programs such as cream soup, for example. Once the sub-program has been chosen, simply insert the ingredients and press the auto button to start the robot. Then, between the cooking time and the mixing, the machine will take care of the whole operation.\nThe food processor function for slicing vegetables is particularly distinctive because it is automatically selected when the lid of the multi-function bowl is attached. Therefore, all you have to do is place the vegetables in the chute and press the button. The vegetables will then be sliced cleanly.\nWe also appreciate the expert function which, when activated, gives us control over all the parameters. With this function, you can choose the time, the mixing speed and the cooking temperature. It is also possible to set the cooking temperature to the nearest degree.\nAll the recipes launched with the robot are generally successful and the cooking temperatures are surprisingly precise. It is therefore a truly complete robot.\nThe practicality of the Cook Expert # First of all, the food processor comes with 2 other bowls, a large one mainly used for chopping fish or meat and a small one for chopping small amounts of parsley for example. In addition, all parts of the Expert Cook are dishwasher-safe. Also, following the example of the competition, the large bowl can be washed quickly by running soapy water for one minute at 40 degrees with the rinse programme. Then simply rinse the bowl and the result is very correct. However, this program is not sufficient when the preparation has particularly stuck during cooking. In addition, the accessories and plastic bowls take up a lot of space, so make sure you have enough room in your cupboards.\nMagimix has also insisted on the safety of its products. Indeed, the Cook Expert cannot start cooking without locking the lid. If the lid is not properly locked, a message will appear on the robot screen.\nIn conclusion, Magimix, together with Vorwerk and Moulinex, are the market leaders in multifunction food processors. The manufacturer was able to capitalize on its experience to develop a complete and versatile product. The recipes are good and particularly successful and the cooking times are respected. Nevertheless, we regret the relatively slow cooking times compared to competitors. Moreover, the product suffers from competition from renewed products. Indeed, launched in 2015, the Cook Expert is starting to look old, with the absence of a touch screen and an integrated scale.\nAccessories # ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/cook-expert-magimix/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Launched in 2015, the Cook Expert is the very first food processor from the manufacturer Magimix. Available in 3 different colours (red, chrome and black), the Cook Expert robot cooker is a truly versatile appliance capable of performing many tasks.\n","title":"Cook Expert de Magimix","type":"page"},{"content":"Nearly a year and a half after the release of its first multifunction robot Kcook Multi Smart CCL455SI, Kenwood is doing it again with its new model, the CookEasy+.\nA desired move upmarket # The CookEasy+ differs from its predecessor in its classy design. The new robot now has an adjustable 10.9 centimetre colour touch screen. The CookEasy+ is similar to the touch interface of the TM6 standard from Vorwerk or the Lidl Mr. Connect kitchen. The manufacturer has now opted for the integrated scale, which was a long-awaited feature.\nThe CookEasy+ takes advantage of the benefits of a multi-cooker robot and at the same time integrates new functions such as grating or chopping with the \u0026ldquo;Direct Prep\u0026rdquo; block. In addition, this block can be used without even having to use the robot afterwards.\nIn addition to the \u0026ldquo;Direct Prep\u0026rdquo; block, the CookEasy + comes with an external 2-stage steam basket and a water collector. It also comes with a mixer, an emulsifier, and removable knives. Note however that its dismantling is not easy and all the accessories take up space. However, the robot is intended to take up a permanent place on a work surface so that you can think about the working environment around the robot once and for all.\nIn addition, the CookEasy+ has a stainless steel bowl with a maximum capacity of 3 litres with the lid closed and even 4.5 litres with the bowl open. Another special feature of the CookEasy+ is that certain recipes can be cooked with the bowl open. In addition, unlike most food processors, it is possible to remove the blades and the blade holder for flat-bottom cooking. This will be particularly practical for long cooking times.\nA multifunction and connected robot # The CookEasy+ offers 8 preset programs for which blade speed, temperature and cooking time are already preset. You can therefore choose between the one pot, cream soup, old-fashioned soup, slow cooking, steaming, kneading, dough pushing and rinsing programs.\nThe application also offers a few additional modes such as simmering egg etc. In addition, this robot is also connected and programmable from a connected tablet or mobile phone. Pairing is done via the available Kenwood World application. You will then be able to consult all the recipes and start the steps via the application. As with the Thermomix or the Lidl robot, this information can also be displayed on the multi-cooker\u0026rsquo;s screen just as with the Thermomix or the Lidl robot.\nFor sorting purposes, the presence of filters allows recipes to be selected by different meal types or diets. On the whole, the instructions are precise and it is appreciable to be able to modify the number of people on the recipes in order to adapt the quantities of ingredients. It is particularly appreciated to be able to send the ingredients of a recipe via a shopping list on the phone.\nHowever, it is worth noting the absence of an internal steam basket, which has become standard among direct competitors. Also, the choice of a lid without ears that can be unlocked with a press and then a quarter turn is surprising and impractical after cooking since the lid remains hot.\nIn conclusion, the robot is generally attractive. However, some of the proposed recipes would benefit from being reviewed, as we have noted a few inaccuracies. Its design and its numerous functions are nevertheless appreciable. However, all these parameters have a cost because it is now sold at 999€, i.e. 300€ more expensive than the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s first model, the Kcook multi Smart.\nKenwood World for iPhone or Android # You can install the Kenwood World application on :\niOS poir iPhone Android: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.kenwood.world\u0026hl=fr Install the Kenwood World application on iPhone :\nSearch your recipes on iPhone :\nPrepare a recipe on iPhone :\nPreparing a recipe\n","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/cook-easy-plus-kenwood/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Nearly a year and a half after the release of its first multifunction robot Kcook Multi Smart CCL455SI, Kenwood is doing it again with its new model, the CookEasy+.\nA desired move upmarket # The CookEasy+ differs from its predecessor in its classy design. The new robot now has an adjustable 10.9 centimetre colour touch screen. The CookEasy+ is similar to the touch interface of the TM6 standard from Vorwerk or the Lidl Mr. Connect kitchen. The manufacturer has now opted for the integrated scale, which was a long-awaited feature.\n","title":"CookEasy+ Kenwood","type":"page"},{"content":"2020 will see the arrival of the highly anticipated Cookeo Touch, the connected high-pressure multi-cooker. This smart pressure cooker will bring new features to replace its million-selling predecessor.\nNew features on the Cookeo touch # After its first version released in 2012, Moulinex returns eight years later with a brand new product. The Cookeo touch is resolutely connected, and the first eye-catching feature is its new tilting touch screen. In addition, the Cookeo touch will be connected to the wifi network. As a result, the device will be regularly updated to incorporate new Moulinex recipes or even recipes from the Cookeo community.\nA robot for everyday use # The Cookeo touch retains its ergonomic qualities to make it practical to use. Moreover, it will save you a considerable amount of time, thanks in particular to the search function, which is available in 3 menus:\nSearch according to the type of dish: the robot is able to filter the recipes according to the type of starters, main courses and desserts. Search according to preparation time: this very practical function will allow you to filter the recipes according to your availability. This way, you will have access to recipes adapted to your schedule. In addition, thanks to its ultra-fast cooking function, the choice of quick recipes to make is not spared. In addition, the Cookéo touch integrates more than 100 recipes that can be made in less than 10 minutes. Search according to product availability: depending on what you have left in the fridge or cupboard, you can indicate these products to the food processor, which will show you all the recipes suitable for your products. Also, when preparing a recipe, you can use the video assistance function. Indeed, during the different cooking steps, you can be guided through the step by step in photo or even video. This feature is very useful, especially for those steps where food handling is delicate. Up to date features\nThe new Cookeo touch robot has new features among the 13 cooking modes such as :\nThe pressure cooking function: This function adapts itself to the characteristics of the products. Cooking can be done at Express, Soft, High and Low pressure. The Sauté function, to brown or crisp your food. The Simmer function, for slow cooking. The Reheat and Keep Warm functions, to keep the dish warm until it reaches the table. Planned for March 2020, the Cookeo touch will be available at around 399€. It will immediately compete with Lidl\u0026rsquo;s flagship product, the Monsieur Cuisine Connect. In order to stand out, the product emphasises its intuitive and practical nature for everyday use. In addition, its wifi connection will allow you to enrich your recipes with regular additions. It is therefore clearly in line with its predecessors, namely an intelligent, ergonomic and fast multi-cooker that simplifies the life of its users.\n","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/cookeo-touch-moulinex/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"2020 will see the arrival of the highly anticipated Cookeo Touch, the connected high-pressure multi-cooker. This smart pressure cooker will bring new features to replace its million-selling predecessor.\nNew features on the Cookeo touch # After its first version released in 2012, Moulinex returns eight years later with a brand new product. The Cookeo touch is resolutely connected, and the first eye-catching feature is its new tilting touch screen. In addition, the Cookeo touch will be connected to the wifi network. As a result, the device will be regularly updated to incorporate new Moulinex recipes or even recipes from the Cookeo community.\n","title":"Cookeo touch Moulinex 2020","type":"page"},{"content":"Moulinex offers a new version of its famous Cookeo cooker called Cookeo+ connect, this time with a model connected by bluetooth and integrating nearly 200 recipes directly into the device to give you a wide range of choices. Offered at €259.99, the multifunction robot from Moulinex is astonishing.\nThe accessories supplied with the Robot Cooker # When unpacking the product, you will find the essentials to be able to make hot or cold dishes, i.e. the Robot cooker, a cooking vat and a steam basket. Other essential accessories such as the spatula are not supplied with the product. The ceramic cooking vessel has a total capacity of 6 litres, which is ideal for preparing dishes for 6 people. The food processor is equipped with a 7.5 centimetre diagonal colour screen with a relatively low resolution, as the pixels on the screen are clearly distinguishable. Only 2 buttons are present to manage the device, namely a central wheel with a validation button and a second return button.\nThe Cookéo + connect functionalities # The Cookeo + Connect can be set up in 2 modes, namely an automatic mode composed of pre-recorded recipes, and a manual mode where you will be free to make your own recipes. In the latter case, you will have the choice between 6 different cooking modes (Under pressure, simmer, browning, gentle cooking, reheating and keeping warm). The automatic mode includes 200 recipes that you can make. Also, the Cookeo + connect has a search function so that you can list the possible recipes with the available ingredients. Finally, the Cookeo connects to the smartphone via Bluetooth. Indeed, the robot cooker is limited to 200 recipes, however with the connection to the smartphone, it will be possible to make additional recipes. Results in the kitchen\nThe results are quite surprising since the recipes are good. Overall, the cooking times and temperatures are well respected. The food processor will ensure that the meat and/or fish is cooked to the desired consistency. Moreover, the manual mode is also a success, with a particularly efficient preheating mode. Of course, the expected results will not be of the order of a top-of-the-range multifunction robot, however, the Cookeo + Connect ensures more than the essentials by producing quality recipes.\nIn conclusion, like its predecessors, the Cookeo + Connect continues to spread the image of a product with an excellent quality/price ratio. Indeed, despite a very low price, it will generate quality recipes. Moreover, its handling is very instinctive and its maintenance is very easy. Moreover, its connectivity allows it to enrich its portfolio of recipes on a daily basis. The product is therefore suitable for any cooking novice who wants to save time. Finally, as Moulinex is part of the SEB group, the manufacturer is committed to ensuring the availability of parts for 10 years, and to guaranteeing its robot for 2 years.\nCookeo + connect features # { ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/cookeo-plus-connect-moulinex/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Moulinex offers a new version of its famous Cookeo cooker called Cookeo+ connect, this time with a model connected by bluetooth and integrating nearly 200 recipes directly into the device to give you a wide range of choices. Offered at €259.99, the multifunction robot from Moulinex is astonishing.\n","title":"Cookeo+ Connect de Moulinex","type":"page"},{"content":"Homemade pastries are the best compromise. Indeed, they are both economical and also more transparent since they allow us to know all the ingredients that make up the recipe. In order to do this, you will have to purchase the appropriate equipment, which may include a pastry robot. Now considered a true kitchen helper, the pastry robot is an excellent companion that saves time and effort.\nCookmii, the low-cost food processor on the market # The Cookmii SM-1301 is the cheapest robot on the market with a price below 100€. It is part of an extended range of 3 models ranging from 1090 watts for the smallest to 1800 watts for the largest. Only its price does not necessarily indicate a bad quality, on the contrary. Its good value for money makes it one of the best of the moment. It seduces in particular by its modern design by bringing color in your kitchen. But it is above all for all its qualities and features that it is highly appreciated by consumers. For example, one of the special features of the robot is the fact that it is equipped with a planetary movement. This enables it to mix all the ingredients and even scrape the bottom of the bowl and the edges to obtain a more homogeneous dough. It is also equipped with a variator to adapt its speed according to the type of preparation. You can choose between 6 speeds, as well as a Pulse function. Finally, its stainless steel bowl has a capacity of 5 litres. This is very practical as it is able to offer preparations for the whole family in one go.\nA versatile pastry robot # The Cookmii is a versatile food processor as it allows you to make different types of dough (bread dough, pizza dough, shortbread, etc.). It is also capable of making egg whites or whipped cream. As you can see, this food processor can help you with a lot of recipes. To do this, it comes with a mixer, a hook and a whisk. However, you will regret the noise level of the robot when it is running at full speed.\nMoreover, the pastry robot is designed to be practical to use. Therefore, it is easy to remove the bowl from its base thanks to the tilting head of the food processor. The accessories are also easy to place and remove without even the slightest effort.\nAll in all, the Cookmii is very good value for money. Practical because it is easy to use, ultra-designed and high-performance, this pastry robot offers undeniable qualities and is therefore recommended. So you enjoy a simple and efficient kitchen without having to go broke, the Cookmii food processor will be ideal. Its reliability and large capacity will ensure the essentials. However, if you are a fan of making thicker pasta recipes, you will certainly have to opt for the more powerful model. With 1260 watts, the Cookmii SM-1301 has a slight tendency to run out of steam when the dough is rougher.\n","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/cookmii/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Homemade pastries are the best compromise. Indeed, they are both economical and also more transparent since they allow us to know all the ingredients that make up the recipe. In order to do this, you will have to purchase the appropriate equipment, which may include a pastry robot. Now considered a true kitchen helper, the pastry robot is an excellent companion that saves time and effort.\n","title":"Cookmii","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 30 minutes Cooking time minutes Ingredients # 3 zucchini 3 carrots 3 turnips 1 can of chickpeas 3 peppers 1 celery branch 3 onions 1 kid, canned tomatoes 3 cloves of garlic artichoke bed clove 1 slice/person of lamb necklace chicken 2 mergez/person 1 large tablespoon couscous spices harissa olive oil water Preparation # Fry the lamb in olive oil with onions cut into pieces. Cook the chicken and marinate them separately. Sauté all the vegetables except chickpeas with the lamb. Pour water until it cools the food. Add the couscous spices. Stir in the chickpeas. Leave leather. Now you can enjoy your delicious couscous. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/couscous/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 30 minutes Cooking time minutes Ingredients # 3 zucchini 3 carrots 3 turnips 1 can of chickpeas 3 peppers 1 celery branch 3 onions 1 kid, canned tomatoes 3 cloves of garlic artichoke bed clove 1 slice/person of lamb necklace chicken 2 mergez/person 1 large tablespoon couscous spices harissa olive oil water Preparation # Fry the lamb in olive oil with onions cut into pieces. Cook the chicken and marinate them separately. Sauté all the vegetables except chickpeas with the lamb. Pour water until it cools the food. Add the couscous spices. Stir in the chickpeas. Leave leather. Now you can enjoy your delicious couscous. ","title":"Couscous","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 10 minutes Ingredients # 8 sandwich loaves 1 packet of Gruyère cheese 4 slices of white ham butter 60 cl milk (eggs) Preparation # Preheat the oven to 230°C. Dip the slices of sandwich loaf in the milk. Cut the slices of ham in half. Arrange the half slices of ham on the sandwich loaves. Pour some cheese on your croque monsieur. Put another slice of bread on each croque monsieur. Melt a knob of butter in a frying pan. Cook the croque monsieur in the pan until they are golden brown. If you wish, cook fried eggs and place them on your croque monsieur. Now you can enjoy your delicious croque monsieur. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/croque-monsieur/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 10 minutes Ingredients # 8 sandwich loaves 1 packet of Gruyère cheese 4 slices of white ham butter 60 cl milk (eggs) Preparation # Preheat the oven to 230°C. Dip the slices of sandwich loaf in the milk. Cut the slices of ham in half. Arrange the half slices of ham on the sandwich loaves. Pour some cheese on your croque monsieur. Put another slice of bread on each croque monsieur. Melt a knob of butter in a frying pan. Cook the croque monsieur in the pan until they are golden brown. If you wish, cook fried eggs and place them on your croque monsieur. Now you can enjoy your delicious croque monsieur. ","title":"Croque monsieur","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 1 hour Ingredients # 1 shoulder of lamb 1 brick of coconut milk 2 green apples 2 tomatoes 3 onions 2 cloves of garlic 2 tablespoons curry 20 cl of water Preparation # Bone and chop your shoulder of lamb. Pour the pieces into a stewpot and roast them to remove all the fat. Remove the meat from the stewpot. Add the chopped garlic, diced onions, and grated apples to the stewpot for 2 minutes on the heat. Add the tomatoes cut into cubes. Return the pieces of meat. Cover and let stand for half an hour. Add the coconut milk. Simmer for half an hour. Now you can enjoy your delicious meal. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/lamb-curry/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 1 hour Ingredients # 1 shoulder of lamb 1 brick of coconut milk 2 green apples 2 tomatoes 3 onions 2 cloves of garlic 2 tablespoons curry 20 cl of water Preparation # Bone and chop your shoulder of lamb. Pour the pieces into a stewpot and roast them to remove all the fat. Remove the meat from the stewpot. Add the chopped garlic, diced onions, and grated apples to the stewpot for 2 minutes on the heat. Add the tomatoes cut into cubes. Return the pieces of meat. Cover and let stand for half an hour. Add the coconut milk. Simmer for half an hour. Now you can enjoy your delicious meal. ","title":"Curry d'agneau","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking time 45 minutes Temperature 210° C (thermostat 7) Ingredients # 200 g flour 1 sachet of baking powder 3 eggs 12 cl whole milk 10 cl olive oil 6 servings of laughing cow 6 knackis Preparation # Preheat the oven to 220°C (thermostat 7). In a bowl, mix the flour with the baking powder. Dig a well in the middle and put the whole eggs in it. Mix everything together to obtain a dough. Then add the milk and oil and mix well to obtain a homogeneous dough. Cut the knackis into pieces. Then add them to the paste with the whole portions of laughing cow and mustard. Stir well with a spatula. Season with salt and pepper. Butter a cake tin and then pour the dough into it. Put in the oven for 45 min at 220°C (gas mark 7). Take out the cake and let it cool. You can now enjoy your delicious Laughing Cow and Knack Cake. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/laughing-cow-and-knuckle-cake/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking time 45 minutes Temperature 210° C (thermostat 7) Ingredients # 200 g flour 1 sachet of baking powder 3 eggs 12 cl whole milk 10 cl olive oil 6 servings of laughing cow 6 knackis Preparation # Preheat the oven to 220°C (thermostat 7). In a bowl, mix the flour with the baking powder. Dig a well in the middle and put the whole eggs in it. Mix everything together to obtain a dough. Then add the milk and oil and mix well to obtain a homogeneous dough. Cut the knackis into pieces. Then add them to the paste with the whole portions of laughing cow and mustard. Stir well with a spatula. Season with salt and pepper. Butter a cake tin and then pour the dough into it. Put in the oven for 45 min at 220°C (gas mark 7). Take out the cake and let it cool. You can now enjoy your delicious Laughing Cow and Knack Cake. ","title":"Laughing cow and knuckle cake","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 10 minutes Time in the fridge 2 hours Ingredients # 500 g shrimp 1 clove of garlic 2 tablespoons of olive oil 2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar 2 tablespoons sweet soy sauce 2 tablespoons nuoc nam 2 tablespoons lime juice 1 pinch ginger powder 1 pinch of coriander powder salt pepper Preparation # Peel the shrimp. Mix all the ingredients for the marinade. 3. Add the shrimp to the marinade. Leave to rest for 2 hours in the refrigerator. Brown the shrimp with the marinade in a frying pan for 10 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious marinated shrimp. Tip # You can enjoy your delicious shrimps with Chinese noodles.\n","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/marinated-shrimps/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 10 minutes Time in the fridge 2 hours Ingredients # 500 g shrimp 1 clove of garlic 2 tablespoons of olive oil 2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar 2 tablespoons sweet soy sauce 2 tablespoons nuoc nam 2 tablespoons lime juice 1 pinch ginger powder 1 pinch of coriander powder salt pepper Preparation # Peel the shrimp. Mix all the ingredients for the marinade. 3. Add the shrimp to the marinade. Leave to rest for 2 hours in the refrigerator. Brown the shrimp with the marinade in a frying pan for 10 minutes. Now you can enjoy your delicious marinated shrimp. Tip # You can enjoy your delicious shrimps with Chinese noodles.\n","title":"Marinated shrimps","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/meal/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Meal","type":"categories"},{"content":"It reminds us of good childhood memories.\nRecipe # Preparation 35 minutes For 6 people Cooking 180°C For 45 minutes Minimum resting time 3 hours Ingredians # 15 g baker\u0026rsquo;s yeast 300 g flour 170 g butter salt 10 cl milk 1 tablespoon powdered sugar 3 eggs Preparation # Dissolve the yeast in the warm milk. Sift the flour into a large bowl and add the powdered sugar and salt. Mix. Melt 150 g butter. Gradually pour into the bowl. Put the eggs one by one and add the milk and yeast mixture. Mix. Knead for about 15 minutes (you can use a food processor). Form the dough into a ball. Cover it with a damp cloth. Leave the dough to rest for about 1 hour. Knead the dough again for at least 15 minutes. Cut the dough into 3 pieces, make 3 threads and braid. Leave the dough until it doubles in volume. Butter your dish. Place the braid in the dish. Bake at 180°C for 30 minutes. If it is too golden, put a foil, to plunge it back in the oven for 15 minutes. Tips # When it rests, put it in a warm place (it will swell better).\n","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/old-fashioned-braided-brioche/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"It reminds us of good childhood memories.\nRecipe # Preparation 35 minutes For 6 people Cooking 180°C For 45 minutes Minimum resting time 3 hours Ingredians # 15 g baker’s yeast 300 g flour 170 g butter salt 10 cl milk 1 tablespoon powdered sugar 3 eggs Preparation # Dissolve the yeast in the warm milk. Sift the flour into a large bowl and add the powdered sugar and salt. Mix. Melt 150 g butter. Gradually pour into the bowl. Put the eggs one by one and add the milk and yeast mixture. Mix. Knead for about 15 minutes (you can use a food processor). Form the dough into a ball. Cover it with a damp cloth. Leave the dough to rest for about 1 hour. Knead the dough again for at least 15 minutes. Cut the dough into 3 pieces, make 3 threads and braid. Leave the dough until it doubles in volume. Butter your dish. Place the braid in the dish. Bake at 180°C for 30 minutes. If it is too golden, put a foil, to plunge it back in the oven for 15 minutes. Tips # When it rests, put it in a warm place (it will swell better).\n","title":"Old fashioned braided brioche","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Cooking time 50 minutes Ingredients # 250 g flour 4 eggs 200 g green olives 200 g smoked ham 150 g grated Swiss cheese 1 sachet of baking powder 50 g olive oil (1/2 glass) 1.5 glass of white wine Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. Cut the ham into small pieces. Put the pieces of ham in a salad bowl with the olives (pitted), Gruyère cheese, eggs, olive oil and white wine. Mix well. Mix the flour and baking powder in a bowl and add it to the preparation. Bake at 180°C for 50 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious olive cake. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/olive-cake/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 15 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Cooking time 50 minutes Ingredients # 250 g flour 4 eggs 200 g green olives 200 g smoked ham 150 g grated Swiss cheese 1 sachet of baking powder 50 g olive oil (1/2 glass) 1.5 glass of white wine Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. Cut the ham into small pieces. Put the pieces of ham in a salad bowl with the olives (pitted), Gruyère cheese, eggs, olive oil and white wine. Mix well. Mix the flour and baking powder in a bowl and add it to the preparation. Bake at 180°C for 50 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious olive cake. ","title":"Olive cake","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 90°C Ingredients # 70 g liquid cream 50 g Parmesan cheese 1 egg yolk dried tomatoes basil Preparation # Bring the cream to a boil. In the moulds, place the dried tomato in small pieces and a little basil. In a salad bowl, mix the egg yolk and cream and then the parmesan. Pour the cream over the dried tomatoes in the moulds. Cook at 90°C for 30 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious crème brûlées. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/parmesan-creme-brulee/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 30 minutes Cooking temperature 90°C Ingredients # 70 g liquid cream 50 g Parmesan cheese 1 egg yolk dried tomatoes basil Preparation # Bring the cream to a boil. In the moulds, place the dried tomato in small pieces and a little basil. In a salad bowl, mix the egg yolk and cream and then the parmesan. Pour the cream over the dried tomatoes in the moulds. Cook at 90°C for 30 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious crème brûlées. ","title":"Parmesan crème brulée","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation time 10 minutes For 6 persons Cooking at 140°C Cooking time 28 to 30 minutes Cooling time 1 hour Ingredients # 4 egg yolks 1/2 litre of liquid crème fraiche 1 vanilla bean 8 pears in syrup 4 tablespoons brown sugar 80 g sugar Preparation # In a salad bowl, mix the egg yolks and sugar. Add the single cream and the vanilla pulp taken from the inside of the pod. Cut the pears into quarters and place them in a star shape in 4 baking dishes. Pour the mixture over the pears. Bake at 140°C for 25 to 30 minutes. Leave to cool for about 1 hour. Sprinkle with brown sugar. Caramelize under the broiler in the oven. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/pear-creme-brulee/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation time 10 minutes For 6 persons Cooking at 140°C Cooking time 28 to 30 minutes Cooling time 1 hour Ingredients # 4 egg yolks 1/2 litre of liquid crème fraiche 1 vanilla bean 8 pears in syrup 4 tablespoons brown sugar 80 g sugar Preparation # In a salad bowl, mix the egg yolks and sugar. Add the single cream and the vanilla pulp taken from the inside of the pod. Cut the pears into quarters and place them in a star shape in 4 baking dishes. Pour the mixture over the pears. Bake at 140°C for 25 to 30 minutes. Leave to cool for about 1 hour. Sprinkle with brown sugar. Caramelize under the broiler in the oven. ","title":"Pear crème brulée","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes Ingredients # 500 g raspberries 200 g sugar 200 g of water Preparation # Bring the water and sugar to a boil. Add the raspberry syrup. Mix the preparation. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/raspberry-coulis/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # Preparation 15 minutes Ingredients # 500 g raspberries 200 g sugar 200 g of water Preparation # Bring the water and sugar to a boil. Add the raspberry syrup. Mix the preparation. ","title":"Raspberry coulis","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 45 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Ingredients # 1 pineapple 6 black peppercorns 125 g caster sugar 2 vanilla bean 1 tablespoon of brown rum 25 cl of water 1 fresh ginger root Preparation # Insert the base and top of the pineapple. Peel it vertically. Cut the pineapple into slices about 4 cm high and remove the hard core. Leave the pineapple slices aside. Cut the vanilla beans in half vertically. Mash the pepper and grate 1 tablespoon of ginger. Pour the sugar into a saucepan over low heat and let it caramelize. When the sugar becomes caramel, stir thoroughly to prevent it from sticking to the pan, then add the vanilla bean, crushed pepper and grated ginger. Then add the water and rum to the caramel. Cook the caramel until it boils. Place the pineapple slices in an oven dish and pour the caramel over the pineapple. Place in the oven for 40 minutes at 180°C and sprinkle the pineapple with caramel. You can now enjoy your delicious hot roasted pineapple with a scoop of vanilla galce. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/roasted-pineapple-with-vanilla-pepper-caramel/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 45 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Ingredients # 1 pineapple 6 black peppercorns 125 g caster sugar 2 vanilla bean 1 tablespoon of brown rum 25 cl of water 1 fresh ginger root Preparation # Insert the base and top of the pineapple. Peel it vertically. Cut the pineapple into slices about 4 cm high and remove the hard core. Leave the pineapple slices aside. Cut the vanilla beans in half vertically. Mash the pepper and grate 1 tablespoon of ginger. Pour the sugar into a saucepan over low heat and let it caramelize. When the sugar becomes caramel, stir thoroughly to prevent it from sticking to the pan, then add the vanilla bean, crushed pepper and grated ginger. Then add the water and rum to the caramel. Cook the caramel until it boils. Place the pineapple slices in an oven dish and pour the caramel over the pineapple. Place in the oven for 40 minutes at 180°C and sprinkle the pineapple with caramel. You can now enjoy your delicious hot roasted pineapple with a scoop of vanilla galce. ","title":"Roasted Pineapple with Vanilla Pepper Caramel","type":"page"},{"content":"A great cake for birthdays\nRecipe # Preparation 1 hour For 6 people Time in the refrigerator 6 hours Time in the freezer 20 minutes Ingredients # 40 cl single cream 1 lemon 140 g caster sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 6 gelatine leaves 500 g strawberries 26 biscuits spoon 1 tablespoon strawberry alcohol ice cube Preparation # In a bowl of cold water, soak the gelatin. Wash the strawberries and remove the stems. Set 8 strawberries aside, mix the others and add the lemon juice (you should get a smooth purée). Transfer the puree to a strainer to remove the seeds and obtain a coulis. Take 1/4 of the coulis to heat it in a saucepan, then put the gelatine (drain it before putting it in the coulis ). Mix the two coulis and let cool to room temperature. Bring to the boil 15 cl of water and 80 g of sugar. Remove from the heat and leave to cool, then add the strawberry alcohol. Put the cream in the freezer for 20 minutes. Whisk vigorously to obtain a whipped cream. Put the sachet of vanilla sugar (stir gently). Put in a bowl larger than the first one, add the ice cubes and fit the small one into the large one. Stir to see that it has thickened. Remove from the heat and add the whipped cream. Mix gently. Leave at room temperature. Place the cookies on the spoon, dip on the sides and bottom of the dish (rounded side against the dish). Pour the cream into the dish. Cut the strawberries into slices. Arrange the strawberry slices. Lay out the plastic film and chill for 6 hours before unmoulding the cake. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/strawberry-charlotte/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"A great cake for birthdays\nRecipe # Preparation 1 hour For 6 people Time in the refrigerator 6 hours Time in the freezer 20 minutes Ingredients # 40 cl single cream 1 lemon 140 g caster sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 6 gelatine leaves 500 g strawberries 26 biscuits spoon 1 tablespoon strawberry alcohol ice cube Preparation # In a bowl of cold water, soak the gelatin. Wash the strawberries and remove the stems. Set 8 strawberries aside, mix the others and add the lemon juice (you should get a smooth purée). Transfer the puree to a strainer to remove the seeds and obtain a coulis. Take 1/4 of the coulis to heat it in a saucepan, then put the gelatine (drain it before putting it in the coulis ). Mix the two coulis and let cool to room temperature. Bring to the boil 15 cl of water and 80 g of sugar. Remove from the heat and leave to cool, then add the strawberry alcohol. Put the cream in the freezer for 20 minutes. Whisk vigorously to obtain a whipped cream. Put the sachet of vanilla sugar (stir gently). Put in a bowl larger than the first one, add the ice cubes and fit the small one into the large one. Stir to see that it has thickened. Remove from the heat and add the whipped cream. Mix gently. Leave at room temperature. Place the cookies on the spoon, dip on the sides and bottom of the dish (rounded side against the dish). Pour the cream into the dish. Cut the strawberries into slices. Arrange the strawberry slices. Lay out the plastic film and chill for 6 hours before unmoulding the cake. ","title":"Strawberry charlotte","type":"page"},{"content":"The cake we take everywhere\nRecipe # Preparation 40 minutes For 6 to 8 people Cooking at 200°C Cooking time 10 to 15 minutes Ingredians # 3 eggs 100 g caster sugar 40 g of starch 200 g strawberry jam confectioner\u0026rsquo;s sugar Preparation # Preheat the oven to 200°C. Break the eggs, separating the whites from the yolks. Mix the egg yolks with the sugar (until the mixture turns white). Add the flour and starch. Beat the egg whites until stiff. Add them to the preparation. Mix very gently. Butter the plate. Pour the dough on the baking sheet. Bake at 200°C for 10 to 15 minutes until the biscuit becomes blond and just firm. Take it out of the oven and unmould it immediately on a damp cloth. Roll up the biscuit with the cloth and leave it to cool. Unwind the baking gently and spread the jam. Roll the biscuit again. Sprinkle with icing sugar. Serve. Tips # Put a pinch of salt or baking soda. Do not squeeze the cookie when you roll it.\n","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/strawberry-jam-rolled-biscuit/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The cake we take everywhere\nRecipe # Preparation 40 minutes For 6 to 8 people Cooking at 200°C Cooking time 10 to 15 minutes Ingredians # 3 eggs 100 g caster sugar 40 g of starch 200 g strawberry jam confectioner’s sugar Preparation # Preheat the oven to 200°C. Break the eggs, separating the whites from the yolks. Mix the egg yolks with the sugar (until the mixture turns white). Add the flour and starch. Beat the egg whites until stiff. Add them to the preparation. Mix very gently. Butter the plate. Pour the dough on the baking sheet. Bake at 200°C for 10 to 15 minutes until the biscuit becomes blond and just firm. Take it out of the oven and unmould it immediately on a damp cloth. Roll up the biscuit with the cloth and leave it to cool. Unwind the baking gently and spread the jam. Roll the biscuit again. Sprinkle with icing sugar. Serve. Tips # Put a pinch of salt or baking soda. Do not squeeze the cookie when you roll it.\n","title":"Strawberry jam rolled biscuit","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 40 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Ingredients # 4 round courgettes 100 gr of ground beef 100 g sausage meat the plulpe of 2 tomatoes 1/2 red onion parsley 1 glass of rice 2 glasses of salt water olive oil salt pepper Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. In a large frying pan, sauté the chopped onion with a drizzle of olive oil. Add the minced beef, sausage meat and tomato pulp. Add salt and pepper to taste. Simmer over low heat. In the meantime, scoop out the zucchini: cut off the top to make a small cap and scoop out the zucchini with a spoon. When the meat is cooked, add the percilfinely chopped and passed through the vegetable mill or mincer with the cooking juices. Stuff the courgettes with the minced meat, put their cap back on and place them in an ovenproof dish. Pour the rice into the dish between the courgettes and cover with lightly salted water. Bake at 180°C for about 40 minutes. Test the cooking of the courgettes with the tip of a knife. You can now enjoy your delicious stuffed zucchini. ","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/stuffed-zucchini/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 4 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 40 minutes Cooking temperature 180°C Ingredients # 4 round courgettes 100 gr of ground beef 100 g sausage meat the plulpe of 2 tomatoes 1/2 red onion parsley 1 glass of rice 2 glasses of salt water olive oil salt pepper Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. In a large frying pan, sauté the chopped onion with a drizzle of olive oil. Add the minced beef, sausage meat and tomato pulp. Add salt and pepper to taste. Simmer over low heat. In the meantime, scoop out the zucchini: cut off the top to make a small cap and scoop out the zucchini with a spoon. When the meat is cooked, add the percilfinely chopped and passed through the vegetable mill or mincer with the cooking juices. Stuff the courgettes with the minced meat, put their cap back on and place them in an ovenproof dish. Pour the rice into the dish between the courgettes and cover with lightly salted water. Bake at 180°C for about 40 minutes. Test the cooking of the courgettes with the tip of a knife. You can now enjoy your delicious stuffed zucchini. ","title":"Stuffed zucchini","type":"page"},{"content":"The Cake Factory is the latest product from Tefal. It is an oven designed to bake all types of cakes. Marketed from 149€, the Cake Factory comes with 3 moulds, a non-stick split mould and 2 silicone moulds. The different programs\nThe Cake Factory has 5 dedicated programs that you can find on the screen located on the outside of the device:\nCakes to share: for brownie-type cakes. Individual cakes: to make cookies or other muffins. Fluffy heart: to make chocolate fluffy cakes for example. Meringue: as the name suggests, this feature allows you to bake meringues. Chocolate Melting: this mode will allow you to melt chocolate and butter without running the risk of burning it. All recipes are designed for a maximum of 6 people. It also includes a manual program that allows you to choose the cooking temperature but also the duration. Also, the cooking temperature ranges between 40 and 240 degrees which leaves a wide enough spectrum for any type of cooking.\nAll in all, the Factory cake is very practical since it is simply a matter of making the preparation and choosing the dedicated program. No need to watch the baking, the Cake Factory takes care of it all by itself. The cake machine is at ease with baking. It is quick and relatively precise and the machine does not need any pre-heating time.\nA few points to keep in mind # We regret the lack of safety in the use of the device since the cover has no clip system. Unfortunately, anyone will be able to open the lid when the unit is in use. Since the Cake factory is intended for use by families, including children, great care must be taken when handling it, especially as the product heats up outside. Temperature readings have shown that the lid can reach 60 degrees.\nIt is also important to pay attention to the cooking temperatures, which are not always respected by the appliance. The delta can reach up to 10 degrees of difference, which will affect the final result. It is up to you to judge after use the right temperature to indicate.\nIn conclusion, this product is perfectly suitable for lovers of home-made pastries. The product is simple and quick to use and its appealing price of 149€ is reasonable. You can also find it for much less on other commercial sites than the manufacturer\u0026rsquo;s one. On the other hand, if the customer wants a perfect baking such as an insider in pastry making, the cake factory will probably not be adapted to his needs. In this case, it would be better to do without it and simply opt for a traditional oven that also does the job very well.\n","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/cake-factory-tefal-kd801811/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"The Cake Factory is the latest product from Tefal. It is an oven designed to bake all types of cakes. Marketed from 149€, the Cake Factory comes with 3 moulds, a non-stick split mould and 2 silicone moulds. The different programs\n","title":"Tefal KD801811 Cake Factory","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"9 April 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/categories/utensil/","section":"Categories","summary":"","title":"Utensil","type":"categories"},{"content":"Carl and Adolph Vorwerk founded the Group in Germany in 1883. Before producing robots in our modern times, the group manufactured high-end carpets and rugs. In 1929, in search of the most efficient solution for carpet care, the group created the first carpet vacuum cleaner under the brand name Kobold. In 1930, the Group began home sales, which over the years became its core business.\nHistory of Thermomix # Here are the key dates for the group:\n1883 : Creation of the Vorwerk group 1929: First Kobold vacuum cleaner. 1961: First multifunction robot, the Thermomix VKM5 1964: Thermomix VM10 1971: First cooking robot, the Thermomix VM2000 1977: Thermomix VM2200 1980: Thermomix TM3000 1982: Thermomix TM3300 1996: Thermomix TM21 2004: Thermomix TM31 2009: Opening of the first store in Germany 2012: Kobold VK140 Vacuum Cleaner with DuoClean Brush 2013: Kobold VR100 Robot 2014 : Thermomix TM5, and vacuum robot VR200 2016: Thermomix connected, and the Kobold VK200 household system 2017: Opening of the first Vorwerk boutique in Paris 2019 : Thermomix TM6, opening of the Marseille boutique 2020: opening of the Toulouse and Lyon boutique ","date":"26 February 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-dates/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Carl and Adolph Vorwerk founded the Group in Germany in 1883. Before producing robots in our modern times, the group manufactured high-end carpets and rugs. In 1929, in search of the most efficient solution for carpet care, the group created the first carpet vacuum cleaner under the brand name Kobold. In 1930, the Group began home sales, which over the years became its core business.\n","title":"Main Vorwerk group dates","type":"page"},{"content":"For several years now, the risk associated with the ingestion of aluminium has been increasingly cited in studies.\nStudy \u0026ldquo;Risk Assessment of Using Aluminum Foil in Food Preparation\u0026rdquo;. # The study \u0026ldquo;Risk Assessment of Using Aluminum Foil in Food Preparation\u0026rdquo; (Ghada Bassioni, Fathia S. Mohammed , Essam Al Zubaidy and Issam Kobrsi) published in the International Journal of Electrochemical science in 2012 is one of the interesting sources of information.\nThe study confirms When cooking with an aluminium container, the transfer of aluminium to the food is confirmed.\nAnses study # The National Agency for Food, Environmental and Occupational Health Safety conducted a study in 2016: \u0026ldquo;Exposure to aluminium through food\u0026rdquo;.\nHere\u0026rsquo;s the report from the Anses: [https://www.anses.fr/fr/system/files/EAUX-Ra-Aluminium.pdf]\nThe toxic effects of aluminium can mainly affect bone tissue and the central nervous system (psychomotor disorders, encephalopathies).\nThe confirmed clinical effects of aluminium have always been observed in situations of regular high exposures: patients with renal insufficiency on dialysis, parenteral nutrition, professionally exposed persons. In workers, toxicity manifests itself mainly at the pulmonary and nervous levels.\nIn 2016, the ANSES concluded that no studies have shown such effects in the general population, exposed through diet or health products.\nEuropean Food Safety Authority # On 15 July 2018, EFSA issued a Scientific Opinion \u0026ldquo;Safety of aluminium from food sources\u0026rdquo;: https://www.efsa.europa.eu/fr/press/news/080715\nDietary exposure to aluminium has been the subject of several studies in different European countries. The Panel found that exposure can vary considerably from person to person. The average dietary exposure for adults ranges from 0.2 to 1.5 mg per kilogram of body weight per week. For children and youth, the highest levels of exposure range from 0.7 to 2.3 mg per kilogram of body weight.\nGiven the persistence of aluminum in the body, the Panel felt that a Tolerable Weekly Intake (TWI) rather than a Tolerable Daily Intake (TDI) should be established, and set a TWI of 1 mg/kg body weight/week.\nAlthough wood-fired potatoes are delicious, as a precautionary measure, I have stopped using aluminum foil for all foil cooking.\n","date":"9 February 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/cooking-healthy-aluminium-papillote/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"For several years now, the risk associated with the ingestion of aluminium has been increasingly cited in studies.\nStudy “Risk Assessment of Using Aluminum Foil in Food Preparation”. # The study “Risk Assessment of Using Aluminum Foil in Food Preparation” (Ghada Bassioni, Fathia S. Mohammed , Essam Al Zubaidy and Issam Kobrsi) published in the International Journal of Electrochemical science in 2012 is one of the interesting sources of information.\n","title":"Cooking in papillote with aluminium, what is the health risk?","type":"page"},{"content":" Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 40 to 45 minutes Ingredients # 900 g nectarines 2 tablespoons of sugar 225 g flour 100 g butter 100 g brown sugar 2 tablespoons lemon juice 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. Cut the nectarines in half, then remove the pits and cut them into quarters. Spread them in an oven dish. Sprinkle with lemon juice and powder with sugar. In a bowl, pour the flour, butter cut into pieces and a pinch of salt. Mix with your fingers to obtain large crumbs. Add the sugar and mix well. Spread the crumble over the nectarines. Bake at 180°C for 45 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious nectarine crumble. ","date":"9 February 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/nectarine-crumble/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Recipe # For 6 people Preparation 20 minutes Cooking time 40 to 45 minutes Ingredients # 900 g nectarines 2 tablespoons of sugar 225 g flour 100 g butter 100 g brown sugar 2 tablespoons lemon juice 1 pinch of salt Preparation # Preheat the oven to 180°C. Cut the nectarines in half, then remove the pits and cut them into quarters. Spread them in an oven dish. Sprinkle with lemon juice and powder with sugar. In a bowl, pour the flour, butter cut into pieces and a pinch of salt. Mix with your fingers to obtain large crumbs. Add the sugar and mix well. Spread the crumble over the nectarines. Bake at 180°C for 45 minutes. You can now enjoy your delicious nectarine crumble. ","title":"Nectarine crumble","type":"page"},{"content":"They\u0026rsquo;re perfect as gifts.\nRecipe # Preparation 5 minutes For 7 people Cooking at 220°C Cooking time 10 minutes Ingredients # all-you-can-eat chocolate 125 g butter 90 g brown cane sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 1 egg 1 pinch of salt 250 g flour 1/2 sachet of baking powder 2 teaspoons of honey Preparation # Preheat the oven to 220°C. In a bowl mix salt, baking powder, sugar and flour. Melt the butter. Add the beaten egg and honey. Mix the two preparations. Stir in the chocolate chips, then mix. Put them in the oven for 10 minutes at 220°C. Tips # Space them on the plate.\n","date":"3 January 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/chocolate-chip-cookies/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"They’re perfect as gifts.\nRecipe # Preparation 5 minutes For 7 people Cooking at 220°C Cooking time 10 minutes Ingredients # all-you-can-eat chocolate 125 g butter 90 g brown cane sugar 1 sachet of vanilla sugar 1 egg 1 pinch of salt 250 g flour 1/2 sachet of baking powder 2 teaspoons of honey Preparation # Preheat the oven to 220°C. In a bowl mix salt, baking powder, sugar and flour. Melt the butter. Add the beaten egg and honey. Mix the two preparations. Stir in the chocolate chips, then mix. Put them in the oven for 10 minutes at 220°C. Tips # Space them on the plate.\n","title":"Chocolate chip cookies","type":"page"},{"content":"These delicious \u0026ldquo;Galette\u0026rdquo; are a local tradition in the region of Britanny in France.\nRecipe # 5 servings Active time: 10 minutes Total time: 30 minutes Ingredients # 250g flour 1/2 liter milk 4 egs 2 cups of sugar 1 pinch of salt 50g of butter Preparation # Melt the butter and then cool it down. In a bowl, add the flour, sugar and salt. Make a well and pour in the eggs. Mix gently. When the mixture becomes pasteu, add the milk little by little to avoid lumps. When the milk has finished mixing, your paste should be liquid. If your paste is too thick, add more milk. Add the butter. Let the pancake batter rest for 30 minutes with a tea towel over your bowl. You can now cook them in a pan and enjoy them. ","date":"2 January 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/recipe/french-pancake-brittany/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"These delicious “Galette” are a local tradition in the region of Britanny in France.\nRecipe # 5 servings Active time: 10 minutes Total time: 30 minutes Ingredients # 250g flour 1/2 liter milk 4 egs 2 cups of sugar 1 pinch of salt 50g of butter Preparation # Melt the butter and then cool it down. In a bowl, add the flour, sugar and salt. Make a well and pour in the eggs. Mix gently. When the mixture becomes pasteu, add the milk little by little to avoid lumps. When the milk has finished mixing, your paste should be liquid. If your paste is too thick, add more milk. Add the butter. Let the pancake batter rest for 30 minutes with a tea towel over your bowl. You can now cook them in a pan and enjoy them. ","title":"French pancake from Brittany","type":"page"},{"content":"Replacing the Thermomix TM5, the Thermomix TM6 multifunction cooking robot was officialized in March 2019. The German brand Vorwerk took everyone by surprise by making a surprise announcement, to the great displeasure of the new Thermomix TM5 purchasers. Now physically available in stores in Paris and Marseille, the multifunction robot continues to be marketed mainly through direct online sales channels.\nContents :\nA positioning that is meant to be high-end Thermomix 6 features Some points to consider before making your purchase Thermimix history Detail of the parts of the unit More on the Internet A positioning that wants to be top-of-the-range # The Robot is now offered at 1299€ which makes it one of the most expensive on the market. The manufacturer Vorwerk continues to maintain the positioning of its product in an elitist and high-end market despite an increasingly competitive sector. Indeed, for several years now, more and more competitors with lower prices have been entering the market, such as Lidl\u0026rsquo;s product and its surprising Mr. Cuisine Connect food processor.\nThe Thermomix TM6 retains the main properties of its predecessor, the TM5, while offering no aesthetic break. Also, the capacity of the bowl remains the same with a maximum capacity of 2.2 litres. This still represents a preparation of up to 6 people maximum.\nFinally, the only thing that really changes aesthetically is the presence of the largest screen in the front. Indeed, the manufacturer Vorwerk offers a 6.8-inch screen as opposed to the 4.3-inch screen on the TM5. This is one of the largest screens on the market. In use, the difference is clearly visible in everyday use, as a larger screen allows for better readability. The information on the screen is easier to read. Also, unlike its predecessor, the screen also allows us to be able to scroll and switch in the different interfaces present on the screen, for example this could propose a smartphone or a touch tablet.\nThe Thermomix 6 features # The robot integrates a whole collection of digitized recipes, thus allowing it to expand and enrich its recipe catalogue. To do so, nothing could be simpler. Simply select a recipe in the same way as you did with the TM5. In addition, the user is accompanied from start to finish in the preparation of his meal with the possibility of choosing a level of difficulty. We recommend that you start with level 1 in order to get to grips with the robot and adapt to the instructions before moving on to level 3.\nOnce the dish has been selected, the TM6 gives you access to the entire list of ingredients needed to make the dish. Afterwards, all you have to do is press \u0026quot; start cooking \u0026ldquo; and you will be taken in charge from start to finish, including for tasks not performed by the robot, such as washing products, preheating the oven, etc. In concrete terms, if you follow everything dictated by the robot to the letter, the margins of error on the recipes will be practically nil.\nFor budding cooks, this feature will be perfectly suitable. For more experienced cooks, there is also a manual mode similar to the one integrated on the TM5. You will then have 3 settings to make, namely the duration of the cooking program, the temperature range (which can be adjusted in steps of 5 degrees) and the rotation speed of the robot blades.\nOne of the biggest novelties on this Thermomix 6 is the appearance of the automatic program. Until now, the manufacturer Vorwerk has been content with step-by-step recipes and manual operation. Now there are a few automatic programs available for specific tasks such as dough kneading, fermentation function, kettle and much more. In addition, Vorwerk reserves the right to add functions through updates since the TM6 is connected to the Internet via WiFi. Finally, by observing the competition, we realize that this is mainly an alignment of the TM6 with the direct competitors.\nAnother novelty introduced by this Thermomix TM6 is the scale which is still integrated but is now accurate to the gram. Indeed, in the previous robot cooker, the scale displayed a weight accurate to 5 grams, which is no longer the case since the TM6 is reliable to the nearest gram. This is a big advantage over its predecessor, especially for baking, which requires a certain degree of accuracy.\nAlso, Vorwek has also taken into consideration the customer opinions of previous Thermomix customers. Indeed, they regretted the fact that the robot does not go beyond 140°C. This has now been done, as it is now possible to go up to 160 degrees. Of course the possible temperature range varies between 37°C and 120°C, but on certain recipes such as caramel, it will be possible to go up to 160°C. Please note that this is only allowed in recipes that are made with the multifunctional food processor. The new accessories delivered as standard with the TM6\nThe TM6 retains many of the same accessories as its predecessor although the spatula becomes slightly softer. However, when it comes to new multifunctional robots, it\u0026rsquo;s all about new accessories. Indeed, the TM6 comes with several new accessories including :\nA new lid: This lid helps prevent splashing. Indeed, to avoid the spills of the previous models and in particular the projection of hot liquids, Vorwerk decided to introduce this cover. Please also note that some recipes require it, otherwise cooking will not start. A new measuring cup : The new measuring cup differs from the previous one in that it can now fit into the hole in the lid, whereas in the previous version it could only fit into the hole. By clipping on, the dispenser can act as a wrist. The dispenser also acts as a sound absorber. Indeed the previous model was widely criticized for its sound flow. This cup allows the balance to be reduced by a few decibels. You will have understood it, the manufacturer opts for the stability of the product. Indeed, he did not want to upset a product with a strong commercial success. The robot is relatively well thought out and is very complete.\nSome points to consider before making your purchase # At a time when competitors are offering equally outstanding products at prices up to 3 times cheaper, Vorwerk continues to offer its products at €1299. It is then relevant to ask whether it represents a good investment.\nAll in all, the balance sheet of this Thermomix TM6 is very satisfactory. It is undoubtedly one of the best products on the market. However, we can still regret the absence of a larger container. Indeed, the bowl is limited to a capacity of 2.2 litres. Although the manufacturer mentions recipes for up to 6 people, the maximum capacity seems too small to satisfy a family of 6. Also, some interesting features are missing. Indeed, the TM6 doesn\u0026rsquo;t grater or slice, whereas some robots do. This remains quite disturbing considering the price of the product.\nMoreover, the product is still very noisy despite the efforts made with the soundproofing doser. All in all, the TM6 remains the reference despite its high price. Indeed, it is in the detail that the multifunction robot makes the difference with its main competitors. While the latter have difficulty in faithfully making a complicated recipe such as a pastry, the TM6 does much better. That\u0026rsquo;s where it makes sense to buy it. Indeed, for the majority of recipes, a cheaper robot from the competition will be able to make it without any problem. On the other hand, if you are a pastry lover, this robot is made for you.\nHistory of Thermomix # Here are the release dates of the different Thermomix models:\n1961 : Thermomix VKM5 1964: Thermomix VM10 1971: Thermomix VM2000 1977: Thermomix VM2200 1980: Thermomix TM3000 1982: Thermomix TM3300 1996: Thermomix TM21 2004: Thermomix TM31 2014: Thermomix TM5 2019 : Thermomix TM6 ##Detail of the device {#pieces}\nIn order to better understand the functions of the device, here is an exploded view of the different parts of the robot: ! Detail of the parts of the device\n","date":"2 January 2020","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/kitchen/thermomix-tm6-vorwerk/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Replacing the Thermomix TM5, the Thermomix TM6 multifunction cooking robot was officialized in March 2019. The German brand Vorwerk took everyone by surprise by making a surprise announcement, to the great displeasure of the new Thermomix TM5 purchasers. Now physically available in stores in Paris and Marseille, the multifunction robot continues to be marketed mainly through direct online sales channels.\n","title":"Thermomix TM6 from Vorwerk","type":"page"},{"content":" Puff pastry # French wafer from Brittany # ","date":"18 November 2019","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/video/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Puff pastry # French wafer from Brittany # ","title":"All cooking recipes videos","type":"page"},{"content":"","date":"18 November 2019","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/tags/video/","section":"Tags","summary":"","title":"Video","type":"tags"},{"content":" Data protection statement # We are delighted by your visit of our foodcook.net website. The protection of your personal data is an important issue for us. Personal data are information about personal or material circumstances of a specific or identifiable natural person. This for example includes the real name, address, telephone number and date of birth, but also all other data that can be related to an identifiable person.\nAs personal data enjoy special legal protection, we will only collect them to the extent required for providing our website and service. In the following, we will detail the personal information collected by us when you visit our website, and how we use it.\nOur data protection practice complies with the statutory requirements, especially those of the Federal Data Protection Act (FDPA), Telemedia Act (TM) and General Data Protection Regulation of the EU (GDPR). We will only collect, process and store your personal data to the extent required for the functional provision of this website and our contents and services, as well as the processing of queries and, as the case may be, the execution of orders / contracts, but in each case only insofar as a legitimate interest within the meaning of GDPR section 6.1.f or other permission is provided for this. Only if you have previously provided us with a separate consent will your data also be used for the further purposes that are specified therein, e.g. the sending of promotional information by newsletter.\nWebsite provision and creation of log files # Data processing scope\nInformation about the browser type and version used The operating system of the visiting device The IP address of the visiting device Date and time of the visit Webpages and resources (images, files, other page contents) visited on our website. Website from where the user\u0026rsquo;s system reached our website (referrer tracking) These data are stored in the log files of our system. They are not stored together with personal data of a definitive user so that individual page visitors are not being identified.\nLegal basis for the processing of personal data # GDPR section 6.1.f (legitimate interest). Our legitimate interest resides in achieving the purpose described below.\nPurpose of the data processing # The logging serves to maintain the compatibility of our website for as many visitors as possible, to fight abuse and for troubleshooting. The technical data of the visiting computer need to be logged for this to be able to respond to display errors, attacks on our IT systems and/or other functional faults of our website as early as possible. In addition, the data serve our optimization of the website and general assurance of the security of our IT systems.\nStorage period # The aforementioned data will be deleted as soon as they are no longer required to ensure the website\u0026rsquo;s compatibility for all visitors, but no later than 3 months after visiting our website.\nObjection and erasure options # The objection and erasure options are based on the general regulations for objection rights and erasure claims under data protection law as described below in this data protection statement.\nSpecial functions of our website # Our website offers you various functions whose use involves the collection, processing and storage of your personal data by us. What happens to your data is explained below:\nContact form # Scope of the processing of personal data # The data you enter in our contact forms.\nLegal basis for the processing of personal data # GDPR section 6.1.a (tacit consent)\nPurpose of the data processing # The data collected by way of our contact form(s) are only used for processing the specific contact query received by way of the contact form.\nStorage period # The collected data are deleted immediately after your query has been processed insofar as no statutory retention periods apply.\nObjection and erasure options # The objection and erasure options are based on the general regulations for objection rights and deletion claims under data protection law as described below in this data protection statement.\nIntegration of external websites and data processing outside the EU # We use active JavaScript contents from external providers on our website, so-called web services. When you visit our website, these external providers may be provided with personal information about your visit of our internet page. This may involve data processing outside the EU. You can prevent this by installing a JavaScript blocker such as the \u0026rsquo;noScript\u0026rsquo; browser plug-in (www.noscript.net), for example, or by deactivating JavaScript in your browser. This may lead to functional limitations in the webpages you visit. We use the following external web services:\nCloudFlare # Our website downloads a web service provided by CloudFlare Inc., 101 Townsend St in 94107 San Francisco, USA (hereafter: CloudFlare). We use these data to ensure the full functionality of our website. Your browser may send personal data to CloudFlare in this context. The legal basis for the data processing is GDPR section 6.1.f (legitimate interest). The legitimate interest resides in the perfect functioning of the website. CloudFlare has certified itself under the EU-US Privacy Shield Framework (see https://www.privacyshield.gov/list. The data will be deleted as soon as the purpose of their collection has been fulfilled. Further information on the handling of transferred data is available from the data privacy statement of CloudFlare at https://www.cloudflare.com/security-policy/?utm_referrer=https://www.google.de/. You can prevent the collection and processing of your data by CloudFlare by deactivating the execution of script code or installing a script blocker in your browser (as for example available from www.noscript.net or www.ghostery.com.\nGoogle APIS # Our website downloads a web service provided by Google Ireland Limited, Gordon House, Barrow Street, Dublin 4, Irland (hereafter: Google APIS). We use these data to ensure the full functionality of our website. Your browser may send personal data to Google APIs in this context. The legal basis for the data processing is GDPR section 6.1.f (legitimate interest). The legitimate interest resides in the perfect functioning of the website. Google APIs has certified itself under the EU-US Privacy Shield Framework (see https://www.privacyshield.gov/list). The data will be deleted as soon as the purpose of their collection has been fulfilled. Further information on the handling of transferred data is available from the data privacy statement of Google APIs at https://policies.google.com/privacy. You can prevent the collection and processing of your data by Google APIs by deactivating the execution of script code or installing a script blocker in your browser (as for example available from www.noscript.net or www.ghostery.com).\nInformation about the use of cookies # Scope of the processing of personal data # We use cookies on various pages to enable the use of specific functions of our website. So-called cookies are small text files that your browser can store in your computer. These text files contain a characteristic string that permits your browser to be uniquely identified at the next visit of our website.\nLegal basis for the processing of personal data # GDPR section 6.1.f (legitimate interest). Our legitimate interest resides in maintaining the full functionality of our website, improving its operability and enabling a more individualized customer contact. We are only able to identify individual website visitors with the help of the cookie technology if the site visitor has previously provided us with the corresponding personal data on the basis of a separate consent.\nPurpose of the data processing # Our website installs the cookies to maintain its full functionality and improve its operability. The cookie technology additionally enables us to recognize individual visitors by means of pseudonyms, e.g. an individual, freely selectable ID, putting us in a position to offer more individualized services.\nStorage period # Our cookies are stored until their deletion in your browser or, in the case of session cookies, until the end of the session.\nObjection and erasure options # You can configure your browser individually as you wish, ensuring that the installation of cookies is prevented in general, that you will merely be informed about it, can decide on the acceptance of cookies from one case to the next, or generally accept their installation. Cookies can be used for various purposes, e.g. to recognize that your PC has already contacted our web offer in the past (persistent cookies) or to store the most recently viewed offers (session cookies). We use cookies to offer you more user comfort. To use our comfort functions, we would advise you to permit the acceptance of cookies for our web offer. The objection and deletion options in all other respects are based on the general provisions detailed below in this data protection statement concerning your objection and deletion rights under data protection law.\nData security and data protection, e-mail communications # Your personal data are protected from third-party access by technical and organizational measures in their collection, storage and processing. As we are unable to guarantee full data security in the transmission of unencrypted e-mail communications to our IT systems, we would always recommend encrypted communication or use of the postal service for highly confidential information.\nRevocation of consent – data access and change requests – deletion \u0026amp; blocking of data # You have a right to be informed about your stored data free of charge once a year and are always entitled to demand the rectification, blocking or deletion of your data. We will delete your data upon your first request where this is not prevented by statutory requirements. You can thus withdraw your previous consent to our processing of your data at any time. You can always send information, deletion and rectification requests for your data, and happily also suggestions, to the following address:\nRight of data portability # You have a right to demand that we provide to you, in a structured, commonly used and machine-readable format, the data concerning your person that you have disclosed to us. You can also demand that we forward these data to a third party upon your first instruction and without undue delay insofar as their processing is based on a consent as per GDPR sections 6.1.a or 9.2 or an agreement as per GDPR section 6.1.b and performed by automated means. When exercising this right of data portability, you also have the right to have the personal data transmitted directly from one controller to another, where technically feasible. The rights and freedoms of others may not be adversely affected by this. The right of data portability is not applicable where the processing of personal data is necessary for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in the exercise of official authority vested in the controller.\nRight to lodge a complaint with a supervisory authority as per GDPR section 77 # If you suspect unlawful processing of your data on our part, you can naturally always bring about a judicial clarification of the issue. Irrespective of this, you can optionally also turn to a supervisory authority. You are entitled to complain in the EU member state you reside in, work in an/or where the putative violation took place, meaning that you can select the supervisory authority you will turn to from the aforementioned locations. The supervisory authority you lodged the complaint with will then inform you about the status and results of your request, including the option of judicial remedy as per GDPR section 78.\n","date":"2 December 2018","externalUrl":null,"permalink":"/about/","section":"FoodCook : easy recipes","summary":"Data protection statement # We are delighted by your visit of our foodcook.net website. The protection of your personal data is an important issue for us. Personal data are information about personal or material circumstances of a specific or identifiable natural person. This for example includes the real name, address, telephone number and date of birth, but also all other data that can be related to an identifiable person.\n","title":"About foodcook.net","type":"page"}]